VI Update

USVI Public Records

A VI Update Project · Brian LoudenThe territory’s public record — kept public.

ON THE COVER: This year marks the fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the University of

Collection
University Records
Sub-shelf
uvi.edu
Kind
Government Report
Date
2012
Pages
260
Text
Native Text
Identifiers
Act 6121, Act 5121

ON THE COVER: This year marks the fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the University of the Virgin Islands, originally known as the College of the Virgin Islands. To mark our Jubilee, the cover for the 2012-2013 catalog was designed by Gary Metz to not only mirror the cover of our first catalog (1964-1966), but to symbolically represent the institution’s expansion to three locations. The mountains in the graphic reflect the St. Thomas campus, the palms symbolize the Albert A. Sheen Campus on St. Croix, and the waves signify our connection to the St. John Academic Center in Cruz Bay. Visit the UVI website – www.uvi.edu – for details of the University’s Golden Jubilee celebration The University of the Virgin Islands is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104. Phone: (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher Education is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation. …

Download the original document · Plain text (TXT) · Browse the archive · How this archive works

Original source: https://www.uvi.edu/files/documents/Provost/Catalog/UVI_cat_12-13_all.pdf

SHA-256 ddf3eb3c2bf5c28aa4c4b6d4e20aa689005e5fcf8cb55a852db7d29445c51fa1

Re-using this document

Our description, tagging, arrangement, extracted text and machine transcripts are released under CC0 1.0. We assert nothing about the document itself.

Archive identifier LF-ddf3eb3c2bf5

Document text

ON THE COVER: This year marks the fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the University of the Virgin Islands, originally known as the College of the Virgin Islands. To mark our Jubilee, the cover for the 2012-2013 catalog was designed by Gary Metz to not only mirror the cover of our first catalog (1964-1966), but to symbolically represent the institution’s expansion to three locations. The mountains in the graphic reflect the St. Thomas campus, the palms symbolize the Albert A. Sheen Campus on St. Croix, and the waves signify our connection to the St. John Academic Center in Cruz Bay. Visit the UVI website – www.uvi.edu – for details of the University’s Golden Jubilee celebration The University of the Virgin Islands is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104. Phone: (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher Education is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation. This catalog has been developed and produced by the Catalog Review Committee, which works under the auspices of the Office of the Provost. i 2012–2013 Undergraduate Catalog UVI Mission Statement The University of the Virgin Islands is a learner-centered institution dedicated to the success of its students and committed to enhancing the lives of the people of the U.S. Virgin Islands and the wider Caribbean through excellent teaching, innovative research, and responsive community service. UVI Vision Statement The University of the Virgin Islands will be an exceptional U.S. institution of higher education in the Caribbean dedicated to student success, committed to excellence, and pledged to enhancing the social and economic transformation of the U.S. Virgin Islands. St. Thomas Campus #2 John Brewers Bay St. Thomas U.S. Virgin Islands 00802-9990 (340) 776-9200 Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix RR1 Box 10000 Kingshill, St. Croix U.S. Virgin Islands 00850-9781 (340) 778-1620 ii 2012-2013 CALENDAR ..................................................................viii UNIVERSITY HOLIDAYS .................................................................. ix ACADEMIC CALENDAR .................................................................... x BOARD OF TRUSTEES ...................................................................xiii EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ................................................................... xiv ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES ..............................................................xv THE UNIVERSITY History ..............................................................................................................1 Accreditation and Memberships .......................................................................2 Location, Facilities, and Global Access ...................................................2 Information and Technology Services - Campus Learning Resource Centers ...2 Special Programs ..............................................................................4 ALBERT A. SHEEN CAMPUS, ST. CROIX Graduate and Undergraduate Programs .................................................6 Campus Overview .............................................................................7 Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning ......................................................7 BUCS Fitness Center .........................................................................7 The Great Hall ..................................................................................8 The Great House ..............................................................................8 Melvins H. Evans Center Library ...........................................................8 Research and Extension Center ............................................................8 ST. THOMAS CAMPUS Graduate and Undergraduate Programs .................................................9 Campus Overview ........................................................................... 10 Administration and Conference Center ................................................. 10 Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library ........................................................... 10 Music Education Center ................................................................... 10 The Reichhold Center for the Arts ................................................................... 10 Sports and Fitness Center ................................................................. 11 Campus Bookstore ......................................................................... 11 The Wellness Center ....................................................................... 11 Off-Campus Facilities ....................................................................... 11 ADMINISTRATION, RESEARCH AND PUBLIC SERVICE OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT ........................................................12 OFFICE OF THE PROVOST ...........................................................12 Academic Colleges and Schools ................................................... 12 Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning ................................ 12 Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence In Developmental Disabilities ..14 Global and Graduate Education .................................................... 14 Committee on Learning Assessment for Student Success ................... 14 Honors Program .................................................................14 Contents iii RESEARCH AND PUBLIC SERVICE ................................................ 14 Agricultural Experiment Station ..................................................... 15 Center for Marine and Environmental Studies ................................... 15 Cooperative Extension Service ..................................................... 15 Eastern Caribbean Center ........................................................... 16 Office of Sponsored Programs and Title III ....................................... 16 Research Publications Unit .......................................................... 16 Virgin Islands Small Business Development Center ............................ 16 V.I. Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research .............. 17 Water Resources Research Institute ............................................... 17 OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND PLANNING ...................... 17 ADMISSIONS Admissions Policies ......................................................................... 19 How to Apply ................................................................................. 20 When to Apply ............................................................................... 20 Application Fee ............................................................................... 20 Enrollment Confirmation and Deposit ................................................... 21 International Student Admission ......................................................... 21 Early Admissions Program ................................................................. 24 Transfer Admission .......................................................................... 25 Transfer of Academic Credits to the University ........................................ 25 Readmission to the University ............................................................ 26 Senior Citizen Education Program ....................................................... 26 Additional Preparation and Testing ...................................................... 27 Nursing Advanced Placement ............................................................ 29 Residency Regulations for Tuition Purposes ........................................... 31 COSTS Tuition, Fees, Room and Board .......................................................... 33 Tuition and Fees for Part-Time and Summer Students .............................. 34 FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid .................................................................................. 36 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ................................................. 36 Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards ........................................... 37 Financial Aid Eligibility ....................................................................... 37 Other Satisfactory Academic Progress Components ................................ 38 Appeal Process .............................................................................. 38 Recommendation ........................................................................... 38 Federal Financial Aid Withdrawal Policy ................................................ 39 STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES AND PROGRAMS Orientation .................................................................................. 40 Advisement .................................................................................. 40 The Center for Student Success (CSS) ................................................. 41 Counseling and Career Services ......................................................... 42 Student Employment Services ........................................................... 42 Health Services and Insurance ........................................................... 42 Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program .................................... 43 Students with Disabilities .................................................................. 43 Student Activities ........................................................................... 43 Student Government Association ........................................................ 43 Intercollegiate, Intramural and Club Sports ............................................ 44 iv Student Housing ............................................................................. 44 Housing Procedures ........................................................................ 45 Personal Property ........................................................................... 46 Off-Campus Housing ....................................................................... 46 Food Services ................................................................................ 46 ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS Categories of Students ..................................................................... 47 Freshman-Year Program ................................................................... 47 Prerequisites, Credits, Grades and Quality Points .................................... 48 Registration Procedures ................................................................... 51 Withdrawal .................................................................................. 51 Re-Matriculation ............................................................................. 52 Transcripts .................................................................................. 52 Courses Taken at Other Institutions ..................................................... 53 Privacy Act .................................................................................. 53 Academic Standards ....................................................................... 54 Academic Renewal Policy ................................................................. 57 English Proficiency Examination Requirement ........................................ 60 Computer Literacy Requirement ......................................................... 61 Awards and Honors ......................................................................... 62 The Honors Program ....................................................................... 62 Multiple Majors and Second Degrees ................................................... 63 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS ...............................................65 ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE General Education Requirements ........................................................ 66 Degree Majors and Programs School of Business ........................................................................... 68 Accounting Major ...................................................................... 68 Business Management Major ....................................................... 69 Computer Information Systems Major ............................................ 69 Hotel and Restaurant Management Major ....................................... 70 Office Information Systems Certificate Program ................................ 71 School of Education ......................................................................... 72 Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major ....................................... 72 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE General Education Requirements ........................................................ 73 Degree Majors and Programs School of Nursing ............................................................................ 74 Nursing Major ........................................................................... 74 College of Science and Mathematics ..................................................... 78 Computer Science Major............................................................. 78 Physics Major ........................................................................... 79 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE General Education Requirements ........................................................ 80 Degree Majors and Programs College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences ............................................. 81 Criminal Justice Major ................................................................ 81 College of Science and Mathematics ..................................................... 83 Process Technology Major ........................................................... 83 v BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE General Education Requirements ........................................................ 85 Degree Majors and Programs School of Business ........................................................................... 88 Accounting Major ...................................................................... 88 Business Administration Major ...................................................... 89 Concentrations .................................................................... 90 School of Education ......................................................................... 92 Elementary Education Major......................................................... 93 Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major ....................................... 94 Secondary Teacher Preparation .................................................... 95 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ...................................................... 96 Humanities .............................................................................. 96 Communication Major ........................................................... 96 English Major ...................................................................... 99 Concentration ................................................................ 99 Humanities Major ................................................................100 Music Education Major .........................................................101 Speech Communication and Theatre Major ...............................103 Social Sciences .......................................................................105 Criminal Justice Major ..........................................................106 Psychology Major ...............................................................107 Concentration ...............................................................108 Social Sciences Major ..........................................................109 Social Work Major ...............................................................110 Minors .................................................................................110 Communication Minor ..........................................................110 English Minor .....................................................................112 Fine Arts Minor ...................................................................114 Psychology Minor ...............................................................115 College of Science and Mathematics ....................................................116 Biology Major ..........................................................................117 Chemistry Major .......................................................................118 Marine Biology Major .................................................................119 Mathematics Major ...................................................................120 BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE General Education Requirements .......................................................122 Degree Majors and Programs Hotel and Tourism Management Major ..........................................123 Minor ................................................................................................. 124 Entrepreneurship Minor ........................................................124 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE General Education Requirements .......................................................126 Degree Majors and Programs College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences ............................................126 Criminal Justice Major ...............................................................126 School of Nursing ...........................................................................130 Nursing Major ..........................................................................130 College of Science and Mathematics ....................................................134 Applied Mathematics Major (3-2 Engineering Program) ......................134 Biology Major ..........................................................................136 Concentration ....................................................................137 Chemistry Major .......................................................................138 vi Computer Science Major............................................................139 Concentration ....................................................................140 Marine Biology Major .................................................................140 Mathematics Major ...................................................................142 Concentration ....................................................................143 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ............................................................... 145 UNIVERSITY FACULTY .................................................................. 197 EMERITUS FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION ....................................... 199 FACULTY.................................................................................. 202 EXECUTIVE, ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL STAFF ..................... 212 INDEX .....................................................................................228 ALBERT A. SHEEN CAMPUS MAP ....................................................243 ST. THOMAS CAMPUS MAP ...........................................................244 SERVICES DIRECTORY ................................................inside back cover vii Important Note The information contained in this Catalog refers to the University of the Virgin Islands as of August, 2012. This catalog represents the current provisions of the University of the Virgin Islands at the time of its preparation. These stipulations do not constitute an offer for a contract that may be accepted by students through registration and enrollment in the University. The University reserves the right to change any condition, offering, requirement, policies or processes at any time within a student’s period of study at the University. While every effort will be made to meet students’ curricular needs, the University does not guarantee the availability of course offerings at any particular time. In the event of any changes, appropriate mechanisms shall be used to communicate this information to the University community. Such changes will be published in the annual catalog, the website at www.uvi.edu, and other appropriate media. However, students are ultimately responsible for adhering to polices, procedures, requirements for courses and degrees offered by the University by obtaining current information. Although every effort has been made to assure the accuracy of the information in this catalog, students and others who use it should note that laws, rules, and policies change from time to time, and that these changes may alter the information contained herein. Changes may come in the form of statutes enacted by the Legislature, rules and policies adopted by the Board of Trustees of the University, or by the President or designee of the institution. Further, it is not possible to include all of the rules, policies and other information which pertain to the student and the institution. More current or complete information may be obtained from the appropriate department, school, or administrative office. Nothing in this catalog shall be construed, operate as, or have the effect of an abridgment or a limitation of any rights, powers, or privileges of the Board of Trustees of the University of the Virgin Islands. © Copyright 2012, University of the Virgin Islands The University of the Virgin Islands is an equal opportunity, affirmative action, Title IX, Section 504, PL 101-542 educator and employer. viii Calendar August S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2012 September S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 38 29 30 October S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 November S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 December S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 January S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 2013 February S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 March S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 May S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 June S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 July S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 August S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 April S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 September S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 ix University Holidays University of the Virgin Islands Holiday Schedule 2012-2013 2012 Labor Day ........................................ Monday, Sept. 3 Liberty Day ....................................... Thursday, Nov. 1 Veterans Day .................................... Monday, Nov. 12 Thanksgiving Day ............................... Thursday, Nov. 22 Fortsberg/Discovery Day ....................... Friday, Nov. 23 Christmas Day .................................. Tuesday, Dec. 25 2013 New Year’s Day ................................. Tuesday, Jan. 1 Three King’s Day (observed) .................. Monday, Jan. 7 Martin Luther King Day ........................ Monday, Jan. 21 Good Friday ...................................... Friday, March 29 Carnival Friday .................................. Friday, April 26 Memorial Day ................................... Monday, May 27 V.I. Emancipation Day .......................... Wednesday, July 3 Independence Day .............................. Thursday, July 4 x Academic Calendar* FALL SEMESTER 2012 August 12 Students check-in to Residence Halls 13-17 Orientation Week 15 New Student Registration 15 Faculty Return 16-17 Late Registration 17 University Convocation 20 Classes Begin September 3 Labor Day Recess (University closed) 28 Final day to Withdraw with W or change Audit/ Credit October 1 Start of WP/WF 10 Midterm (Low Grade Reports due) 17 End of WP/WF (Last day to withdraw without Dean’s permission) 18 Start of AW/Dean’s Permission November 1 Liberty Day Recess (University closed) 12 Veteran’s Day Recess (University closed) 22-23 Thanksgiving/Fortsberg Day Recess (University closed) December 1 Last Day of classes 3 Study Day 4-10 Final Exams 12 Grades Submission 13 Certification of December Graduates SPRING SEMESTER 2013 January 7 Three Kings Day Observed (University closed) 8-11 Orientation week 8 Faculty Return 9 New Student Registration 10-11 Late Registration 14 Classes begin 21 Martin Luther King Day Recess (University closed) xi February 22 Final Day to Withdraw with W or change Audit/Credit 25 Start of WP/WF March 4-8 Spring Recess (No classes) 6 Midterm (Low Grade Reports due) 13 End of WP/WF (Last day to withdraw without Dean’s permission) 14 Start of AW with Dean’s permission 16 Charter Day 29-31 Easter Recess (University closed) April 24 Last Day of Classes 25-26 Carnival Recess (No classes) 29 Study Day 30-May 6 Final Exams May 8 Grades Submission 9 Certification of Graduates 11 Commencement St. Thomas Campus 12 Commencement Albert A. Sheen, St. Croix Campus SUMMER SESSIONS 2013 Summer Session I May 8 Banweb Registration 13 Registration 13 Classes Begin 14-15 Add/Drop 27 Memorial Day June 17 Last Day of Classes 19 Grade Submission Summer Session II June 18-19 Registration 20 Classes Begin July 3 Emancipation Day Recess (University closed) 4 Independence Day Recess (University closed) 26 Last Day of Classes 30 Grade Submission *Note: Calendar subject to change based on Virgin Islands Carnival schedules, compelling administrative circumstances, and unforseen natural hazards. xii xiii Board of Trustees The Honorable John P. de Jongh, Jr. Governor of the U. S. Virgin Islands Honorary Chair of the Board of Trustees Members of the Board Mr. Alexander A. Moorhead - Chair St. Croix, Virgin Islands Attorney Henry C. Smock - Vice Chair St. Thomas, Virgin Islands Dr. David Hall - ex-officio President of the University, Board Secretary St. Thomas, Virgin Islands Dr. La Verne Terry - ex-officio Commissioner VI Department of Education Ms. Winona P. Hendricks - ex-officio Chair, V.I. Board of Education St. Croix, Virgin Islands Dr. Aletha Baumann Faculty Representative 2012-2013 St. Croix, Virgin Islands Ms. Raydiance Clarke Student Representative 2012-2013 St. Croix, Virgin Islands Mr. Marthious Clavier Alumni Representative St. Croix, Virgin Islands Mrs. Carol Fulp Boston, Massachusetts Mrs. Jennifer Nugent-Hill St. Croix, Virgin Islands Hon. Patricia D. Steele St. Croix, Virgin Islands Mrs. Luz Suarez de Highfield St. Croix, Virgin Islands Mr. Edward E. Thomas St. Thomas, Virgin Islands Dr. Yvonee E.L. Thraen St. Thomas, Virgin Islands Mr. Sinclair L. Wilkinson St. Thomas, Virgin Islands Rev. Dr. Wesley S. Williams, Jr. St. Thomas, Virgin Islands xiv Executive Officers PRESIDENT’S CABINET David Hall, President B.S., Kansas State University M.A., J.D. University of Oklahoma L.L.M., S.J.D., Harvard University 1988 Camille McKayle, Interim Provost and Professor B.S., Bates College M.S.,Ph.D., Lehigh University 1993 Shirley Lake-King, Vice President for Administration and Finance B.S., Andrew University M.P.P., University of Maryland, College Park M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands 1993 Dionne V. Jackson, Vice President for Institutional Advancement B.A., Vassar College M.F.A., Brooklyn College M.B.A., Cornell University 2009 Tina M. Koopmans, Chief Information Officer B.A., University of Iowa M.A., University of Iowa 1991 Henry H. Smith, Vice Provost, Research and Public Service; Director of the Water Resources Research Institute; and Research Professor B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.S., University of Maryland Ph.D., Colorado State University 1985 J.D., University of Dayton 1993 Judith Edwin, Vice Provost for Access and Enrollment Services B.S., Michigan State University M.A., University of Miami, Ed.D., University of San Diego 1988 Haldane Davies, Special Assistant to the President and Executive Director for Institutional Effectiveness and Assessment B.A., University of the Southern Caribbean M.A., Andrews University Ph.D., Andrews University 1994 Noreen Michael, Chief of Staff B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 1986 xv Administrative Offices OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT President ........................................................................David Hall Chief of Staff ............................................................................ Noreen Michael Board of Trustees ..........................................................................Gail T. Steele Communications/Outreach .......................................................................TBD Special Assistant to the President/Executive Director for Institutional Effectiveness and Assessment .............................Haldane Davies Summer Institute for Future Global Leaders in the Caribbean ......................................................................................TBD OFFICE OF THE PROVOST Provost ....................................................... Camille McKayle, Interim Deans School of Business ........................................ Aubrey Washington (Interim) School of Education .............................................. Linda Thomas (Interim) College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences ............................ Simon Jones-Hendrickson (Interim) School of Nursing ...............................................................Cheryl Franklin College of Science and Mathematics .................. Sandra Romano (Interim) Center for Student Success .........................................Eustace Edaille (Interim) Upward Bound, STT ........................................................... Rosalia Rohan Upward Bound, STX ...............................................Michelle Albany Crispin Dean of Students, STT .................................................................Doris Battiste Dean of Students, STX ....................................................Miriam Osborne-Eliott Vice Provost - Research and Public Service .............................Henry H. Smith Agricultural Experiment Station ..........................................Robert Godfrey Center for Marine and Environmental Studies .............. Richard S. Nemeth Cooperative Extension Service .....................................Kwame Garcia, Sr. Eastern Caribbean Center .................................................... Frank L. Mills Office of Sponsored Programs .............................................Olusola Ewelo Research Publications Unit .................................................................TBD Small Business Development Center ....................................Leonor Dottin Title III Office ..............................................................................Dale Barry V.I. Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research .............TBD Water Resources Research Institute ..................................Henry H. Smith Vice Provost for Access and Enrollment Services ....................Judith W. Edwin Access & Enrollment/Registrar ...............................Heather Hogarth Smith Financial Aid Office .............................................................Cheryl Roberts Associate Admissions/Registrar ..........................................Francisca Barry Admissions & Recruitment .......................................................... Xuri Allen Global and Graduate Education .................................................................TBD Office of Institutional Research and Planning .............................................TBD xvi Athletics Office, Management - Sports and Fitness Center ............ Peter Sauer Office of Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning ................Ilene Garner Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence In Developmental Disabilities ................................................. Yegin Habtes Honors Program .......................................................................LaVerne Brown Committee on Learning Assessment for Student Success ..........Lonnie Hudspeth OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND LEARNING RESOURCES Chief Information Officer ...............................................Tina Koopmans IT Help Desk ........................................................................... Cherie Wheatley Banner Systems ........................................................................Sharlene Harris Library & Student Technology Services .......................................................TBD Library & Faculty Technology Services .........................................Judith Rogers Networking ................................................................................. Kelly Harrigan OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE Vice President ........................................................Shirley Lake-King Comptroller ..................................................................................Peggy Smith Facilities Management/Capital Development/ Disaster Preparedness and Recovery .................................. Gerald Buggy Financial Planning, Budgeting, and Management Services ........................TBD Director of Operations, STT .....................................................Lily Mae Durante Chief Campus Security Officer, STT .................................. Roderick Pullen Director of Operations, STX .............................................. Nereida Washington Human Resources and Affirmative Action Administration ..............Bettina Miller Associate Vice President for Administration and Finance ...........................TBD OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Vice President .......................................................... Dionne Jackson Annual Giving and Alumni Affairs ................................................... Linda Smith Director of Major Gifts .............................................................. Mitchell Neaves Development Services ........................................................Ardrina Scott-Elliott Public Relations ......................................................................Patrice Johnson Reichhold Center for the Performing Arts .............................Denise Humphrey Special Events ............................................................................ Lisa Margolis 1 The University History The University of the Virgin Islands (UVI) was chartered on March 16, 1962, as the College of the Virgin Islands—a publicly funded, coeducational, liberal arts institution—by Act No. 862 of the Fourth Legislature of the U.S. Virgin Islands. According to that law, UVI’s cornerstone objective is to provide for “...the stimulation and utilization of the intellectual resources of the people of the Virgin Islands and the development of a center of higher learning whereby and wherefrom the benefits of culture and education may be extended throughout the Virgin Islands.” The enabling legislation was the result of at least two years of preparation and planning. In 1960, the V.I. Legislature created a temporary body called the Virgin Islands College Com- mission, comprised of interested island residents, to survey the need for a territorial college. In April 1961, Governor Ralph M. Paiewonsky pledged to establish such a college in his inaugural address. And in July 1961, Governor Paiewonsky hosted a Governor’s Conference on Higher Education, at which twenty educators observed and analyzed the Virgin Islands’ educational scene, and made recommendations for the creation of the College of the Virgin Islands (CVI). The first campus opened on St. Thomas in July 1963, on 175 acres donated by the federal government. The first board of trustees took office in August 1963. In 1964, the college founded a second campus on St. Croix, on 130 acres also donated by the federal government. CVI began by offering only associate of arts degrees. In 1967 it added bachelor’s degree programs in liberal arts and education. The first baccalaureate degrees were awarded in 1970, and in 1976 the college awarded its first master’s degrees in education. Two years later, master’s degree programs in business administration and public administration were instituted on both campuses. In 1972, the College of the Virgin Islands was awarded Land-Grant status by the U.S. Con- gress. This allowed for the establishment of an Agricultural Experiment Station and a Coop- erative Extension Service. Since then, many other programs and services have been added. These include the Reichhold Center for the Arts, the Eastern Caribbean Center, the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center, the Sports and Fitness Center and the Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR). In 1986, the College of the Virgin Islands was renamed the University of the Virgin Islands to reflect the growth and diversification of its academic curricula, community and regional services, and research programs. That same year, the United States Congress named UVI one of America’s Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCU); therefore, it holds the distinction of being the only HBCU outside of the continental United States. In 2011, UVI expanded to the island of St. John, with the dedication of the University of the Virgin Islands St. John Academic Center in Cruz Bay. As of August 2009, Dr. David Hall has served as the fifth president of the university. The Sa- vannah, Ga., native holds both a doctorate in juridical science and a master’s degree in law from Harvard University. 2 The University Dr. LaVerne E. Ragster was the fourth president of the University of the Virgin Islands, 2002-2009. She succeeded Dr. Orville E. Kean who became president in 1990. Dr. Arthur A. Richards served as the second president of UVI from 1980-1990, while Dr. Lawrence C. Wanlass served as the first president from 1962–1980, when UVI was the College of the Virgin Islands. UVI is a public liberal arts-based Masters II university, a Historically Black College and Uni- versity and a Land-Grant institution. Today, UVI has a combined enrollment of approximately 2,700 full-time, part-time and graduate students on its two campuses. It continues to offer a high-quality, affordable liberal arts education and professional programs in a culturally diverse environment. The University’s objective is to be recognized as the leading American institution of higher learning in the Caribbean. Accreditation and Memberships The University of the Virgin Islands is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, 3624 Market Street Philadelphia, PA, 19104, (215) 662-5606. The Commission on Higher Education is an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education and the Commission on Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation. The University is also an active member of the American As- sociation for Higher Education, the American Association of State Colleges and Universities, the American Council on Education, the Association of Caribbean Information Systems, the Association of Caribbean Universities and Research Institutes, the Association of Governing Boards, the National Association for Equal Opportunity, and the National Association of State Universities and Land Grant Colleges. The bachelor and associate degree programs in nursing education are accredited by the National League for Nursing, Accrediting Commission, 3343 Peachtree Rd NE, Suite 500, At- lanta GA, 30326, (404) 975-5000; Fax (404) 975-5020. The School of Business is a member of the Assembly of the American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. The School of Education is a member of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education. Location, Facilities and Global Access The University of the Virgin Islands, located in the Eastern Caribbean, is 45 miles east of Puerto Rico. The University is located on three campuses. The Albert A. Sheen Campus on St. Croix, the largest of the U.S. Virgin Islands, includes academic facilities, a student life complex, the Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex, the V.I. Cooperative Extension Service and the Agricultural Experiment Station. The St. Thomas Campus contains academic facilities, administrative and student service buildings, residence halls, the Reichhold Center for the Arts and the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center. The University of the Virgin Islands St. John Academic Center is located on the third floor of The Marketplace shopping center in Cruz Bay, St. John. The Center provides office space for UVI’s Cooperative Extension Service and VI Small Business Development Center programs. The center’s videoconferenc- ing technology allows UVI students on St. John to take select courses that are offered on the campuses on St. Thomas and St. Croix. In addition to these campuses, the University maintains the Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station on the island of St. John. Telecommunication facilities and Internet 2 connect the three campuses for videoconfer- ence classes and university meetings. Access to the Internet and World Wide Web supports distance learning course offerings as well as global information and communication for stu- dents, faculty and staff. The UVI home page, located at http://www.uvi.edu, provides current information and links to a wide range of university documents and information. Information and Technology Services - Campus Learning Resource Centers The Information and Technology Services (ITS) component is the one-stop-shop for 3 The University information sources and educational technology to support instructional and research needs. Services and support, which are provided through the campus libraries and the ITS Help- desk, include e-mail, Blackboard, library, computing and other learning resources. The Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix Library was founded in 1964 and was moved to its present location in the Melvin Evans Center for Learning in 1975. The St. Thomas Campus Library was founded in 1962 and moved to its present location and dedicated in honor of former Governor Ralph M. Paiewonsky on March 16, 1969. The resources and collections of both libraries are oriented toward UVI’s instructional and research programs and are expanded and updated on a continuous basis with input from faculty, staff and students. The libraries’ current holdings of about 165,000 volumes including over 3,500 e-Books and over 300 print periodical subscriptions which are accessible through a joint electronic catalog. Special collections of Caribbean books and periodicals and an extensive pamphlet file of conference papers and other materials on the Caribbean round out the printed resources. The St. Croix Albert A. Sheen Campus Library includes a Ralph DeChabert Collection of Virgin Islands and Caribbean Documents while the St. Thomas Campus Library includes documents from the Melchior Center for Recent Virgin Islands History. All of these resources are available through the joint electronic catalog. From the libraries’ website, accessed through the Mycampus portal, users can link to several on-line databaseslocated at http://library.uvi.edu, users can access several online databases and over 1,000 full-text journals, including American Chemical Society Journals Online; Cu- mulated Index to Nursing and Allied Health (CINAHL), with the full text of a number of online nursing journals; and several general academic, business, humanities, biography, literature, and science databases from vendors such as EBSCO and Gale Group. The libraries also provide access to a growing number of digitized documents on the history and culture of the Virgin Islands. Membership in regional and national networks, such as LYRASIS (a consor- tium of libraries within the U.S. and the region), and OCLC (a library services collaborative), facilitate resource sharing and access to electronic cataloging services with libraries world- wide. Library services include loans of in-house materials, interlibrary loans between the UVI cam- puses and other external institutions, reference assistance and library instruction. Librarians work with faculty to integrate information literacy in the curriculum according to guidelines and standards developed by the Association of College and Research Libraries and pro- moted by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education. The libraries are open to the public every day (except holidays) for a total of 81 hours per week when classes are in ses- sion. Intersession hours are posted. All registered students, faculty and staff are entitled to a library card, which must be presented to obtain library services, including the borrowing of library materials and other equipment. The libraries collaborate with the Access and Enroll- ment Services Office to ensure retrieval of delinquent materials and collection of replacement costs for lost material, when necessary. The ITS staff within the UVI libraries support educational technology resources to enhance teaching and learning. A wide variety of audiovisual materials and presentation equipment is available to faculty and students for on-campus use. Several smart classrooms with instruc- tional equipment for in-class Internet access, computing and presentations are maintained. Videoconference facilities are used to connect with students and faculty on the opposite campus for instruction and meetings. The Blackboard Learning Management System is used by faculty to deliver course materials and to interact with students. Open computer labs and wireless access points available in key areas throughout the cam- pus provide Internet access and computing facilities. Microsoft computer applications are available on campus through computer labs, smart classrooms and library laptops. Students 4 have access to Microsoft applications in accordance with the University’s licensing agree- ment. For information and support of ITS learning resources, contact the Helpdesk at 693-1466. Special Programs The University offers a number of special programs through the Academic Colleges and Schools, the Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning (CELL) Center, the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Cooperative Extension Service, and the Water Resources Research Institute. These include certificate programs such as the Inclusive Early Childhood Educa- tion Program, special self-improvement courses, and courses in a wide variety of subjects to improve the quality of life for residents.The Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix offers a Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps program within the College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences. This 18-credit program is available to students pursuing their bachelor’s degrees. Admission to the program will be upon approval of an application to the Military Science and Leadership (MSL) instructor. Any student may enroll in the MSL courses upon approval of the instructor. The University of the Virgin Islands is a member of the National Student Exchange program which offers undergraduate students an opportunity to study for up to one year at one of 171 colleges and universities in the United States and its territories. Students spend either their sophomore or junior year in the exchange program and return to the University of the Virgin Islands to graduate. Students from other NSE membership schools also spend a year or semester studying at UVI. Additional information is available from the Counseling and Place- ment Office. UVI is a member of the Association of Caribbean Universities and Research In- stitute (UNICA) and participates in the Caribbean Intercollegiate Student Exchange program. This program allows UVI students to spend a semester or an academic year at a participat- ing university and allows students from participating Caribbean colleges and universities to spend a semester or academic year at UVI. A cooperative agreement between the University of the Virgin Islands and Boston University School of Medicine exists whereby University of the Virgin Islands students, after meeting certain qualifications, may be accepted provisionally into the medical school at the end of their sophomore year. These students spend two summers and their senior year at Boston University and graduate with a bachelor of science degree from the University of the Virgin Islands. The College of Science and Mathematics has developed an articulation program in engineering with Columbia University in New York and Washington University in St. Louis. These articulation agreements allow students to begin their studies at UVI and then com- plete requirements for graduation at one of the schools. Students who satisfy all require- ments receive one degree from UVI and a second degree in engineering from one of the two schools. There are less formalized transfer programs in pre-engineering, pre-pharmacy and pre-medical technology for students who wish to study in these fields at the University of the Virgin Islands before transferring to a specialized institution to complete their studies. Inter- ested students should seek additional information from the Dean of the College of Science and Mathematics. UVI has entered into several special agreements and collaborative ventures within the last few years. There will be joint collaborations on faculty and student exchanges, faculty re- search, and program development. Research will be conducted at the Etelman Observatory, located on St. Thomas at an elevation of approximately 1,500 ft. The Observatory houses a state-of-the-art 16-inch American Optical refracting telescope. The telescope has been fitted with a CCD camera, a computer controlled filter wheel, and optical encoders which allow the telescope to be positioned with exceptional accuracy. The facility will be used both for The University 5 instructional purposes and research, which is sponsored in part by the South Carolina NASA Space Grant Consortium. A cooperative student and faculty exchange agreement between Emory University and the University of the Virgin Islands is currently in effect. The exchange agreement provides for the regular exchange of students and faculty between the two institutions in order to enhance the education and the mutual understanding of both students and faculty. The Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD), previously known as the Virgin Islands University Affiliated Program (VIUAP), was established in October 1994 to enhance the quality of life for citizens with developmental disabilities and their families. VIUCEDD carries out its mission by promoting independence, productivity and full integration into the community through interdisciplinary training, exemplary service, tech- nical assistance and information dissemination. Other Collaborative Agreements or Memoranda of Understanding have been established between UVI and: •Antigua State College •Case Western Reserve University/Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing •Clarence Fitzroy Bryant Community College •College of Staten Island Center for International Service •Columbia University •Consortium for Caribbean Marine Studies •Consortium of Caribbean Universities for Natural Resource Management •Department of Commerce •Dominica State College •H. Lavity Stoutt Community College, British Virgin Islands •National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration •Schneider Regional Medical Center School of Practical Nursing •U.S. Department of the Interior •Universidad Internacional (UNINTER), The Center for Linguistic and Multicultural Studies •University Consortium of Small Island States (UCSIS) •University of Cape Coast •University of Florida •University of Ghana, Legon •University of Maryland - Eastern Shore •University of Mississippi •University of St. Maarten •Virgin Islands Department of Labor School to Work/Career Division •Virgin Islands National Park Service Special Degree Program Offerings From time to time, the University develops special degree programs to provide workforce training and to enhance the professional development of service providers. One such pro- gram is the Inclusive Early Childhood Education Associate in Arts degree program. Designed to ensure that child care providers and early childhood professionals are trained to provide quality programs in which infants, toddlers, preschoolers, and children in the primary grades, with differing abilities are nurtured. The Associates in Arts program is designed for students to progress directly into the Bachelor of Arts program in order to become a certified teacher in grades K-3. Another such program is the Associate of Applied Science in Process Technology, aimed at developing a workforce for the local industries in the Caribbean region and worldwide. The University 6 Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix GRADUATE PROGRAMS Education Specialist in School Psychology Master of Arts in Education Master of Arts in Mathematics for Secondary Teachers Master of Arts in Psychology Master of Business Administration Master of Marine and Environmental Sciences Master of Public Administration UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree Accounting Business Administration Communication Criminal Justice Elementary Education English Humanities Inclusive Early Childhood Education Psychology Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Hotel and Tourism Management Bachelor of Science Degree Computer Science Criminal Justice Associate of Arts Degree Accounting Business Management Computer Information Systems Inclusive Early Childhood Education Police Science and Administration Associate of Science Degree Computer Science Nursing Associate of Applied Science Degree Criminal Justice Process Technology 7 Campus Overview The 130-acre campus of the University of the Virgin Islands on St. Croix is located at Golden Grove, midway between the towns of Christiansted and Frederiksted. Used by the University since 1964, the land was deeded to the University for educational purposes by the United States federal government in 1968. The entrance to the campus, from Queen Mary Highway, is lined by royal palm trees leading to the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning, the residence halls and the Student Center. The main buildings include the Great House, which housed both classrooms and administrative offices before 1975; the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning (the main academic building); the Northwest Wing, which was erected in 1989 and now houses the computer laboratories; the Research and Extension Center, which opened its doors in 1992 and houses the land-grant programs; and the Nursing complex, which has been home to the School of Nursing since 1996. On Sept. 23, 1996, in a regular session of the Virgin Islands Legislature, Act No. 6121 spon- sored by then Sen. Adelbert Bryan was approved with two measures honoring local Virgin Islanders. This bill proposed to name the residence hall complex after dedicated educator, mentor and tradition bearer Mrs. Delta M. Dorsch. The University of the Virgin Islands named the complex the Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex at a dedication ceremony in her honor on Dec. 16, 2010. As part of the same measure, Act No. 5121 proposed to name the St. Croix campus after native and local attorney Albert A. Sheen, Sr. The campus was named the Albert A. Sheen Campus of the University of the Virgin Islands on March 24, 2011. The Student Center houses a combination auditorium/cafeteria, the Snack Bar, the Office of Student Activities, the Student Activities Lounge, the Fitness Center, a student mail room and the Campus Bookstore. Behind the Student Center are outdoor basketball, volleyball, tennis courts, and soccer fields used for physical education classes, intramural athletics and recreation. the soccer fields were established in May 2012. The Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex opened for student occupancy in January 1999. The residence hall complex is comprised of 17 three-bedroom suites, the Office of Student Housing & Residence Life, a reception area, lounge, two study/seminar rooms, laundry facilities and on-campus living quarters for the Student Housing Supervisor. Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning Opened in 1975, the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning is named for the U.S. Virgin Is- lands’ first elected governor. This architecturally unique building is a modern air-conditioned, multi-level complex constructed around a landscaped courtyard with open-air walkways, galleries, attractive stonework, tropical foliage, miniature waterfalls and manmade ponds. The Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning houses the Library, classrooms, faculty offices, video conferencing facilities, and a 73-seat theater. It also houses several of the Student Support Services, such as Academic Services, Financial Aid, the Center for Student Suc- cess (CSS), the Dean of Students as well as the Campus Operations, Business Services and Campus Security offices. BUCS Fitness Center In 2007 the Bucs Fitness Center was added to the Student Center. This 900 sq. ft. facility houses state-of-the-art fitness equipment and is fully staffed by students. Albert A. Sheen Campus 8 Albert A. Sheen Campus The Great Hall From 2006 – 2007, the Albert A. Sheen campus established several new facilities to enhance student learning and campus life. The North West Wing Great Hall is a multi-use space that can be configured to three classrooms or one large assembly space that seats up to 200. This space opened in conjunction with several new faculty offices and two classrooms in the Northwest Wing Annex. The Great House Before construction of the Melvin H. Evans Center for Learning was finished in 1975, all classes on the Albert A. Sheen Campus were conducted in the Great House, a 19th century historic building that was originally the main house of a sugar cane plantation. Completely renovated in 2001, the Great House now includes the Office of the President, Office of the Provost and the Health Services Center on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. Across from the Great House in Building B is the Office of Physical Plant and Maintenance. Melvin H. Evans Center Library See pg. 3 for information on the Albert A. Sheen campus library. Research and Extension Center The Research and Extension Center contains several programs of the Agricultural Experiment Station and the Cooperative Extension Service. This state-of-the-art facility is home to the Biotechnology Laboratory, with its light- and temperature-controlled growth room and mo- lecular biology equipment; the Plant Science laboratory, where research is conducted in the areas of soil and plant analysis; a home economics food laboratory and four seminar rooms; 16 research faculty and staff offices; and a staff lounge. Also housed in the Research and Extension Center is the Office of Institutional Advancement on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. 9 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Education Specialist in School Psychology Master of Arts in Education Master of Arts in Mathematics for Secondary Teachers Master of Arts in Psychology Master of Business Administration Master of Marine & Environmental Science Master of Public Administration UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Inclusive Early Childhood Education Marine Biology Mathematics Music Education Psychology Social Sciences Social Work Speech Communication and Theatre Accounting Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Criminal Justice Elementary Education English Humanities St. Thomas Campus Bachelor of Business Administration Degree Hotel and Tourism Management Bachelor of Science Degree Applied Mathematics Criminal Justice Biology Marine Biology Chemistry Mathematics Computer Science Nursing Associate of Arts Degree Accounting Business Management Computer Information Systems Hotel and Restaurant Management Inclusive Early Childhood Education Police Science and Administration Associate of Science Degree Computer Science Physics Bachelor of Arts Degree 10 Campus Overview The 388-acre St. Thomas campus of the University of the Virgin Islands is located three miles west of the town of Charlotte Amalie and overlooks John Brewers Bay. Currently the buildings include: The Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library; Residence Halls housing approximately 390 students; Continuing Education, Business Administration, Humanities, Nursing Educa- tion, Science and Mathematics, Social Sciences, and Teacher Education buildings; the Music Education Center; the Sports and Fitness Center; the William P. MacLean Marine Science Center; the Administration and Conference Center; the Dining Pavilion; the Wellness Cen- ter; the Health Services Center; and the Classroom Administration Building, which contains classrooms, a theatre, administration and faculty offices and science laboratories. The Reich- hold Center for the Arts is also located on the St. Thomas campus. The University campus includes the Herman E. Moore Golf Course, Brewers Bay beach, tennis courts and a basketball court for student use as part of the athletic and recreation programs. Several areas are used as playing fields. The golf course is used as a common area for diverse activities such as golf practice and special events. The multi-purpose Sports and Fitness Center was officially opened and dedicated January 2001. Administration and Conference Center The Administration and Conference Center (ACC), on the St. Thomas campus, officially opened on October 1, 2007. The building, formerly known as the Leo M. Harvey Student Center, was originally constructed in 1938. Renovations began on the three-story structure in 2005 to reprogram and expand the building from 20,000 sq. ft to 31,000 sq.ft. The ACC serves as the main administrative center for the campus housing offices of the President, Office of the Provost, Board of Trustees Liaison, Office of the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, Administration and Finance, Accounting, Purchasing, Human Resources, Office of the CIO, Public Relations, Institutional Research, Sponsored Programs and Title III, IT Data Center, Access and Enrollment Services, and Office of Campus Operations, as well as three conference rooms. Access and Enrollment Services—which includes Admissions, Registrar and Financial Aid services—and the Cashiers Office, located on the first floor, serve as a one-stop service for students. Ralph M. Paiewonsky Library See pg. 3 for information on the St. Thomas campus library. Music Education Center The Music Education Center was officially dedicated on February 11, 1999. The Center pro- vides a pleasant atmosphere for all who utilize the facility. It houses four private practice rooms (each room contains a piano), a tiered band room, a room specially configured for use by the University’s steel band, an elegant concert choir room and a computer lab/listening room. The Reichhold Center for the Arts UVI’s Reichhold Center for the Arts (1978) is a unique 1,196-seat amphitheater, built of wood, limestone, copper, steel and concrete in the heart of Brewers Bay, on the University’s St. Thomas campus. It annually plays host to a wide range of concerts and performances in fulfillment of its mission of enriching the cultural and social life of the people of the Virgin Islands. The center was built from an endowment given by the industrial philanthropist Henry H. Reichhold. St. Thomas Campus 11 Sports and Fitness Center The Sports and Fitness Center (SFC), on the St. Thomas campus, officially opened in Janu- ary 2001. It is the largest indoor state-of-the-art facility of its kind in the Eastern Caribbean. The center is built on the site of the old UVI Field House (gym), formerly a 1930’s seaplane hangar built by the U. S. Navy. The center is used primarily for physical education classes, intramural sports, and varsity athletics, including the men’s and women’s basketball and volleyball teams. It is available for rental and utilized widely on a rental basis by a variety of groups and organizations. The center has two levels which occupy over 64,000 square feet. The seating capacity is 2,500 for basketball games and 4,000 for concerts and other events. The center houses three large classrooms, along with conference rooms, an aerobics room, a training room for sports injury treatment, dual cross courts, two volleyball courts, locker rooms, a lighting and sound room for concerts and special events, and a VIP viewing room overlooking the arena. The building also includes the offices of the Director and Assistant Director of Athletics, the Office of the Vice Provost for Research and Public Service, and faculty offices. Campus Bookstore The St. Thomas Campus Bookstore, is located on the upper campus in Jerome House, formerly the offices of Student Affairs. The 3,900 sq. ft structure was renovated in 2005 to support bookstore operations. The Wellness Center The Wellness Center, located on the southwestern corner of the Sports and Fitness Cen- ter, is a 6,250-square-foot facility designed to meet the wellness needs of the campus. The single-story facility provides space for dance, aerobics, weight training and general wellness- related activities. Off-Campus Facilities University facilities that are not on the main St. Thomas campus include Etelman House, site of an astronomical laboratory which is located on Crown Mountain, and the Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS). VIERS, located on the island of St. John, provides unique outdoor and marine learning opportunities through environmental education programs and research activities. Situated on the remote southern shore of the Virgin Islands National Park, close to hiking trails and coral reefs, VIERS’ 12 cabins can accommodate up to 48 overnight guests. A waterside laboratory, with dock, is accessible to students and research- ers. VIERS is also available for personal enrichment and for group retreats. Clean Islands International, a non-profit environmental education organization, currently manages VIERS. St. Thomas Campus 13 the overall quality of life. Whether it is to learn a foreign language, make beautiful floral de- signs, decorate cakes professionally or even master home computing, the possibilities are endless. Online Learning UVICELL recently expanded its program offerings to include the delivery of online learning to its students. These courses and certificate programs are conducted entirely online and include training in high-interest areas such as healthcare, business, computer applications, green/rewable energy, and even offers an online high school diploma. CELL also offers the business community a full complement of solutions designed to foster growth, increase productivity and enhance effectiveness, including: Corporate Training CELL assists in the growth and optimization of businesses by providing targeted and cus- tomized training programs. Corporate training programs are designed to improve an organi- zation’s effectiveness, efficiency and productivity in an evolving business climate. Training can be conducted on-site, at the CELL Training Center or at any other location, and is delivered in a format that best meets the needs of the organization. Consulting and Professional Services CELL supports businesses in aligning operations with pre-defined strategy and continuously works with the organization to meet changing internal and external industry needs. CELL works with the organizational team to understand the goals and culture of the organization and then develop solutions to help the business grow. Whether it is performance improve- ment, technical services or conference and event management, CELL offers real world solu- tions to achieve desired goals. OSHA Consultation Employers can learn about potential hazards at their worksites and receive professional advice on establishing and improving their occupational safety and health management systems. The UVICELL Safety in Paradise Consultation Program offers training and education to assist in maintaining compliance with OSHA regulations and ultimately lowers workers’ compensation costs. This confidential consultation is offered at no cost to the employer. Affiliations •IACET: UVICELL is an authorized provider of the International Association for Continuing Education and Training (IACET). As an authorized provider, CELL grants IACET accredited Continuing Education Units (CEUs). The IACET CEU is internationally recognized as a mea- sure of quality in continuing education and training. •AMA: UVICELL has also partnered with the American Management Association (AMA) to offer a wide spectrum of management training, backed by AMA’s more than 80 years of management education experience. CELL is the authorized AMA provider in a number of Caribbean regions to include: Anguilla, Antigua and Barbuda, British Virgin Islands, Dominica, Jamaica, Puerto Rico, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Maarten/St. Martin and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Testing Center Capabilities UVICELL serves as the official test site for a number of professional certifications and organi- zations to include: •The Performance Assessment Network, Inc. (PAN) which facilitates the delivery of testing services for organizations such as the Transportation Safety Administration (TSA) and the •U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP). •The National Association of Legal Assistants •Healthcare Professional Certifications including Hemodialysis Technician and Home Health Aide •The National Association of Fire Equipment Distributors (NAFED) •The Association of Boards of Certification (ABC) •Prometric provides comprehensive testing and assessment services to include the GRE, PRAXIS, Real Estate, GED exams, Human Resource Certification and much more. For a complete listing of exams offered, visit www.prometric.com Administration, Research and Public Service 14 •Kryterion online testing services for the technology and education industries in collaboration with their affiliated associations and organizations. For more information on the services offered by UVICELL, call 693-1100 or visit http:// cell.uvi.edu. Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence In Developmental Disabilities The Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD) was established in October 1994 and is funded by the U.S. Department of Health and Hu- man Services, Administration on Developmental Disabilities and the U.S. Department of Edu- cation, Office of National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research. The VIUCEDD mission is to enhance the quality of life for individuals with disabilities and their families and to provide them with tools necessary for independence, productivity and full inclusion into community life. VIUCEDD’s goals are: •To demonstrate and promote exemplary approaches in clinical, educational and community settings. •To provide technical assistance. •To disseminate information related to the implementation of best practices. •To ensure the participation of persons with disabilities and their families in the design and implementation of all VIUEDD activities. •To coordinate, implement and supervise support services for the families with children with disabilities that promote their independence, self advocacy and integration in the community. •To provide training on the laws that protects the rights of persons with disabilities and their families and sensitivity towards persons with disabilities. Global and Graduate Education Global initiatives are realized through collaboration with the academic colleges and schools, the Dean of Students, and institutions of higher education regionally, nationally, and inter- nationally. Global initiatives encompass development, coordination, and monitoring of study abroad and special student and faculty exchange programs through affiliations, memoranda of understanding, and memoranda of agreements. The graduate programs at the University of the Virgin Islands were developed to meet specific needs in the Territory and beyond. While each of the programs has its own mis- sion, the overall aim of all the areas of graduate study is to provide a high-quality education for students to meet their professional and technical training needs. Information on degree programs is available in the Graduate Bulletin. Committee on Learning Assessment for Student Success (CLASS) CLASS’s charge is to facilitate, monitor and support the development and implementation of student learning outcomes assessment plans for UVI academic colleges and schools and for general education. CLASS’s long-term goal is to spearhead UVI’s transformation into a ‘culture of evidence’ and a learner-centered institution committed to student success. Honors Program The UVI Honors Program seeks to produce exceptional scholars and citizens by providing participants with enriched intellectual, leadership and outreach experiences designed to cul- tivate thoughtful, deliberative, articulate, ethically grounded, globally connected and actively contributing members of society. For details on the program, see p. 62 of this catalog. RESEARCH AND PUBLIC SERVICE The University of the Virgin Islands addresses two of the major elements of its Mission, Re- search and Public Service, through the strategic efforts of the units in the Research and Pub- lic Service Areas Collectively, the Agricultural Experiment Station (AES), the Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (CMES), the Cooperative Extension Service (CES), the Eastern Administration, Research and Public Service 15 Caribbean Center (ECC), the Research Publications Unit (The Caribbean Writer), the Virgin Is- lands Small Business Development Center (VI SBDC), Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR), and the Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI) are principally responsible for defining and solving problems through research and providing quality services that address needs identified by the community. Agricultural Experiment Station (AES) The Agricultural Experiment Station is one of the two units that carry out the Land-Grant functions of the University. AES, which is located on St. Croix, conducts basic and ap- plied research to meet the needs of local and regional Caribbean, as well as international, agricultural communities. These needs are in the areas of increasing production, improv- ing efficiency of tropical plants and livestock, developing new enterprises, preserving and propagating endangered plant species, and protecting the natural resource base. The Station scientists are actively involved in projects in agronomy, animal science, aquaculture, biotechnology, agroforestry, and horticulture. Results of research projects are disseminated in scientific journals, research bulletins, fact sheets, farmers’ bulletins, seminars and work- shops. Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (CMES) The Center for Marine and Environmental Studies addresses environmental problems unique to tropical island communities and advances knowledge and learning in coastal marine systems through research, education and outreach programs. Based in the McLean Marine Science Center on St. Thomas, CMES collaborates with local organizations, other universities and governmental agencies to assess and monitor marine ecosystems and identify methods of conserving fisheries and marine and coastal areas that provide support for sustainable natural resource management. The Virgin Islands Marine Advisory Service (VIMAS), a part of the national Sea Grant Program, collaborates with public and private sector institutions to disseminate information on St. Thomas, St. Croix and St. John. The Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS), located on St. John and managed by Clean Islands International, provides unique learning opportunities through environmen- tal education and research programs and activities. CMES provides opportunities for UVI students to participate in active research projects and gain experience in a variety of field and laboratory techniques. The CMES facilities on St. Thomas and St. John provide easy access to a variety of tropical marine environments and include a fleet of research vessels, sea tables and aquaria, research instrumentation as well as training and support for air and nitrox scuba diving. Cooperative Extension Service (CES) The Cooperative Extension Service is the second unit that carries out Land-Grant func- tions. Through the federal network of the Land Grant University System, the Cooperative Extension Service is empowered as an agency for public education and information dis- semination responding to the needs of the community. Its mission is to be a dynamic, flex- ible organization dedicated to delivering research-based educational programs and infor- mation that addresses critical issues affecting families, individuals and the communities of the U.S. Virgin Islands. CES carries out programs in agriculture and natural resources, 4-H, family and consumer science and communications, in the districts of St. Croix, St. Thomas and St. John. The agriculture and natural resource programs strive to meet the changing needs of the territory and offer technical assistance, training and advice to farmers, home gardeners, youth groups, government and nongovernment agencies and residents of the territory in the areas of environmental horticulture, livestock, natural resources and environ- mental management. The 4-H family and consumer sciences programs provide information in life-coping skills and encourage families to use all available resources to improve their quality of life. Areas of emphasis of the program include the Expanded Foods and Nutri- tion Education Program (EFNEP), which is designed to assist limited resource families in acquiring the knowledge, skills and attitudes in improving diets and nutritional well-being; Administration, Research and Public Service 16 youth programs such as the Children, Youth and Families at Risk (CYFAR); and the annual 4-H Summer Academy that provides information and educational programs to enhance the youth of the territory. The communications unit is responsible for promotion, and publica- tions, such as Native Recipes, Virgin Islands Holiday Cooking, Heart of the Pumpkin, and Traditional and Medicinal Plants of St. Croix, St. Thomas, and St. John, come from this unit. Additionally, the communications unit has collaborated with other UVI departments in the publishing of Island Peak to Coral Reef - A Field Guide to Plant and Marine Communi- ties of the Virgin Islands and Remarkable Big Trees in the U.S. Virgin Islands. Eastern Caribbean Center (ECC) The Eastern Caribbean Center is an outreach division that anticipates the social, economic and environmental needs of the Virgin Islands and the region, and conducts research programs to address those needs. It also facilitates collaboration in research among lo- cal, national and regional institutions and organizations toward fulfilling the mission of the University and improving the quality of life for people within these areas. The ECC social research unit compiles and analyzes social and economic data, and also supports and extends the work of the U.S. Bureau of the Census. The survey research unit designs and carries out scientific sample household and telephone surveys. The Conservation Data Center (CDC) systematically compiles, analyzes and disseminates natural resource data to make it readily accessible to government and non-governmental organizations in making conservation and development decisions. The CDC also identifies and evaluates threats to natural areas and makes recommendations for addressing these threats through the utiliza- tion of the largest geographic information system in the Territory that is dedicated to natural resource management. ECC also publishes Caribbean Perspectives, a cutting-edge annual magazine that speaks to the leadership throughout the Caribbean. Office of Sponsored Programs and Title III (OSP) The Office of Sponsored Programs and Title III (OSP) is the university unit responsible for liaison with funding agencies that sponsor research and other activities at UVI. OSP as- sists faculty and staff with proposals and with grants implementation and management. OSP can help design projects and develop proposals in order to improve the likelihood of success and can help to identify funding agencies that are interested in supporting UVI projects. OSP offers workshops from time to time on seeking sponsorship, writing propos- als and managing grants. Advice and assistance is also available on a case-by-case basis. OSP also manages the U.S. Department of Education Title III Part B Strengthening Histori- cally Black Colleges and Universities grant program, under the direction of the President. Research Publications Unit The Caribbean Writer is the primary publication of the Research Publications Unit at UVI. An international literary journal, The Caribbean Writer publishes exceptional works by established and emerging writers from the greater Caribbean region and beyond. The journal premiered in 1987, and includes poetry, prose, personal narrative, book reviews and special sections, often tributes to Caribbean writers and/or intellects. The main goal of the journal is to develop and foster new writers and to continue to serve as an outlet for new writings in the Caribbean. In addition to publishing The Caribbean Writer, the Research Publications Unit has also published two anthologies, Contemporary Drama of the Caribbean, edited by Erika J. Waters and David Edgecombe, and Seasoning for the Mortar: Virgin Islanders Writing in The Caribbean Writer Volumes 1-15, edited by Marvin E. Williams. The editorial board of the refereed journal, consists of UVI College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences faculty. The Advisory Editorial Board comprised of an acclaimed international group of established Caribbean writers, including Nobel Laureate Derek Walcott, et al. The website, www.TheCaribbeanWriter.org, has become a global resource for Caribbean literature. Virgin Islands Small Business Development Center (VI SBDC) The VI Small Business Development Center (VI SBDC) is a partnership program between Administration, Research and Public Service 17 the U.S. Small Business Administration and the University of the Virgin Islands. Its mis- sion is to assist emerging and existing small businesses through high quality professional counseling and training, contributing to the economic growth of the U.S. Virgin Islands. Its vision is to be the premier provider of small business services. The VI SBDC provides small business owners and aspiring entrepreneurs practical assistance to grow and prosper in an ever-changing economy. Since its establishment in 1985, the VI SBDC has played a vital role in the development of local businesses and the reduction of failure among existing businesses. Business Counseling Services are free and confidential. The VI SBDC is part of a close network of public and private business organizations committed to fostering the economic stability and growth of small businesses in the territory. Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR) The Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR) promotes the development and use of science and technology in the territory to help the local community develop creative solutions to educational and environmental challenges and to improve the quality of life for its members. VI-EPSCoR is working to increase the Virgin Islands’ access to and development of new knowledge, products, services, partnerships and a skilled workforce for the 21st century and beyond. It supports research on locally relevant topics including the health of coral reef ecosystems, fisheries management and coastal ocean systems. VI-EPSCoR funds are also used to strengthen the territory’s educa- tion in the areas of science, mathematics and technology, and VI-EPSCoR aims to provide students with opportunities to engage in hands-on and feet-wet learning in marine science. VI-EPSCoR is supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation, funding from the government of the Virgin Islands and by generous donations from members of the Virgin Islands community. The program is hosted by the University of the Virgin Islands on behalf of the people of the Virgin Islands. Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI) The Water Resources Research Institute conducts research throughout the U.S. Virgin Islands. Its meteorological observatory, which provides real time weather data that can be ac- cessed through the Internet and a water quality laboratory on the St. Thomas Campus serve as resources for the Virgin Islands community. Current WRRI research includes investigating ways to reduce non-point source pollution to the critical nearshore marine environment of the islands. This includes identifying methods of erosion control, development of methods for coastal water quality assessments and finding innovative ways to treat domestic wastewater as alternatives to traditional septic tank systems. Other WRRI activities include dissemination of information promoting conservation of the islands’ water resources and providing environ- mental research training experiences for students and others. OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND PLANNING The Office of Institutional Research and Planning (IRP) gathers data on the University and provides information useful for making strategic decisions. IRP produces an annual Institu- tional Data Summary which contains the latest statistics on enrollment, student and faculty characteristics, University income and expenditures, and related topics. For some topics, historical data are provided to establish trends. Brief reports are sometimes issued on topics of general interest, or in response to special requests of other university units. IRP keeps abreast of events and trends in the Virgin Islands, the Caribbean region and beyond to note factors which might impact the future of the University. The results are made available to persons planning for the future of the University. IRP provides annual reports to the National Center for Education Statistics and the Commission on Higher Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, and participates in surveys conducted by other external agencies. Linkage to other universities is maintained through the Internet and by membership in the Association for Institutional Research. Administration, Research and Public Service 18 Administration, Research and Public Service 19 Admissions Admissions Policies The University of the Virgin Islands is a four-year, liberal arts, coeducational, multi-cultural, equal opportunity and affirmative action institution that welcomes applicants to participate in a sound educational experience. To be a matriculated student at the University of the Virgin Islands, a candidate must have graduated from high school or have achieved the equivalent of high school graduation. A candidate for admission from the United States Virgin Islands, the United States, or United States-oriented educational systems must have achieved at least a “C” (2.0 on a 4.0 scale) cumulative grade-point average (GPA) by the end of the junior year of high school and maintain at least a “C” cumulative GPA during the senior year. In general, the basic curriculum requirement for students seeking freshman admission from high school or home school is • four years of English • three years of mathematics • three years of science • three years of social science • two years of a foreign language (preferably in the same language) Individual academic programs may have additional admission requirements. Applicants should consult the section of this catalog describing the programs for those requirements. The University recognizes home-schooled students whose programs are certified and approved by their state, as required. Home school programs may also be recognized by national accrediting bodies, such as the American Council on Education (ACE), the United States Department of Education (USDOE), or the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA). Freshman applicants, age 24 and under, must submit official transcripts and official SAT or ACT scores. Persons age 25 and above only have to submit offical transcripts as the SAT and ACT requirement is waived for nontraditional applicants. Results from the General Edu- cation Equivalency Diploma (GED) must be submitted to verify secondary school experience for applicants who earned a GED instead of a traditional high school diploma. Students must submit all required credentials to demonstrate their ability to achieve successful academic progress. The University also recognizes nontraditional education experiences, including distance education, online courses, and alternative schooling programs approved by nationally or internationally recognized certifying entities. Such entities include ACE, the USDOE, CHEA, or institutions officially recognized within their national systems. Credentials, official transcripts, or their equivalent must be provided as evidence of successful completion and academic preparation. Some applicants may be asked to submit additional information, including syl- labi, recommendations, and course descriptions, especially if seeking transfer credit. Applicants who do not meet the University’s admission requirements may be enrolled at the University of the Virgin Islands as non-matriculated students. These students may subse- quently apply for matriculated status after earning a minimum of 18 credits in University of the Virgin Islands college courses numbered 100 and above with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 on a 4.0 scale. These credits must include the general education requirements in English 20 and the general education mathematics and science credits required by the degree they intend to pursue. Applicants from other countries should consult the section on International Student Admis- sion below. In general, the University will expect, in addition to facility in English, the same preparation that would be required of students entering from the United States Virgin Islands, the United States, or United States-oriented educational systems. Students who have not completed secondary school may demonstrate equivalency by presenting passing scores on the General Education High School Proficiency Test (GED). In- formation on the GED is generally available from the United States Virgin Islands Department of Education and from education departments in the United States and other United States Possessions. How to Apply 1. Request application forms from the Admissions Office, University of the Virgin Islands, #2 John Brewers Bay, St. Thomas, VI 00802, or Access and Enrollment Services, University of the Virgin Islands, RR1, Box 10,000, Kingshill, St. Croix, VI 00850. Applications are also ac- cessible online at the University’s website at www.uvi.edu. 2. Submit complete application packages by the appropriate Admissions deadline, to in- clude: the application for admission; the non-refundable $25.00 (USD) application fee; official high school, home school, and/or college transcripts; and official SAT or ACT scores. 3. Return any forms which the applicant is requested to complete to the Admissions Office on the St. Thomas Campus and the Access and Enrollment Services Office on the Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix. 4. All candidates for freshman admission, with the exception of those persons age 25 and above, must take either the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examina- tion Board or the American College Test (ACT) of the American College Testing Program. SAT Subject Tests are not required. Candidates are responsible for registering to take the SAT or ACT and for having their scores sent to the University by the appropriate Admissions deadline. The College Board identifica- tion code number for the University of the Virgin Islands is 0879, and the ACT identification code number is 5288. International students should contact their respective Ministry of Education regarding dates and times for the SAT, or contact the College Board. Contact information for the College Board is available online at www.collegeboard.org. When to Apply Applicants should apply for admission by April 30 for fall semester enrollment and by October 30 for spring semester enrollment. Note that the application for admission and all supporting materials must be submitted by the appropriate Admissions deadline for an application file to be considered complete and ready for decision review. Persons are urged to apply well in advance of the stated Admissions deadlines. Application Fee Applicants are required to pay the non-refundable $25.00 application fee. The application fee must be submitted in United States Dollars (USD) by certified check or money order (if mailed to the University or paid in-person at the Cashier’s Office), credit card (if paid online or in- person at the Cashier’s Office), or cash (if paid in-person at the Cashier’s Office). Applicants are strongly encouraged to pay the application fee at the time the application for admission is submitted. Applicants seeking freshman admission who submit the College Board/SAT Admissions 21 “Request of Waiver of College Application Fee” form will have the $25.00 application fee waived. Enrollment Confirmation and Deposit Following a favorable decision on an application, the applicant will be notified to confirm his or her intent to enroll by making a non-refundable enrollment deposit of $100.00 (USD) towards the tuition costs for the initial semester of enrollment. If the applicant registers as expected, the deposit will be credited to the tuition charge for that semester. Should the applicant decide not to register, however, the deposit will be forfeited and cannot be used to offset any other charges the applicant may have incurred. The $100.00 enrollment deposit is mandatory and should be submitted by June 15 for fall semester enrollment and by Decem- ber 1 for spring semester enrollment. Admitted applicants are encouraged to make their decision as soon as possible after noti- fication of acceptance so they, and the University, can make plans for their enrollment and first-semester program. International Student Admission The University of the Virgin Islands welcomes applications for undergraduate admission from qualified international students. The University values the presence of international students, as these students add diversity and a global perspective to campus life. International applicants must apply as early as possible before the application deadline for the desired semester of initial enrollment at the University. This allows sufficient time to obtain official school records, to have school records evaluated by a credential evaluation agency (if applicable), to arrange for the required examinations, to have the application for admis- sion reviewed, to have the financial institutions send statements documenting the applicant’s financial resources to finance his or her education (upon admission to the University), to make and have an appointment at the US Consulate or Embassy, and to secure student visa materials. Language and Testing Requirements Classes at the University of the Virgin Islands are conducted in English, and assignments, papers, and tests must be written in acceptable English. If English is not the applicant’s na- tive language or language of instruction, the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) is required for admission consideration. International applicants who must present TOEFL scores must earn a minimum of 460 on the paper TOEFL, or 140 on the computerized TOEFL (CBT), or 48 on the TOEFL Internet-Based Test (IBT). Applicants receiving scores lower than these should consider taking an English as a Second Language course BEFORE applying to the University. TOEFL registration and test- taking information can be found online at www.ets.org/toefl. Persons age 24 and under applying to the University of the Virgin Islands for freshman admission (or transfer admission with fewer than 12 credits of college-level coursework) must take either the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT). SAT Subject Tests are not required. If registration forms for the SAT or ACT are not available in the applicant’s local area, the applicant should contact one of the following for more information: the Ministry of Education in the applicant’s local area, the College Board at www.college- board.org for the SAT, or the American College Testing Program at www.act.org for the ACT. Test registration deadlines are usually several weeks before the actual test dates, and it can take a few weeks after tests are taken for the University to receive the applicant’s scores. Careful planning is required so that all testing is completed before the appropriate Admis- sions deadlines of April 30 (for fall semester enrollment) and October 30 (for spring semester Admissions 22 enrollment). The TOEFL, SAT, and ACT are given several times a year worldwide. International schools and educational advising centers supported by United States Consul- ates or Embassies may be able to provide test registration packets and sample test booklets. Applicants unfamiliar with the TOEFL, SAT, or ACT may find informational publications and practice tests helpful. Practice tests for each test can be found online and bookstores in the United States, and sometimes abroad, sell preparation books on how to take these tests. Official score reports for the TOEFL, SAT, or ACT should be sent directly to the University of the Virgin Islands. The University’s institution code for the SAT and the TOEFL is 0879; while the institution code for the ACT is 5288. The Application Process Most international applicants are accepted for enrollment beginning in the fall semester. However, the University also accepts international students who wish to begin in January, the start of the spring semester. The international student application deadlines for the University of the Virgin Islands are the same as they are for other undergraduate applicants: April 30 for fall semester enrollment October 30 for spring semester enrollment In order for an international applicant’s admissions file to be reviewed and evaluated, all of the following documents must be submitted by the appropriate Admissions deadline: Application Requirements A completed Application for Admission and the non-refundable application fee of $25.00 (USD). The application for admission must have accurate responses to every item. The appli- cation for admission is available online at the Admissions webpage at www.uvi.edu and can be submitted electronically. Completion of the online application for admission includes the option of paying the application fee by credit card. Official records of courses and grades from all secondary schools and universities attended. Certified non-English transcripts or grade reports should be accompanied by official (literal, not interpretive) translations. For applicants from British-oriented systems, officially certified copies of General Certificate of Education (GCE) examinations or Caribbean Examination Council (CXC) examinations should be submitted directly to the Admissions Office. Passes in five (5) O-level GCE or CXC General Passes (Grades I and II), or a combination of both, including English language, are accept- able for admission. CXC General passes (Grade III) will also be accepted if based on the six-point grading scale. The British Virgin Islands Grade I certificate is required for applicants from Elmore Stoutt High School in the British Virgin Islands. Course-By-Course Credential Evaluations. To be considered for undergraduate admission to the University of the Virgin Islands, certain students who have attended postsecondary educational institutions, colleges, or universities outside of the United States are required to submit a professional credential evaluation of all completed coursework. This is typically referred to as a course-by-course report. A course-by-course report should be sent directly to the Admissions Office from the credential evaluation agency. An admission decision will be made once the official evaluation is on file and all other required materials are received. Ap- plicants who are currently enrolled in a term or semester can contact a credential evaluation agency about getting a partial evaluation done. A final evaluation, however, will be required prior to enrollment. Evaluations are considered from members of the National Association of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES, www.naces.org). Upon receipt of the evaluation, the University of the Virgin Islands will determine if the applicant qualifies for undergraduate admission and whether or not his or her credits are transferable to the University. Obtaining an external evaluation does not ensure the awarding of credit. Transfer credit will be granted Admissions 23 on an individual basis in keeping with University of the Virgin Islands policy. International applicants may wish to consider one of the following credential evaluation agen- cies for the course-by-course evaluation. There is a fee for the course-by-course evaluation which the applicant is required to pay to the selected credential evaluation agency. World Education Services (WES), Inc. Bowling Green Station PO Box 5087 New York, NY 10274-5087 Phone: 212-966-6311 Fax: 212-739-6100 E-mail: info@wes.org Website: www.wes.org American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers (AACRAO) International Education Services One Dupont Circle, NW Suite 520 Washington, DC 20036 Phone: 202-296-3359 Fax: 202-822-3940 E-mail: ies@aacrao.org Website: www.aacrao.org Josef Silny & Associates, Inc. 7101 SW 102 Avenue Miami, FL 33173 Phone: 305-273-1616 Fax: 305-273-1338 E-mail: info@jsilny.com Website: www.jsilny.com Educational Credential Evaluators (ECE), Inc. PO Box 514070 Milwaukee, WI 53203-3470 Phone: 414-289-3400 Fax: 414-289-3411 E-mail: eval@ece.org Website: www.ece.org International Education Research Foundation (IERF), Inc. PO Box 3665 Culver City, CA 90231-3665 Phone: 310-258-9451 Fax: 310-342-7086 E-mail: info@ierf.org Website: www.ierf.org Results From The Appropriate Tests (TOEFL, SAT, ACT). Results from the TOEFL, SAT, and ACT should be sent directly to the University of the Virgin Islands by the appropriate testing pro- gram. The TOEFL and SAT code for University of the Virgin Islands is 0879. The ACT Code is 5288. The SAT or ACT is not required for persons age 25 and above. Upon admission, a Certification of Finances Form accompanied by a certified bank statement (with an official bank stamp or seal) indicating that funds are available to cover all costs of attendance. United States immigration laws require every educational institution to certify that Admissions 24 each international student admitted has adequate funding to attend school. The Admissions Office must receive official documents (originals, not photocopies) which show evidence that admitted international applicants will have sufficient funding to cover the costs of attending the University of the Virgin Islands for at least the first year of study. This evidence will be used to issue the I-20 Form after the granting of admission. The I-20 Form which is needed to obtain the non-immigrant F-1 student visa at a United States Embassy or Consulate. Information about the Certification of Finances Form, and the form itself, can be found online within the Admissions web pages at www.uvi.edu. Regulations of the United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) governing non-immigrant F-1 students require that all persons in this category pursue full-time course of study. This means that undergraduates must register for, and enroll in, a minimum of 12 credits per semester. F-1 student status must be obtained PRIOR to matriculation at the University. Expenses and Financial Aid Financial aid funds are unavailable at the University of the Virgin Islands to assist undergradu- ate international students who are citizens of other countries, and the University considers it inappropriate to encourage international students to apply for admission if the applicant can- not finance his or her education. The estimated total cost (including tuition and fees; room, board and living arrangements; transportation; books; incidental expenses; and travel) is approximately $30,000 (USD) for the 2012-2013 academic year. While there is a single merit scholarship at the University for which foreign nationals who have earned 24 credit hours and a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 can apply, the following online resources may be helpful in learning more about financial assistance for international students: • International Education Financial Aid www.iefa.org • eduPASS www.edupass.org/finaid • NAFSA: Association of International Educators www.nafsa.org/students.sec/financial_aid_for_study *NOTE: International students may apply for and participate in work-study after completing a full year of study at the University. Early Admissions Program The Early Admissions Program was established to encourage academically competitive and socially mature United States Virgin Islands high school students to attend the University either on a full-time or part-time basis upon completion of the 11th grade. Eligibility for entry into the program is based on the following criteria: 1) successful completion of the 10th and 11th grades at a United States Virgin Islands high school; 2) a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale based on final grades received in grades 9, 10 and 11 (first semester of grade 11); 3) minimum SAT scores of 500 Critical Reading, 500 Writing, and 490 Mathemat- ics; 4) nomination and recommendation by the student’s high school; and 5) participation and performance in a face-to-face interview with the Admissions Committee. Four-year renewable scholarships may be available to In-Territory resident students. In order to remain eligible for an Early Admissions Program scholarship, a student must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 earning no grade less than “C” (except for the first semester) on a 4.0 scale. Depending upon the availability of funding, the scholarship may include tuition, room, board, fees and a book stipend. Inquiries concerning the program may be addressed to the Admissions Office on the St. Thomas Campus and the Access and Enrollment Services Of- fice on the Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix. Admissions 25 Transfer Admission An applicant for transfer admission from another university or college must submit all required information, based on the transfer applicant’s situation. In some instances, the Dean of Stu- dents of the institution from which the applicant is transferring may be requested to submit a confidential report on the applicant’s conduct. To be admitted as a transfer student, the applicant must have completed at least 12 semester hours of college credit and achieved at least a 2.0 cumulative GPA, on a 4.0 scale, at the college(s) attended. Applicants who do not meet the cumulative GPA requirement may enroll as non-matriculated students. These students may subsequently apply for matriculated student status after earning a minimum of 18 credits in degree courses with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 on a 4.0 scale at the Uni- versity of the Virgin Islands. The credits earned as a non-matriculated student must include the general education requirements in English and the general education mathematics and science credits required by the degree the student intends to pursue. Applicants with fewer than 12 semester hours of college credit must submit all high school and college transcripts. Admitted applicants who transfer fewer than 24 credits must complete required Freshman Year courses. Persons admitted as transfer students required to take placement tests will be so informed and notified when to appear for the tests. Applicants seeking admission with advanced or transfer standing must have official tran- scripts of all the previous college or university coursework mailed directly to the Admissions Office from EACH college or university previously attended. Admitted applicants from British-oriented educational systems, who receive “pass” or above in GCE Advanced (A- level) Examinations or Caribbean Advanced Proficiency Examination (CAPE) scores of one to five may receive credit toward advance standing. A certified copy of the A- level or CAPE certificate bearing the official stamp of the high school attended or the signature of the principal must be submitted in order to receive credit. Transfer of Academic Credits to the University 1. Transfer credits will be accepted only for matriculated students. 2. No grade lower than “C” will be accepted for transfer credit. 3. Full credit may be assigned for degree courses taken at institutions accredited by insti- tutional accrediting groups recognized by the Council for Higher Education Accreditation (CHEA). 4. Full credit may be assigned for degree courses taken at institutions not accredited by ac- crediting groups recognized by CHEA, after the matriculated student has completed his or her first semester at the University with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or better in the University of the Virgin Islands course work. 5. Transfer students must meet the general education requirements and the major require- ments of University programs. The general education equivalencies will be shown on the transfer credit evaluation form. The applicability of any transferred major courses or electives to the major requirements must be approved by the appropriate academic dean. 6. Admitted transfer applicants who are holders of Associate degrees from institutions recog- nized by the University will be awarded transfer credit equal to the number of credits earned from the Associate degree. Quarter credits will be equated to comply with the University of the Virgin Islands credit system. Admitted transfer applicants who have completed Associate degrees will have satisfied the Admissions 26 general education requirements. Advisors will evaluate transcripts to determine students’ eligibility for admission to the major and for any specific college or school general education requirements. Transfer students will be assisted by faculty advisors to insure major requirements are completed. Transferred courses, as appropriate, may be considered toward the attainment of major requirements. Students are expected to be actively involved in their educational planning. 7. Thirty (30) of the last 36 credits toward a degree from the University of the Virgin Islands must be earned at the University. This requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of study at another institution recog- nized by the University of the Virgin Islands. 8. Courses completed within the preceding ten years may be accepted in transfer. Course- work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to current University course requirements. 9. Credits earned by successful completion of certain CLEP and National League for Nursing examinations are generally accepted. Courses for which credit by examination is accepted are listed elsewhere within this catalog. 10. Credits from foreign institutions are accepted on a case-by-case basis. The student may be required to have courses evaluated by a credential evaluation agency acceptable to the University. 11. Appeal of any decision concerning the above policies must be made to the Provost. Readmission to the University Matriculated students (admitted applicants who enrolled and began attendance at the University) who are not in attendance during two or more consecutive semesters (exclud- ing summer session) must apply to be readmitted to the University. To seek readmission, students must submit the application for readmission and the non-refundable $15.00 (USD) readmission application fee to the Admissions Office, along with official final transcripts from all institutions attended subsequent to enrollment at the University of the Virgin Islands. The readmission application deadlines are April 30 for fall semester enrollment and October 30 for spring semester enrollment. A minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA is required to be granted read- mission as a full-time student. Students who have a cumulative GPA below 2.0 are limited to only part-time study. Senior Citizen Education Program The Virgin Islands Legislature, by Act No. 5358, has provided that certain senior citizen residents of the United States Virgin Islands may enroll in regularly scheduled courses at the University of the Virgin Islands free of charge to the senior citizens. Regularly scheduled courses are those that appear in the fall, spring, or summer schedules of classes. Proof of Status: To be eligible for waiver of tuition and fees, persons seeking the Senior Citizen Education Program must meet the following criteria: 1. Be at least 60 years of age, as verified by the senior citizen ID card issued by the United States Virgin Islands Department of Human Services, and 2. Be a resident of the United States Virgin Islands for at least one year. Admissions 27 Registration Procedures for the Senior Citizen Education Program Persons may be enrolled as matriculated or non-matriculated students. In order to qualify as matriculated students, individuals must apply for admission and must meet the admissions requirements indicated within this catalog. Non-matriculated students may take courses for which they meet the prerequisites. Non-matriculated students are limited to only part-time study. 1. Senior Citizen Education Program students will register during the late registration period for courses for which they qualify that have space available. Priority will be given to those persons enrolled in programs administered by the United States Virgin Islands Department of Human Services. 2. Senior Citizen Education Program students will present verifying documents to the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. A form will be provided which eligible stu- dents will present to the University’s Cashier’s Office so payment may be waived. 3. Senior Citizen Education Program students will present proof of prerequisites for courses for which they wish to receive credit. Those who wish to audit need not present such evi- dence. Auditors attend class regularly, do all coursework that is not graded, and do not earn grades or academic credit. NOTE: As for all students, those making use of this benefit are required to observe the Uni- versity regulations published in the catalog and other University publications. Additional Preparation and Testing Summer Session: Persons who need additional preparation in one or more basic skills—Eng- lish, mathematics, reading—before enrolling as degree-seeking students may attend the University’s summer session(s). The sessions provide opportunities to enhance essential skills required for further study. Completion of skills courses prior to freshman year enrollment in the University prepares students for degree-level work in the freshman year. Students may enroll in up to six credit hours each summer session. Placement: Initial placement in college-level courses is based upon SAT/ACT scores and/or college transcripts. Guidelines for placement in college level courses: 1. Students who score 490 on the SAT-Math, or 20 ACT-Math, may enroll in college level math classes. 2. Students who score 500 on the Critical Reading and Writing sections of the SAT Reason- ing Test, or 21 on the ACT English or English/Writing Test, may enroll in college-level English. 3. Students who have completed acceptable college courses in English composition and/or mathematics may enroll in appropriate courses on the recommendation of their advisors. 4. Students who have completed an earned Associate or higher degree may enroll in college level courses. 5. Students who complete basic level courses in math and/or English with a grade of “C” or better may enroll in college level classes. 6. Students who score less than 500 on the Critical Reading and Writing sections of the SAT Admissions 28 or less than 21 on the ACT English or English/Writing Test may enroll in college-level Eng- lish courses if they pass a placement test administered by the Humanities Department. The Placement test is usually given the first day of New Student Orientation in the fall and spring, and the first day of classes by arrangement during the summer. Guidelines for placement in development level courses are the following: 1. Students who do not meet any of the criteria indicated in the guidelines above. 2. Students who do not provide official SAT or ACT scores. 3. A Math placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into a college level math course for degree credit. 4. A Reading placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into another English course. 5. A Writing placement test will be administered to students in the developmental courses. Outcomes may allow for placement into another English course. It is required that students pass both English 100-WAC 011 and English 101-RCA 021 be- fore taking English 120. College Board Advanced Placement Program (AP): Academic credit will be awarded for matric- ulated students who have participated in the College Board Advanced Placement Program in high school and have earned scores of three or higher in the areas listed below. The Univer- sity of the Virgin Islands courses and requirements waived and academic credit awarded will be determined by the Admissions Office. American History Art History Biology Chemistry English European History French (Language) French (Literature) German Mathematics (Calculus AB) Mathematics (Calculus BC) Music Physics (C) Studio Art* *Studio Art credit is received after portfolio evaluation, not examination. College Level Examination Program (CLEP): The University of the Virgin Islands is an official limited center for the College Level Examination Program. Students who have acquired sufficient skill and knowledge in an area of study tested by the program may contact Access and Enrollment Services on the St. Thomas Campus or the Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix, to arrange for testing. There is a fee of $80.00 (USD) per examination, and a $15.00 (USD) administration charge for CLEP examinations. Students must wait six (6) months before retaking a CLEP examination. In general, credit at the University of the Virgin Islands will be awarded for CLEP scores at or above the level recommended by the College Board Admissions 29 for the following areas only: CLEP TEST UVI COURSE CREDITS MINIMUM SCORE EQUIVALENT REQUIRED Financial Accounting ACC 201: Financial Accounting 3 50 General Biology BIO 141-142: General Biology I-II 8 49 Principles of Marketing MKT 301: Principles of Marketing 3 48 Principles of Management MGT 301: Principles of Management 3 47 Introductory Business Law BUS 351: Business Law 3 51 General Chemistry CHE 151-152: General Chemistry I-II 10 47 Information Systems and CIS 210: Business Information Systems 3 47 Computer Applications Principles of Macro-Economics ECO 221: Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 48 Principles of Micro-Economics ECO 222: Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 48 Analysis and Interpretation ENG 261-262: World Literature I-II of Literature 6 49 English Literature ENG 321, 322: British Literature 6 46 American Literature ENG 361-362: American Literature-Major American Writing 6 46 French FRE 131-132: Elementary French I-II 8 45 FRE 131-132, 231: Elementary and Intermediate French 12 50 College Algebra MAT 140: College Algebra w/Applications or MAT 143: Pre-Calculus Algebra 4 44 Calculus MAT 241-242: Intro to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 8 48 Introductory Psychology PSY 120: General Psychology 3 47 Introductory Sociology SOC 121: Introduction to Sociology 3 48 Spanish SPA 131-132: Elementary Spanish I-II 8 45 SPA 131-132, 231: Elementary and Intermediate Spanish 12 50 Nursing Advanced Placement Advanced Placement in the Associate Degree Program in Nursing for Licensed Practical Nurses: Licensed practical nurses may earn ten credits by advanced placement in the associate degree nursing program. Credit for Nursing 100 (Medical Terminology), 131 (Nursing Skill Acquisition) and 132 (Introduction to the Nurse-Client System) will be placed in escrow and granted upon successful completion of Nursing 142 (Adult I). In order to enroll in this course, the student must have met all other requirements for entry into the associate degree nursing program. Advanced Placement in the Bachelor Degree Program in Nursing for Licensed Practical Nurses: Licensed Practical Nurses may be awarded advanced placement of 6 credits for NUR 208, Fundamentals of Nursing, after successfully completion of the first-year general education requirements, chemistry and NUR 120 (Foundations of Nursing). An additional 11 credits for NUR 228, Nursing Roles with the Childbearing Family (6 credits), and NUR 309, Nurs- ing Roles in Pediatric Care (5 credits), may be received by successfully passing the National League for Nurses Nursing Acceleration Challenge Exam (ACE) I - PN to RN prior to the start of the semester after all first-year general education requirements are satisfied. The nursing faculty reserves the right to require validation testing of clinical skills for any course for which credit award is considered. Admissions 30 Advanced Placement in the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.) Program: RN-BSN Program: Students who have graduated from a NLNAC accredited program, passed the NCLEX-RN examination and hold valid Virgin Islands registered nurse license will be granted a maximum of 35 credits in consideration of nursing courses completed in the course of obtaining an associate degree. Credit for NUR 207, NUR 208, NUR 228, NUR 229, NUR 308, NUR 309, NUR 318 and NUR 319 will be granted with evidence that the student is a registered nurse. RN-BSN students graduating from non NLNAC accredited nursing programs, once accept- ed, will be given credit for Fundamentals of Nursing, NUR 208. All other 200- and 300-level nursing courses must be challenged. Challenge testing is through the NLN Mobility Profile II tests, faculty prepared tests, and faculty clinical evaluations. Students have a maximum of two (2) opportunities to successfully challenge these courses. If they are unsuccessful on any test, the course must be taken. The table below displays the challenge test, the course equivalent and the number of credits for each. NLN Mobility Profile Tests and Equivalent BSN Courses and Credit TEST COURSE EQUIVALENT CREDITS NLN Normal Nutrition NUR 207: Nutrition 2 Faculty prepared NUR 209: Health Assessment 2 NLN Care of the Client During NUR 228: Nursing Roles with Childbearing the Childbearing Family* 6 NLN Care of the Adult NUR 229: Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NUR 308: Nursing Roles in Adult Care I* 5 NUR 319: Nursing Roles 5 NLN Care of the Client with NUR 318: Nursing Roles in Mental Health 5 Mental Disorders NLN Chemistry CHE 111-112: Principles of Chemistry 4-4 for the Life Sciences I-II NLN Anatomy and Physiology BIO 261-262: Human Anatomy and 4-4 Physiology I-II NLN Microbiology BIO 301: Microbiology for the Health 4 Sciences *One comprehensive clinical evaluation will be conducted following successful challenge of the theory compound of the above listed courses. All registered nurses seeking the baccalaureate degree must seek advisement from a nurs- ing faculty member to plan their individual programs of study. All students will be required to complete NUR 121, Concepts of Nursing, as the first course in the B.S.N. Advanced Place- ment Sequence, and complete all other courses in the BSN Paradigm. Residency Regulations for Tuition Purposes Questions regarding residency status upon initial application to the University of the Virgin Is- lands should be directed to the Admissions Office. For a change in residency status after en- rollment, the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus should be contacted. Residency for tuition purposes is established by providing evidence of fulfilling several condi- tions, including: (1) United States citizenship, status as a permanent resident alien, or a legal alien who has been granted indefinite stay by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS); and (2) continuous residency in the United States Virgin Islands for 12 con- secutive months immediately preceding registration and/or application for admission. Living or attending school in United States Virgin Islands is not equated to establishing legal United States Virgin Islands residency. Students are required to provide documentation to support a request for United States Virgin Islands residency status, which shows their Admissions 31 presence in United States Virgin Islands is for purposes other than to attend school. Full-time students working part-time jobs may have difficulty in establishing residency. Please note that documentation must reflect maintenance of 12 months of continuous residency in the United States Virgin Islands. No single document will be sufficient to provide conclusive evidence of establishing United States Virgin Islands residence. The burden of proof of permanent residence lies with the student. Reclassification of Residency Status A student requesting reclassification as a United States Virgin Islands resident for tuition purposes must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that his/her domicile is in the United States Virgin Islands. The burden of proof lies with the applicant to establish, beyond a doubt, his or her permanent and fixed legal ties to the United States Virgin Islands and separation of ties to any other state. An approved change in residency will take effect the next (fall or spring) semester. All requests for a change in residency should be submitted to the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus by at least one month prior to registration for the semester in which the reclassification is sought. A. Resident for Tuition Purposes A United States Virgin Islands “resident for tuition purposes” is a person who (or a dependent person whose parent or legal guardian) has established and maintained legal residence in the United States Virgin Islands for at least 12 months prior to the semester in which there is the intent to register. Residence in the United States Virgin Islands must be as a bona fide domiciliary, rather than for the purpose of maintaining a residency merely for enrollment at an institution of higher education. To qualify as a United States Virgin Islands resident for tuition purposes, the student must meet the criteria indicated: - Be a citizen of the United States, a permanent resident alien, or a legal alien who has been granted indefinite stay by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). - Students who depend on out-of-state parents for their support are presumed to be the legal residents of the same state as their parents. - Non-resident students who marry a bona-fide resident of the United States Virgin Islands may be reclassified to residency status for tuition payment purposes not sooner than 12 months after the date of marriage. Official documents to verify marriage should be submitted to support request. - A United States Virgin Island resident who has left the territory to attend school, or for mili- tary service or other temporary purposes, and has permanent residence in the United States Virgin Islands, will be considered an In-Territory student. B. Independent Students An independent student who provides more than 50% of his or her own support and who is able to substantiate a claim of independence by producing documents to establish United States Virgin Islands domicile, may be eligible for reclassification. C. Residency Documentation The applicable documents, listed below, may be accepted and considered as evidence of establishing legal residence and permanent ties in United States Virgin Islands. Official docu- ments should be submitted in the original, wherever possible, or provide certified/ notarized copies, where applicable. Documents from Category I are considered permanent ties and must be dated 12 months prior to the first day of classes for the term for which residency reclassification is sought. Documents from Category II may be submitted to further Admissions 32 substantiate a claim of United States Virgin Islands residency. No single document may be used to substantiate a request for a change of residency classification - documentation from Category I and Category II, together, provide appropriate documentation for consideration of residency reclassification. Category I 1. United States Virgin Islands Voter’s Registration. 2. Proof of marriage to a United States Virgin Islands resident (marriage certificate) along with proof of the spouse’s United States Virgin Islands resident status. 3. The most recent Virgin Islands Income Tax returns and W2 forms; parents’ most recent tax returns (if student is under the age of 25); and a letter stating independent status from the Financial Aid Office (if receiving financial aid and under the age of 24). Category II 1. United States Virgin Islands Drivers License. 2. Official identification (ID) card issued by agencies within the United States Virgin Islands. 3. Full-time permanent employment, or part-time permanent employment, or acceptance thereof in the United States Virgin Islands (an official letter on company stationery and pay- check stubs are required.) 4. United States Virgin Islands vehicle registration and/or Title. 5. Lease agreement, deed, rent receipts or canceled rent checks, proof of purchase of permanent home (deed, tax receipts, purchase of real property) 6. United States Virgin Islands Business Incorporation and/or License. 7. Professional or Occupational License obtained in the United States Virgin Islands, (e.g. membership in the USVI Bar Association). 8. Accounts at a local financial institution (savings and/or checking), utility statements (e.g. power, telephone, cable television). The applicant’s name must appear on the documents. D. Dependent Students A student who does not meet the 12-month legal resident requirement may qualify for United States Virgin Islands residency for tuition purposes through one of the following categories: 1. Parents who are full-time employees of state agencies or political subdivisions of the state when the student fees are paid by the state agency or political for the purpose of job related law enforcement or corrections training. 2. Active duty members of the armed services stationed in the USVI (and spouse/depen- dent children), military personnel not stationed in the USVI, but whose home of records or states of legal residence recorded on the certificate DD Form 2058 is United States Virgin Islands. Present copy of parent’s DD 2258 form, military orders, and proof of relationship as applicable. 3. Dependent children who reside in the United States Virgin Islands for at least 5 years may provide documentation of dependent status according to the Virgin Islands Income Tax code, or other legal documentation to demonstrate guardianship. The adult guardian must demonstrate they have resided in the United States Virgin Islands for the previous 12 months with the intent of establishing a permanent home (see documentation categories I and II). Requests for residency re-classification are reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Therefore, immediate responses are not always possible and requests for reclassification must be sub- mitted by the stated deadline. Additional documents and explanation of documents submit- ted may be requested. Submission of fraudulent documents to obtain residency will result in expulsion from the University of the Virgin Islands. Obtain additional information by contacting the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. Admissions 33 Costs Tuition, Fees, Room and Board for 2012-2013* Compared to other institutions with similar faculty and facilities, the cost of attending the University of the Virgin Islands as a regular student is very reasonable. Since the institution is substantially supported by funds from the Government of the Virgin Islands, it is the Univer- sity’s intention to bring higher education within the reach of every qualified high school gradu- ate in the Virgin Islands and to encourage promising non-residents to enroll in its programs. Because no two individuals are alike in their needs and spending habits, no two college budgets are the same. However, if students are realistic about their personal expenses, the following information should enable them to estimate their annual costs quite accurately: Full-Time Tuition and Fees Per Semester Resident Non-Resident Tuition $1,995.00 $5,985.00 Registration Fee 30.00 30.00 Property Fee 50.00 50.00 Technology Fee 90.00 90.00 Medical Insurance Fee 28.00 28.00 Student Activity Fee (STT) 44.00 44.00 Student Activity Fee (STX) 20.00 20.00 Student Association Fee 20.00 20.00 Health Services 40.00 40.00 Room and Board Per Semester Double Single Room - Regular 1,387.00 1,803.00 Board Plan A 2,890.00 2,890.00 Board Plan B 2,025.00 2,025.00 Total Room and Board charges Per semester depending on Board Plan $3,412.00 - $4,277.00 Room – West Residence Halls 2,250.00 2,800.00 Board Plan A 2,890.00 2,890.00 Board Plan B 2,025.00 2,025.00 Total Room and Board charges Per semester depending on Board Plan $4,275 - $5,140.00 $4,825 - $5,690 NOTES: 1. A refundable room damage and key deposit of $100.00 is required of all students residing on campus. 2. An estimated $500.00 per semester for books and supplies is not included in the approxi- mate annual cost. Non-residents should include transportation in estimating the total cost. 3. Both room and board charges are required of all students residing on campus. 4. A residence hall room deposit of $100.00 is required to be paid by all students applying *Subject to change by the Board of Trustees. 34 to live on campus in a given semester. This deposit will be applied towards payment of room and board charges. If residence hall reservations are canceled up to 21 days before the beginning of the semester, the deposit — less an administrative charge of $5.00 — will be refunded. Room deposits will not be refundable within the 21-day period preceding the start of the semester. 5. New students pay a $90.00 non-refundable orientation fee. 6. National Student Exchange (NSE) students pay a $90.00 non-refundable fee. 7. All non-tuition fees are non-refundable. Likewise, the Nursing Laboratory, Science Labora- tory, Practice Teaching Fees are non-refundable. 8. A $100.00 Reinstatement Fee will be charged to cancelled Deferred Tuition Payment Plan accounts. Tuition and Fees for Part-Time and Summer Students Per Semester Resident Non-Resident Tuition (per credit) $133.00 $400.00 Registration Fee $30.00 $30.00 Property Fee $50.00 $50.00 Technology Fee $90.00 $90.00 Health Services Fee (per visit summer) $20.00 $20.00 Health Services Fee (per semester) $40.00 $40.00 Student Activity Fee (STT) $44.00 $44.00 Student Activity Fee (STX) $20.00 $20.00 NOTE: Depending upon course registration, additional laboratory fees may be assessed as listed below. Laboratory Fees: Nursing Lab Fee $50.00 Science Laboratory/Equipment Fee $50.00 Practice Teaching Fee $50.00 Physical Education Lab Fee $25.00 BSN Nursing Standardized Assessment Fee $110.00 Student Deposits: The damage and key deposit are refundable at the end of the student’s academic career at the University of the Virgin Islands providing there has been no loss, library fine or breakage charged against the deposit. If the deposit is reduced during the time of the student’s attendance at the University, the Business Office will request that the deposit be returned to its original amount. Payment: Students are responsible for paying their bills at the Business Office at any time prior to the published “due date.” Registered students’ failure to do so will result in their course selections being canceled. If this occurs, students wishing to register may do so dur- ing the late registration period. Students who owe money to the University, other than on student loans not yet due, will not receive their diploma and a hold will be placed on their record. Transcripts will not be issued for students with outstanding financial obligations. Late Registration Fee: A $75.00 non-refundable fee is assessed for late registration. Deferred Payment Cancellation Fee: A $100.00 cancellation fee will be assessed to students who have defaulted on the deferred tuition payment plan with Tuition Management. The outstanding deferred tuition amount, plus the cancellation fee will be applied to the student’s account at the University. Costs 35 Graduation Fee: A non-refundable fee of $75.00 (and $25.00 for an additional degree or replacement diploma) is charged each candidate for a baccalaureate or associate degree. It is payable at the time of application for graduation. If the requirements for the degree are not completed, the student is re-assessed in the next year he or she becomes a candidate for a degree. Institutional Refund Policy: The University arranges its services well in advance of each aca- demic year. Consequently, when a student withdraws from the University, its costs are not reduced, nor can the student be replaced. For these reasons, the University refunds only a portion of its charges, thereby sharing with the student the loss caused by the withdrawal from the University. The schedule of refunds of tuition is as follows: During first week of classes 90% During second week of classes 70% During third week of classes 50% During fourth week of classes 25% After fourth week of classes none Students must formally withdraw through the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus by completing a withdrawal form. The withdrawal date as shown by the student’s records will be the date used in the computation of any tuition refunds due to students. Refunds of tuition due to students because of withdrawal from the University will not be paid during the first two weeks following registration. Students who withdraw during this period should leave their names and forwarding addresses with the Business Office. Requests for refunds should be accompanied by the student’s registration receipt. All students residing on the St. Thomas campus and Albert A. Sheen, St. Croix campus are required to pay for both room and board. Board charges cover meals provided during break- fast, lunch and dinner. Additional meals are provided during the snack bar hours on a cash basis on both campuses. Should a student residing in a University residence hall move off campus during a semester, the student may be entitled to a room and board refund if he or she adheres to the following procedures: The office of the Dean of Students must be notified in writing in advance. Check-out procedures, as established by that office, must be followed. The date of the actual move as shown in Housing Office records will be the date used in the computation of any board and room refund due to a student. The maximum room refund is 50% if a student withdraws or housing contract is terminated before mid-term. No refunds for rooms will be given after mid-term. Meal cards are issued to students in accordance with subscribed meal plan options which are valid for one semester only. Meal plan refunds will be prorated in accordance with the residence halls’ policy based on the date of withdrawal from campus housing. All refunds due to students for any reason whatsoever will be forfeited unless called for on or before June 30 of the University year in which they are due. Should June 30 fall on a Sunday or on a day when the Business Office is closed, the refund will be made on the next business day. The appeal process for exceptions to this published policy on refunds is through the Office of the Provost for tuition and the Office of the Dean of Students for room and board. Costs 36 Financial Aid Financial Aid The primary purpose of the University’s financial aid program is to provide financial assistance to its students who, without such aid, would be unable to further their educational goals. The financial assistance offered may not always meet the student’s total financial need. It is the student’s and family’s responsibility to pay the difference between the student’s cost of edu- cation and available financial aid. This financial assistance may be in the form of scholarships, grants, loans or work-study employment. Eligibility: U.S. citizens and permanent residents are eligible to apply for financial assistance. Applicants must be matriculated students of the University and must be making satisfactory academic progress toward a degree. International students may apply for University of the Virgin Islands work-study after they have completed a full year at the University. Financial aid eligibility is determined through the completion of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid form (FAFSA) at www.fafsa.gov. In completing FAFSA, students are expected to provide infor- mation on their own income and assets, family income and assets, and non-taxable income (disability benefits, veteran’s benefits, etc.). The need analysis formula used in analyzing the information on the financial aid application measures the ability (not the willingness) of stu- dents and their families to contribute toward educational costs. The financial aid application priority deadline dates are March 1st for the Fall semester and November 1st for the Spring semester. The Title IV Institution School Codes for the University of the Virgin Islands are: 006989 for the Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix and 003946 for the St. Thomas Campus. Scholarships: University of the Virgin Islands scholarships are available for incoming local high school students and currently enrolled University students. Scholarships are awarded on the basis of demonstrated scholastic ability. The minimum required grade point average is a 3.0. Scholarship announcements are generally made during the month of February for the upcoming academic year, at which time scholarship applications will be available at www.uvi. edu, the financial aid office and the local high schools. Veterans/National Guardsmen: Veterans who attend the University may apply for federal ben- efits in the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. A program of special tuition allowances for Virgin Islands veterans is administered by the Division of Veterans Affairs, Office of the Governor. A similar program is also available for qualified members of the National Guard. Over-awards: Federal regulations and Institutional policy mandate that students’ total financial assistance cannot exceed students’ cost of attendance. If this occurs, students’ awards will be reduced within the confines of their budget to prevent an over-award situation. Loan Entrance/Exit Interviews: All loan borrowers must complete entrance counseling before the first loan disbursement and exit counseling prior to graduating, transferring or withdraw- ing from the University. The Federal William D. Ford Direct Loan entrance and exit counseling sessions are available at www.studentloans.gov and counseling for the other loan programs are conducted by the University’s accounting office. Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Federal regulations require that all schools participating in any Federal Financial Aid program 37 must adhere to a financial aid Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) policy. These are the standards by which a student’s progress toward the completion of his/her program of study at the University of the Virgin Islands will be measured to determine continued eligibility for financial aid. At the end of each payment period/semester or prior to the actual receipt of financial aid funds, the records of all financial aid recipients will be reviewed to determine satisfactory academic progress. A student’s financial aid Satisfactory Academic Progress at UVI is classi- fied in the following categories: “Good Standing,” “Warning” or “Suspension.” Maximum time frame allowances and the limit on remedial courses will also be reviewed at the end of each semester. SAP determination is based on a student’s complete academic history, including periods in which the student did not receive financial aid. Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards Progression and Qualitative Standards Standards by which undergraduate students will be evaluated include progress in increments of hours completed and minimum cumulative and/or semester grade point average as il- lustrated in the chart below. Undergraduate Students Percent Rate Minimum Total Credits Attempted for Minimum Credits Passed Cumulative and/or Semester GPA 12 - 29 50% 1.70 30 - 44 60% 1.80 45 and above 70% 2.00 The student must be progressing toward graduation requirements by completing the courses for which he/she enrolls each semester (referred to as “pace”), and the student must com- plete the required percentage rate of attempted credit hours. Graduate students must maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0 on a scale of 4.0. Graduate students will be placed on academic warning if: (1) the semester or cumulative GPA falls below 3.0, or (2) a grade of “F” is earned, or (3) more than two grades of “C” are earned in the program. Students must also complete at least 75% of all credits attempted. Maximum Time Frame Undergraduate students: The maximum time frame allowed for students to complete a Bach- elor’s degree and remain eligible to receive financial aid is 180 credits (150% of 120) or 93 cred- its (150% of 62) for an Associate’s degree program. Adjustments to the maximum credits hours would be made for programs that require more than the general standard credit requirements. Graduate students: The maximum time frame for financial aid eligibility is 54 attempted credits. Financial Aid Eligibility Financial Aid (FA) Warning • Students are placed on FA Warning when their semester grade point average and/or percent rate for minimum credits passed do not meet the minimum requirements out- lined in the chart under the progression and qualitative standards section. • In this status, students may continue to receive financial aid for one payment period. No appeal is necessary. Financial Aid (FA) Suspension • If, at the end of the warning period, a student does not meet the minimum SAP re- Financial Aid 38 quirements, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension and will be ineligible for financial aid until the minimum SAP requirements are met. • A student on FA Suspension may appeal in writing within 15 days of the notification to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee. Other Satisfactory Academic Progress Components Withdrawal, Incomplete, Repeated and Remedial courses will be counted as hours attempted in the determination of maximum time frame. Students will not receive financial aid for previ- ously passed courses that are repeated more than once. Audit courses: Courses taken for audit do not meet the eligibility requirements to receive financial aid. Non-Degree Remedial Courses: A student can receive financial aid for up to 30 non-degree remedial credits. Transfer Credits: All credits accepted for transfer students will be included in total earned and attempted credits for SAP determination. Change of Program/Additional Degree: Allowances will be made in the maximum time frame for financial aid eligibility, as outlined above, for students changing their major or program of study based on the credits applicable to the new major or program of study. Academic Suspension: Students placed on academic suspension are not eligible for financial aid. Appeal Process • Appeals should be submitted within 15 days of notification of suspended financial aid. • All appeals must be substantiated by appropriate documentation and submitted to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee c/o Financial Aid Office for review. • Reviews will be conducted twice a semester but may be more frequent based on the number of appeals received. Students who have appealed should seek alternative payment methods for their tuition and fees until the appeal committee convenes and a decision is determined. • The committee will render a decision of approved or disapproved. Include the following in the appeal: • An explanation of the reason(s) for failing to meet the standards for Academic Prog- ress and what improvements will be made by the next evaluation period to regain good academic standing. • A student must provide sufficient evidence to support his/her assertion that unusual or extenuating circumstances prevented him/her from maintaining SAP. Appeal Approved in Probationary Status A student who appeals his /her financial aid suspension status, and meets approval for reinstatement by the Financial Aid Appeals Committee, will regain his/her eligibility during the approved probationary status period. Recommendation Students who are not meeting the minimum SAP guidelines are encouraged to meet with their Advisors/Counselors for guidance in helping to correct their academic deficiencies. Financial Aid 39 Federal Financial Aid Withdrawal Policy When a student withdraws from all courses during a semester for which federal financial aid was received, the student may no longer be eligible for the full amount of the Federal Financial Aid that was awarded (excluding Work-Study). In this case, a determination of the amount earned must be made and the unearned portion must be returned to the Federal Financial Aid programs from which the aid was paid. The earned amount is determined on a pro-rata basis. Once more than 60% of the payment period is completed, the student will have earned all of the aid awarded and no financial aid repayment will be required. The pro- cedures and formula to determine the amount of federal aid to be returned is mandated by federal statute and is available for review, on request, in the Financial Aid office. The withdrawal date used in the calculation will be the date the student begins the withdraw- al process or otherwise notifies the University of his/her intent to withdraw. If no notification is received, then the midpoint of the semester would be used as the withdrawal date. Unearned financial aid funds must be returned to the programs from which the student received aid for the payment period in the following order, up to the net amount of the aid disbursed from each source: 1. The Unsubsidized Federal Direct Loan Program 2. The Subsidized Federal Direct Loan Program 3. The Federal Perkins Loan Program 4. Federal Direct PLUS Loan Program 5. The Federal Pell Grant Program 6. The Federal SEOG Program Financial Aid 40 Academic and student support services and programs are provided to enhance students’ acclimation to the University, foster professional growth and development, augment leader- ship skills, complement classroom instruction, promote wellness, and facilitate the attainment of students’ personal and career goals and aspirations. This is achieved through orientation programs, advisement, the services of the Center for Student Success (CSS), counseling and placement, student employment, health services, student governance, student activities and residence life programs. Many services and programs are academic in nature while others may be social, cultural, athletic or recreational. Orientation All newly matriculated students are required to come to campus a few days before the fall or spring semester begins for program planning, development of their class schedules, and par- ticipation in orientation. Some segments of the orientation program are designed to acquaint students with rules and regulations of the University, to explore the campus, and to meet fac- ulty, administrators, staff and fellow students, while others are designed to enhance students’ academic and social adjustment to college life. Attendance at all orientation programs and activities is mandatory. Advisement The University, throughout its teaching, advising, and other relationships with students, ex- presses its concern for students as individuals — not to do for them what they should do for themselves — but to help them assume responsible management of their own affairs. Because college-age adults must make many decisions of relevance to their future, students at the University of the Virgin Islands are given professional assistance in solving educational, vocational, social and personal problems. This service starts with the students’ applications for admission and continues even beyond the period in which they are enrolled in the Uni- versity. By the act of admitting students, the University is expressing its considered judgment that students can succeed in one of the programs of the University. During advisement and registration, students and their faculty advisors, with assistance from the counseling staff or CSS staff, may examine their goals and aspirations. Throughout the freshman year, students may explore emerging interests, using the resources of the Counseling and Placement Office and the CSS staff to determine the career choices open to them. Such systematic investiga- tion, together with any summer work or on-campus work-study experiences, should enable students to select satisfying careers in which they can succeed. It is not uncommon for students to encounter academic difficulties. At these times, students should first consult the instructor of the class in which difficulties are being experienced or their faculty advisor who maintains office hours for these and other purposes. Additionally, assistance in improving study and test-taking skills is provided through enrollment in the Freshman Development Seminar class, by CSS staff, and by Counseling and Placement staff. Tutorial services are also available. In most cases, if students do not delay action, a means of overcoming their academic difficulties can be found. The essential point for the students to keep in mind is that they should take the initiative in taking full advantage of the Academic and Student Support Services and other advisory resources provided by the University. Student Support Services and Programs 41 The Center for Student Success (CSS) The University of the Virgin Islands Center for Student Success (CSS) exists to aid our stu- dents with attaining academic, personal and professional success at UVI and globally. Our mission is to foster a social and academic environment which stimulates all students to take full responsibility for their learning, persist towards graduation and work with faculty, staff, peers and the broader community to attain academic, personal and professional success. The Center for Student Success (CSS) provides a multi-faceted approach for students’ suc- cess in · Academic counseling and Planning · Career Services (Referral) · Academic Advising · Success Workshops · Tutorial Services CSS is a co-curricular resource where students receive assistance with concerns that affect their academic and personal success. Help is available directly from the CSS staff or through a referral system that connects students with other campus resources and programs, as well as local agencies. CSS is an integral part of the Freshman Year Experience where students are grouped into learning communities, enrolled in a Freshman Development Seminar and first-year courses where they learn the academic tools, policies, practices and other skills needed to complete the freshman program successfully. Students are further supported in their academic efforts with services available from writing centers, math and science enrichment services, individual tutoring and supplemental instruction sessions. CSS assists students with registration, aca- demic advising, planning and counseling. CSS works collaboratively with the Dean of Students, participating in student orientation to the university and other programs. Ongoing collaboration is also maintained with the aca- demic colleges and schools to support the needs of students in their course work. CSS locations on both campuses maintain a computer lab where students have internet ac- cess, email and Blackboard. Lab monitors are available to assist students. The labs are also equipped with Math Excel Software, an online mathematics tutorial program. Students can complete homework assignments, download a virtual instructor and take sample practice tests with this software. On St. Thomas, CSS is located on the second floor of the Sports and Fitness Center (SFC 204) as well as in Room 118 in the Classroom Administration Building and is open week- days. The Center is WiFi capable. Tutorial services are offered in many subject areas, and tutors’ schedules are posted for students who want to make appointments. Walk-ins are also seen. Students can check current operating hours at the center or call 693-1583 for an appointment. On St. Croix, CSS is located in the Evans Center Suite 715 and Suite 509B, and is open weekdays. Lab monitors are available to assist students. The Albert A. Sheen campus has a separate Writing Center and Math and Science Enrichment Center, both located in the modular building on the left side of the road leading to the Great House. Call 778-1620, ext. 4218, to reach the Writing Center; and 692-4224 for the Math and Science Enrichment Cen- ter. Call CSS on St. Croix at 692-4154 or 692-4140. Check Center for hours. Student Support Services and Programs 42 Counseling and Career Services Personal, academic and career counseling services are available for full-time and part-time students. As a community service, academic and career advisement are also made available to prospective students. The Counseling and Career Services Office is unique with respect to services offered. Ser- vices provided are specifically designed to facilitate the interpersonal, personal, social and cognitive development of the student outside of the classroom. To assist students with this process, the office sponsors a variety of programs and services including career counseling, on- and off-campus employment, graduate and professional school recruitment and advisement, career fairs, workshops on resume preparation, inter- viewing skills and job search techniques, credential and file services. There are also work- shops on values clarification, interpersonal relationship skills, conflict resolution, and much more. The Counseling and Career Services Office also coordinates the National Student Exchange Program and the Who’s Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges Pro- gram. A resource library provides a wealth of information on preparing for graduate study, career choices and other life skills processes. The Counseling and Career Services Office, by federal mandate, is required to maintain a job bank which is used to facilitate employment searches for UVI graduates. For compli- ance purposes and to aid students in securing post-graduation employment, all prospective graduates must submit an up-to-date resume to the counseling and placement office prior to graduation. Student Employment Services Student employment services are available through the Counseling and Placement Office on both campuses. Students seeking off-campus, as well as on-campus, employment, should contact the Counseling and Placement Office for further information. U.S. citizens and per- manent residents who qualify for federal College Work-Study (CWS) as part of their financial aid package, and would like to work on-campus, should report to the Counseling and Place- ment Office. Student employment coordinators will assign work-study placements as soon as possible in the beginning of the first semester of student eligibility. To promote community service, some CWS placements are off-campus, usually in an educational setting or non- profit agency. To qualify for CWS, students must be enrolled full time and meet the March 1 deadline date for submission of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). U.S. citizens, permanent residents, and international students on F-1 Visas, who do not qualify for CWS, may apply for on-campus employment through the Institutional Work-Study (IWS) program. Application under IWS, however, does not guarantee employment as placement is based on the availability of funds. International students on F-1 Visas are eligible to apply for IWS after the completion of one year of full-time study at the University. Many departments of the University also hire students for on-campus employment. Student employment programs allow students to work, on average, between 12-15 hours per week. Health Services and Insurance The University Health Center provides first-aid, health counseling and instruction, referrals to other community health facilities, and health education in the form of mini-courses, seminars, dissemination of literature and informal individual or group discussions. All enrolled students are required to have immunization documentation on file in the Health Services Center, and all full-time students are also required to have the physical examination and blood work Student Support Services and Programs 43 required by the University. The Campus Nurse maintains regular office hours and is on call in case of emergencies. A licensed physician is available at the Health Services Center at regular intervals. Emergency care that cannot be handled on campus is referred to the local hospitals. All students are required to pay the health services fee; all full-time students are required to pay the medical insurance fee. All on-campus summer residents are also required to pay a health services fee. Insurance claim forms are available from the Health Services Center located in Gordon House on the St. Thomas campus and in the Great House on the Albert A. Sheen campus on St. Croix. For more information please go online to http://www. uvi.edu or call (340) 693-1124. The student health form can be downloaded from the Health Services webpage at http://www.uvi.edu under “prospective students.” Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program The main goal of the Drug and Alcohol Prevention/Education Program (DAPEP) is to develop programs that reach all segments of the University community in order to educate and help prevent drug and alcohol abuse. The DAPEP attempts to create a healthy, drug-free environ- ment in order to enhance learning, professional development, job performance and safety. In carrying out its mission, the DAPEP promotes healthier lifestyles for all members of the University community, sponsors on-going drug prevention and education programs, and provides referral services to community agencies for persons in need of further counseling or treatment (see the University’s Drug-free Work Place Policy in the Academic Information and Regulations section). Students with Disabilities Students with disabilities should contact the Counseling and Placement Office prior to regis- tration and advisement. Counselors will be available to provide personal, career and aca- demic counseling services. Additionally, counselors facilitate the coordination of services with other departments of the University in order to accommodate students’ special needs. No student will be discriminated against because of disability. To ensure this, grievance commit- tees in each academic college and school will include, in their area of concern, any griev- ances raised by the student that relate to academic programs and practices. Accommodations made for students with disabilities may include, but not be limited to, facili- tation of testing and registration processes, scheduling of back-to-back classes, scheduling of classes within the same building and other services as needed. Long-range academic program planning is essential in order for counseling staff to communicate course needs with the academic colleges and schools and personnel in charge of developing the schedule of classes. It is also recommended that students familiarize themselves with the services of the Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD), which serves students and families of students with disabilities. For more information go to http:// viucedd.uvi.edu, or on St. Thomas call 693-1322 and on St. Croix call 692-1919. Student Activities The Office of Student Activities assumes major responsibility for the implementation of social, recreational, cultural enrichment, and student leadership development programs as well as other co-curricular activities. It also serves as a facilitator for the development of clubs and organizations in response to student needs and interests. Because the University functions as a cultural center, many activities, lectures, musical performances and theatrical perfor- mances are open to the public as a means of drawing together the University community and the larger community. Student Government Association The Office of Student Activities works closely with the Student Government Association and Student Support Services and Programs 44 student leaders in planning their own programs. All full-time students belong to SGA, which provides a channel for the expression of student opinions and representation of student con- cerns and interests. Part-time matriculated students who wish to become members of the SGA may do so by paying the student association fees. Intercollegiate, Intramural and Club Sports The University maintains an active intercollegiate, intramural and club sports program that emphasizes student development and leadership through sports competition, physical fitness and the development of recreational skills which can be enjoyed after leaving the University. Intramural sports events are held between various components of the University community, including students, faculty, staff and alumni. Club teams compete in local amateur leagues and our intercollegiate program participates in the Liga Atlética Interuniversitaria (LAI league), based in Puerto Rico with 20 other universities and colleges. Invitational tournaments with teams from other universities in the Eastern Caribbean, Puerto Rico, Central America and, occasionally, the U.S. mainland are also a part of our collegiate program. Consequently, there is a diverse program of outdoor activities and individual and team sports at the University. Intercollegiate teams compete in basketball, swimming, track and field, cross country, dance, soccer and volleyball. Both campuses offer outdoor athletic and recreational facilities includ- ing volley/basketball courts, tennis courts, and grounds for track and field, softball, baseball, and soccer. With the sea at the edge of the campus, the St. Thomas Campus provides an ideal setting for water sports and also offers a small golf course for physical education classes and golf enthusiasts. The University is a member of the Caribbean Universities Sports Association (CUSA), the Liga Atlética Interuniversitaria (LAI league), an 82-year-old university league consisting of 20 U.S. accredited universities in Puerto Rico and the University of the Virgin Islands; the Organización Deportiva Universitaria Centroamericana y del Caribe (ODUCC); and is a cor- responding member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Student Housing Residence hall living promotes the interaction of students from various places, ethnic back- grounds, and cultures. While most students living on campus come from the U.S. Virgin Islands, British Virgin Islands, the Eastern Caribbean and the continental United States, students from as far away as Africa, Asia and Europe have lived on campus. In addition to the benefits of experiencing cultural diversity and cross-cultural exchange, the University has adopted a co-ed visitation policy on both campuses. Campus residents will find academic resources and student support programs and services, including tutoring, the library, the Center for Student Success, computer labs, counseling and many others readily accessible. Resident Assistants offer a variety of residence life programs designed to provide a compre- hensive living-learning environment. Only full-time students are eligible to live on campus. To maintain eligibility to reside on campus, students must comply with all rules and regulations of the University, adhere to the Student Housing Contract, and maintain full-time status (12 or more credits) at all times. The Albert A. Sheen Campus The Delta M. Jackson Dorsch Complex on the Albert A. Sheen Campus is comprised of 15 three-bedroom suites; on-campus living quarters for housing supervisor; a reception area; lounge; the Office of Student Housing & Residence Life; seminar/study rooms; and laundry facilities. The Student Center, adjacent to the residence hall, houses a cafeteria/auditorium, snack bar, the Office of Student Government Association, a Student Activities Lounge, the BUCS Fitness Center, student mailroom and the campus bookstore. Student Support Services and Programs 45 The St. Thomas Campus Student Housing on the St. Thomas Campus is comprised of five residence halls with a capacity of approximately 390 students. Residence Halls South and East provide double occupancy bedrooms for females. East Hall also provides double occupancy bedrooms for males; North Residence Hall for males and Middle Residence Hall for females provide single bedroom occupancy. The West Residence Halls provides enhanced and air-conditioned ac- comodations for 100 students, Housing Procedures 1. Each student desiring on-campus housing is required to submit an Application for Student Housing and a signed Student Housing Contract by the deadline date listed below. The Application for Student Housing must be accompanied by a $100 room deposit (certified check or money order) made payable to the University of the Virgin Islands. The application and payment (no cash) must be submitted to the Student Housing Office. New students should not submit an Application for Student Housing until they have received an acceptance letter from the Admissions Office. New students who do not register for the academic year in which they were admitted should not assume that original acceptance into the University meets the Housing Office’s requirements for placement or that a room assignment is carried over into the next semester or the next year. Newly admitted students who do not register within the academic year of admission must formally submit an application for readmission to the University (see section on Readmission to the University). 2. Applicants will be mailed a room assignment notice or will be notified in writing if space is unavailable. A room assignment will be made only after a student has been officially admitted to the University; has met the deadline for submission of the Application for Student Housing; has signed the Student Housing Contract; and has paid the $100 room deposit fee. 3. The completed Application for Student Housing and Student Housing contract for room and board must be received by the Student Housing Office by the dates below: For fall semester - not later than June 1 For spring semester - not later than November 15 4. The Student Housing Contract is binding for the academic year in which students are en- rolled. The contract terminates at the end of each semester. 5. The Student Housing Contract and room assignment notice may be canceled and a refund of $100 (less a $5 administrative charge) will be made provided the Student Housing Office is informed in writing at least 21 days prior to the opening date of the residence hall. No refund of the deposit will be made for cancellation after this date. 6. Students who have applied for housing but have not been assigned a room, may transfer their $100 reservation deposit to the next semester by indicating on the housing application their desire to be placed on the waiting list. Students who have not received official confirmation of a room assignment should seek off-campus housing. 7. Off-island students who have applied for housing but have not received a room assignment and have not been able to secure off campus housing accommodations should call the Housing Office before arriving on campus. 8. The assigning of special students who are working on special projects with the University will be determined by availability of space. 9. Residence Hall Changes, Room Changes, Length of Stay: Students assigned to University housing are required to abide by the terms of the Student Housing Contract and the Student Student Support Services and Programs 46 Handbook. The Housing Office reserves the right to make residence hall and room changes for the benefit of all. Students assigned on-campus housing may reside on-campus for up to and no more than eight semesters. 10. Termination of Student Housing Contract: For all campus residents who drop to part-time status (less than 12 credits), withdraw, are suspended, dismissed, or otherwise cease stud- ies at the University, the Student Housing Contract will be terminated and they must return keys to the Housing Office and vacate the premises within 24 hours. 11. All campus residents, visitors and overnight guests are required to observe accepted stan- dards of social conduct at all times and to adhere to all rules and regulations governing the residence halls. Policies and procedures for visitors and fees for overnight guests are outlined in the Student Handbook. 12. Opening and closing of the Residence Halls: University housing facilities are not available for occupancy prior to the opening dates as posted by the Housing Office. Residence Halls are closed at the conclusion of each semester. 13. Summer Housing: Summer housing is provided for matriculated UVI students who are enrolled for at least 6 credits during the summer session. Applications for housing for the summer session must be filed in the Housing Office by April 15 along with the Student Hous- ing Contract and $100 room deposit. All deposits must be paid by check, credit card or money order. Personal Property The University cannot be responsible for, and does not insure, student property at any time. If concerned, students should investigate individual or family property insurance which would provide adequate protection. Off-campus Housing The University does not assume the responsibility for placing students in off-campus accom- modations. The University assumes no control over off-campus rates. Food Services All students residing in campus housing are required to select a Meal Plan Option for each semester, and must pay for each plan at the time they pay for their room: Plan A - $2,890: Seven (7) day meal plan with three (3) meals per day Monday through Satur- day and two (2) meals on Sunday; 20 meals weekly. Plan B - $2,025: Seven (7) day meal plan with two meals per day Monday through Sunday, 14 meals weekly. Fees are outlined in the Costs section of the catalog. Student Support Services and Programs 47 Categories of Students The University of the Virgin Islands divides its students into two categories, matriculated and non-matriculated, according to the students’ goals and progress. The academic standards described later in this catalog apply to all students, regardless of category. Matriculated Student: A student who has been formally accepted into a degree program of the University and has subsequently registered for courses. A matriculated student must meet the criteria for admission to a degree program and must maintain academic standards as described in the chart specifying minimum cumulative grade point average per credits at- tempted in the section on Academic Standards. Non-Matriculated Student: A student who has not been accepted into a degree program but has been permitted to register for courses with the goal of pursuing a limited program of study or of achieving matriculation. A non-matriculated student must meet the standard for matriculation and must apply for matriculation in order to take more than 30 credits at the University. These students are restricted to 11.5 credits per semester. Full-Time Student: A student carrying at least 12 credits, or the equivalent in non-credit reme- dial courses, each semester. Part-Time Student: A student carrying fewer than 12 credits each semester. Special Student: A non-matriculated student who has been admitted to courses on a full-time basis to undertake a special program of study. Student Classification by Class: The number of credits required for each class is as follows: 1 - Freshman 0 - 23.5 2 - Sophomore 24 - 59.5 3 - Junior 60 - 89.5 4 - Senior 90 and above Freshman-Year Program The freshman-year curriculum offers a comprehensive program of educational experiences to first-year students. Designed to encourage intellectual growth and personal empowerment, students participate in common learning experiences, inter-disciplinary study, and career planning activities while developing skills necessary for academic success. The program incorporates two semesters of full-time study consisting of basic skills and general education courses, academic advisement and academic support services. Basic Skills Courses The following basic skills courses are required only of students who demonstrate academic need in reading, writing or mathematics, based upon information from SAT/ACT scores, placement test scores and/or transcript evaluations: WAC 011/ENG 100 Writing Across the Curriculum* RCA 021/ENG 101 Reading in the Content Area* Academic Information and Regulations 48 MAT 023 Introductory Algebra Concepts and Skills with Applications: Course A MAT 024 Introductory Algebra Concepts and Skills with Applications: Course B *Writing Across the Curriculum and Reading in the Content Area should be taken with their linked general education science (SCI 100) and/or social science (SSC 100) courses. Recognizing that students may need to enhance basic skills prior to pursuing degree-level work in one or more subjects, the University offers developmental-level courses, numbered 011 to 099, which are designed to help students strengthen their preparation for learning at the college level. Credit for such courses cannot be used to meet degree requirements. Placement in preparatory courses depends upon SAT/ACT performance, or by class ex- amination. A grade of “P” must be received in preparatory courses, indicating readiness for college level work. Developmental courses are offered fall, spring and summer semesters. 1. Full-time students are allowed a maximum of three semesters plus one summer from the date of entrance to complete all basic skills requirements. 2. Failure to earn a passing score for each basic skills course within this time frame will result in the student being placed on part-time status. 3. A student may petition the Provost for an exception to this regulation. The student placed on part-time status due to failure to complete basic skills requirements within the allowed time may reapply for full-time status. 4. Full-time status can be reinstated if the student has maintained a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (“C”) for all courses taken at the University, and has successfully completed the skills courses. General Education Courses All freshman-year courses must be completed by the time a student has amassed 24 credit hours at UVI. The three general education courses required by all students matriculating at UVI with fewer than 24 degree-credit hours are: FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus Academic Advisement: Students are encouraged to establish a major of interest upon ma- triculation. Matriculated students are assigned a faculty advisor in their respective college or school of interest. Faculty advisors will recommend courses as needed in fulfillment of gen- eral education and degree requirements. Students should meet with their advisors regularly. Academic Support: A program of academic support is provided for all freshman students at UVI. These services are available through the offices of The Center for Student Success. Individual tutoring sessions, academic advisement, video-assisted learning, use of The CSS computer lab, support texts and various other services are available free of charge to fresh- men. Prerequisites, Credits, Grades and Quality Points Many courses require the fulfillment of prerequisites prior to enrollment. Prerequisites refer to courses, examinations, or other conditions students must meet and receive passing grades before registering for any of the additional courses. In general, satisfactory completion of a prerequisite means that students receive a grade of at least “D” or “P.” However, nursing Academic Information and Regulations 49 courses require a minimum of “C.” For program planning purposes, students should familiar- ize themselves with course prerequisites which are listed in the Course Description section of this catalog. When requirements for each course are completed satisfactorily, credit is assigned on the basis of a combination of time spent in class and time spent in study. One unit of credit is usually assigned for 50 minutes of class lecture-discussion plus two hours of study, or for three hours of laboratory activity, each week during a university term. The quality of performance in a course is indicated by a grade given at the close of each term. Grade points are granted on the basis of grades earned. The following grades may be assigned: Grade Standard Grade Points A Superior 4.00 A- Excellent 3.67 B+ Very High 3.33 B High 3.00 B- Good 2.67 C+ Above Average 2.33 C Average 2.00 C- Below Average 1.67 D+ Passing 1.33 D Low passing 1.00 F Failure 0.00 W Withdrawn 0.00 WP Withdrawn passing 0.00 WF Withdrawn failing 0.00 AW Administrative Withdrawal 0.00 I Incomplete 0.00 AUD Audit 0.00 MGG Missing Grade 0.00 In the skills courses which carry non-degree credit and are numbered 001 to 099 in this catalog, the following evaluations are given: P indicates that the student is promoted to a credit course. NP indicates that the student must continue in the skills course. A failing grade in a course and/or a course that must be repeated does not count toward graduation. Also, many colleges do not honor “D” grades for transfer purposes. Auditors receive no grades, credits or quality points. Auditing a course requires regular at- tendance in class and completion of all required work except that which is graded. An audit will be entered upon a student’s transcript only if these requirements are fulfilled. In the event requirements are not fulfilled, a grade of “W” will be entered. Tuition and fees will be charged at the same rate as for credit. The deadline for a student to change from regular status to audit and vice-versa coincides with the deadline for student withdrawal from a course without prejudice to grade. A ma- triculated student may normally audit one course per semester without permission from the Provost. A student planning to withdraw from a course should first refer to the section on Withdrawal. Academic Information and Regulations 50 Administrative withdrawals may be approved by the Provost for reason of illness or other serious documented circumstances. The University maintains a transcript record of all courses taken by each student. A grade report is provided to all students at the end of each semester and summer session. Copies of the complete transcript may be obtained upon written request to the Access and Enroll- ment Services Office on either campus and payment of the requisite fee. Incomplete: Grades of “I” are expected to be used only when, in the opinion of the instruc- tor, there is likelihood that the student can satisfactorily complete the missing work which will substantially influence the final grade. The grade of “I” must be removed by mid-term of the semester following the one in which the grade of “I” was earned. Failure to remove the grade of “I” by this time will result in a conversion of the “I” to an “F.” The instructor must file a “Change of Grade” slip with the final grade, at the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. Change of Grade: Changes of grades other than incomplete are normally allowed for compu- tational errors only and must be approved by the Dean. A request to change a grade after official grades have been deposited in the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus may be made by an instructor by filing a “Change of Grade” slip with the Dean. Requests must be made by mid-term of the semester after the grade was submitted. Repetition of Courses: Undergraduate students may repeat credit courses for which grades of “C-,” “D+,” “D” or “F” were earned. If a student wishes to repeat a grade of “C” or better, the approval of the appropriate Dean is required before the course is repeated. In general, no course may be repeated more than once and no more than four courses may be repeated. Students who fail the EPE twice must register for ENG 051. ENG 051 shall be an exception to the policy that students are allowed to repeat a course only once. Only the highest grade earned will be used in computing the grade point average; all grades will be shown on the transcript. Any exception to this policy requires approval by the Provost. Quality Points: To compute the quality points earned in a course, multiply the number of credits of that course by the grade points earned. To compute the grade point average (GPA) for a semester, divide the total quality points earned that semester by the number of credits attempted that semester. To compute the cumulative grade point average, divide the total qual- ity points earned at UVI by the number of credits attempted at UVI. Twice the number of quality points as registered credits (equivalent to a “C” grade average) is required for graduation. Reports on work of less than degree-standard (“C”) quality are issued to students at mid- term. Final grades are issued at the end of the term. Only final grades are recorded on the student’s permanent record. Banking Credits: Part-time students who do not wish to pursue studies toward a degree may enroll as non-matriculated students. Any credits earned will be “banked” until the students have been formally matriculated. Upon matriculation, any credits earned by the students, which are applicable to their degree program, will be counted. It is recommended that part-time students who intend eventually to matriculate receive ad- visement on course selection from the chair and/or faculty of the academic college or school in which they plan to pursue a degree. Individuals may be admitted formally as matriculated students to the University’s degree programs for part-time study if they meet admission requirements. Non-matriculated stu- dents may register for non-degree credit courses, or they may take credit courses to earn a maximum of thirty credits as part-time students before being required to matriculate. For Academic Information and Regulations 51 admission procedures, see page 19 of this catalog. Registration Procedures All students are required to register on the dates announced. A student is regularly registered for a course only when in registering, the student has con- formed to all applicable University regulations and requirements. Students not properly registered in a course may be deleted and will not receive credit for the course. All students registering for courses in the Fall or Spring semester shall submit their programs of study to their advisors for approval before officially registering in the courses. All prerequisites to courses listed in the catalog must be met by students prior to register- ing in those courses. Students must document that they have completed the prerequisites. Questions concerning prerequisites should be addressed to faculty advisors, or the Ac- cess and Enrollment Services Office on either campus prior to registration. Substitution of a program course requirement can be made only if approved by the Provost. Students seeking such approval must make their request to the Dean who will submit a written recommenda- tion to the Provost for consideration. Changes of Registration: Students may adjust their schedules with or without penalty during the semester, depending on the timing of the change. The deadlines for the different ac- tions are advertised in the Academic Calendar or the current semester’s Significant Dates document published by the Access and Enrollment Services Office, and available from the Registrar’s link on the UVI Web site. The Change of Registration form is to be completed at the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus, in order to add, drop, withdraw from, or change a course from credit to audit, or vice versa. Students are allowed to add or drop individual courses without financial or academic penalty during the first week of classes. In order to effect an add/drop, a completed Change of Registration form (available at the Registrar’s link on the UVI website) must be submitted to the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus, by the deadline indicated in the Academic Calendar. Change of Major: Students who wish to change their major must obtain a Change of Major form from the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. The Change of Major form must be signed by the student, faculty advisors, deans and the Provost. Withdrawal Withdrawal from Courses: Students may withdraw from a course without penalty up to about six weeks after the course begins. They must, however, secure a course withdrawal form from the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus and obtain the signatures of the instructor and advisor. This form, containing the proper signatures, must be returned to the Access and Enrollment Services Office. The students will then receive a grade of W on their permanent record. The last date to receive WP or WF is specified on the academic calendar. WP means that the student is doing passing work at the time of withdrawal. WF means that the student is doing failing work at the time of withdrawal. A course dropped by any other means will result in the student automatically receiving an “F” for the course. Academic Information and Regulations 52 After mid-semester and in case of unusual circumstances, such as extended illness, the Dean may give a student special permission for a late withdrawal. This is designated AW (administrative withdrawal). In situations where an administrative withdrawal from a class is necessary, students are required to apply for the withdrawal when it becomes evident that they cannot complete the course. Students are required to provide documentary evidence in support of requests for administrative withdrawal. Applications will not be accepted after the last day of instruction within that semester. The policy for withdrawing from courses which are given out of the normal academic calen- dar sequence is as follows: 1. The last day to withdraw from a course will be at the conclusion of 40 percent of the total instructional period, or at the end of three weeks for an eight-week course and two weeks for a six-week course. 2. The last day to withdraw from a course without special permission from the Dean will be at the conclusion of 50 percent of the instructional period, or at the end of four weeks for an eight-week course and three weeks for a six-week course. 3. Students who withdraw between the end of the third or fourth weeks for an eight-week course, or between the end of the second and third weeks for a six-week course (or another analogous period for courses of duration other than six or eight weeks) will receive either a WP or WF. 4. Students seeking to withdraw after 50 percent of the instructional period can do so only by means of an administrative withdrawal (AW) which will be governed by the same policy as stated above. Withdrawal from the University: A student who withdraws from the University either during the term or between terms must initiate the process with a withdrawal form in the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus, and the completion of the process outlined thereon. In addition, to protect her/his academic standing, the student must complete specific course withdrawal procedures above. Failure to comply with these requirements may adversely affect the student’s grades and academic standing. A student not attend- ing full-time for two consecutive semesters who desires readmission to full-time status at the University must apply to the Admissions Office for consideration. Applications must be received by April 30 for the fall semester and by October 30 for the spring semester, with the appropriate readmission fee. Re-matriculation Students who have been awarded one degree from the University and who wish to pursue a second degree must apply for re-matriculation. Such students must complete the catalog degree requirements in effect at the time of re-matriculation. Applications for re-matriculation should be sent to the Admissions Office on the campus the student plans to attend with the accompanying re-matriculation fee. Transcripts Official transcripts of academic records at the University of the Virgin Islands are issued only upon the authorization of the student. Requests for transcripts will not be filled until written authorization has been secured from the individual student. When these requests can be anticipated, the student should send authorization in advance, to avoid delay in the issuing of the transcript. Academic Information and Regulations 53 The charge for each copy of a student’s transcript is $10.00. All checks and money orders should be made payable to the University of the Virgin Islands. Courses Taken at Other Institutions Matriculated students who expect to take courses at another institution for transfer to the University of the Virgin Islands must obtain a Permit to Attend Another Institution from the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. The appropriate college or school must certify that the course will fulfill the University of the Virgin Islands degree requirements and the permit must be signed by the Registrar on the St. Thomas campus or the Associate Registrar on the Albert A. Sheen Campus before the student enrolls. Students are respon- sible for ensuring that an official transcript will be sent to the Access and Enrollment Services Office after the completion of the off-campus course work. No credit will be evaluated until an official transcript has been received. Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99) is a Federal law that protects the privacy of student education records. The disclosure or publication of student information is protected by FERPA and insures every student is af- forded certain rights with respect to their education records. Amongst these are: 1) the right to inspect and review the student’s education record; 2) the right to request the amendment of the education records that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading by writing the University official responsible for the record to clearly identify their concern for review; 3) the right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. Schools may disclose, without consent, “directory” information, unless otherwise notified by students not to disclose information about them. Disclosure is permitted without consent to school officials with legitimate educational interests. Parents or legal guardians have access to students’ records only if the student is financially dependent on them, as defined by Internal Revenue Code and Tax statements. The University is required to establish guidelines for implementing FERPA and a list of records maintained by various University offices are available in the Access and Enrollment Services Office. For additional information about student privacy, filing complaints and right-to-know concerns, contact the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. Directory Information Directory Information will be treated as public information and generally will be available on all students and former students at the discretion of the University. Directory information may include the student’s name, address, official University e-mail address, date of birth, major field of study, height, weight, age, hometown, hobbies, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, general interest items of membership of athletic teams, dates of atten- dance, degree applied for or received, honors and awards received and previous educational institutions attended. Students, or parents of students who are under 18, may refuse to permit the release of any or all of the categories of directory information until the end of the spring semester by submit- ting a written request to the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus within 10 days of the beginning of any academic semester during which the students are enrolled. Academic Information and Regulations 54 Academic Standards The following attitudes are important for success in the academic programs of the University: • A willingness to go beyond the minimum required in an assigned task, and dissatisfaction with superficial work. • Intellectual curiosity, integrity and responsibility. In university studies, the students are expect- ed to contribute as well as to receive, to cooperate fully with what is asked of them in courses, and to take an interested and active part. Instructors are expected to make clear the specific demands and procedures of their courses. • A critical spirit that recognizes the relationship among the different fields of knowledge and their relevance to the needs and problems of our time. Students are expected to maintain an academic record which will qualify them for gradu- ation. It is the responsibility of the students to complete all assigned work, to strive for the best performance of which they are capable, to meet graduation requirements, and in many other ways to take charge of their own academic welfare. Instructors, faculty advisors, the University counselors, the Registrar and the Associate Provost, are available for consultation and assistance, but this in no way diminishes the responsibility of students for familiarizing themselves with the contents of the University Catalog, satisfying the requirements of the degree they are pursuing, and adhering to those rules and regulations which pertain to them. Most students are able to judge their own progress through periodic grades and reports from instructors. At the end of each semester, the Vice Provost for Access and Enrollment Services will review the academic records of all students whose performance did not meet the estab- lished standards. The Vice Provost also issues an Academic Honors List comprised of students who were registered for at least 12 degree credits, maintained a semester grade point average of 3.20 or higher and earned no grade less than C. Students who have demonstrated excel- lence also will be appropriately recognized by the faculty (see Awards and Honors). Credit Load: A full load is considered to be from 12 to 16.5 credits. A load of 15.5 credits ordinarily is sufficient to complete the associate degree in two years and the baccalaureate degree in four. Any student proposing to take more than 16.5 credits must have the approval of the faculty advisor and Dean. In general, overloads are granted only to students with cumulative grade point averages of 3.00 or higher in accordance with the following guidelines for overload approvals. GPA: 3.00 - 3.49 3.50 - 3.74 3.75 - 4.00 FR up to 17.0 crs up to 17.5 crs up to 18.0 crs SO up to 18.0 up to 18.5 up to 19.0 JR up to 19.0 up to 19.5 up to 20.0 SR up to 20.0 up to 20.5 up to 21.0 The Right of a Student To Appeal a Grade Assignment: If a student feels that a grade he or she has received was incorrectly calculated according to the standards set forth in the course syllabus, that it was assigned in an arbitrary, capricious, or unprofessional manner, or that it was unduly influenced by race, sex, age, personal animosity or other factor extraneous to the merit of the student’s performance, the student may appeal the decision of the instructor of record. Academic Information and Regulations 55 Procedures for Appeal by a Student: 1. A student who wishes to question a grade should discuss the matter first with the instructor of record for the course, doing so as soon as possible after receiving the grade. 2. The instructor of record should be willing to listen, to provide explanation, in writing if so requested, and to be receptive to changing the grade if the student provides compelling arguments for doing so. 3. If, after discussion with the instructor of record, the student’s concern remains unresolved, the student may approach the instructor of record’s Dean, and/or the member of the faculty who is the instructor of record’s immediate academic supervisor. The Dean and the instructor of record’s immediate academic supervisor will jointly review the student’s case, and if they believe the student’s case has merit, shall discuss the case with the instructor of record and attempt to resolve the dispute. If the matter still remains unresolved, the Dean shall refer it to the College or School Grievance Committee. 4. The College or School Grievance Committee shall examine any written information on the dispute, shall make itself available to meet with the student and the instructor of record, and will carry out any other activities it deems necessary to investigate the dispute. If the student declines or fails to meet with the College or School Grievance Committee within a reasonable time frame as determined by the committee, the case may be dismissed. If the Committee determines that compelling reasons exist to change the grade, it will first request, in writing, that the instructor of record change the grade, providing the instructor with a written explanation of its findings. The College or School Grievance Committee, after considering the instructor of record’s explanation and upon concluding that it would be unjust to allow the original grade to stand, may request in writing that the Provost order the Registrar to change the grade over the objections of the instructor of record, providing copies of the request to both the student and the instructor of record. Only the Provost, and only on the written recommendation of the College or School Grievance Committee, has the authority to change a grade over the objection of the instructor of record who assigned the original grade. Academic Grievance: There is, in each academic college and school, a Grievance Committee to which a student has recourse. The committee consists of a faculty member and a student. All grievances must be submitted in writing. The student has the right to appeal the decisions of the Grievance Committee, to the Dean and through him/her, to the Provost. Academic Probation, Suspension, Dismissal Students are expected to remain in good academic standing. For those who do not, there is a three-step procedure which may lead to dismissal from the University if the student’s academic performance does not improve. All full-time and part-time enrolled students are subject to these standards and procedures. Once a student has attempted 12 degree cred- its, these procedures become applicable. Academic Probation: Academic probation is essentially a warning to the student to show scholastic improvement in order to remain at the University. A student on probation status is not considered in “good standing” at the University and eligibility to continue under scholar- ship or other financial aid programs, to participate in extracurricular activities, or to run for certain offices may be affected. A student placed on academic probation will be limited to taking 12.5 hours of course work and will remain on probation until the cumulative GPA equals or exceeds the standards set forth in the chart below. A student who does not achieve the minimum cumulative grade point average for the corre- sponding number of degree credits attempted is placed on academic probation. Also, a stu- dent is placed on academic probation for failing to achieve a semester grade point average corresponding to the cumulative grade point average required for degree credits attempted, as set forth in the chart below. Academic Information and Regulations 56 A student placed on academic probation will be limited to taking 12.5 credits. If a student achieves a semester GPA of at least 2.0 but the cumulative GPA remains below the standard, the student will remain on probation. Degree Credits Attempted 1-29 30-44 45 and above Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average 1.70 1.80 2.00 Academic colleges and schools may set higher standards for courses related to their majors. Academic Suspensions: A student on academic probation will be suspended if, at the end of the probation semester, the cumulative GPA is below the standard in the above chart and the most recent semester’s GPA is less than 2.0. A student on suspension may take no more than two courses and up to 7 credits during one semester with the intention of improving his/ her grade point average. The names of students on suspension within a school or college must be forwarded to the Dean of that academic unit during the first four weeks of the fall and spring semesters each year. Each school or college will impanel an Academic Suspen- sion Committee of at least three full-time faculty members who will review an academic plan for progression and success prepared by the student and presented in person before the Committee. The academic plan will be prepared by the student during the semester in which suspension status commences. During this semester the student may register for no more than 7 credits but cannot continue beyond this semester without appearing before the Com- mittee with an acceptable academic plan. Students who fail to appear before the Committee will not be permitted to register for courses during the subsequent semester until this obliga- tion is fulfilled. Any student remaining away for more than one semester must reapply for ad- mission. In response to the academic plan prepared and presented in person by the student, a determination will be made by the Committee. The determination made by the Committee will be either a) the student will be allowed to register for the subsequent term and be moni- tored as determined by the Committee; or b) the student will be academically dismissed. Academic Dismissal: A student who has appeared before the Academic Suspension Committee must maintain a grade point average of 2.0 for the semester of reinstatement and all subsequent semesters of study. Failure to do so will result in academic dismissal. A student who appeals this status must reappear before the Academic Suspension Committee which will review the academic history of the student, prevailing circumstances and justification for appeal presented in person and in writing by the dismissed student. The Committee shall then determine a) that the status of academic dismissal stands; or b) that the dismissed student will receive a one-semester reprieve to attempt a 2.0 GPA. If the dismissed student fails to achieve this academic benchmark for the semester of reinstatement or any subsequent semester, academic dismissal will be immediate and final. Student Conduct (Disciplinary Warning, Probation, Suspension and Dismissal): The Student Handbook includes a statement adopted by the Board of Trustees of the University entitled “Rules and Regulations for the Maintenance of Public Order at the University of the Virgin Islands” and a statement entitled “Channels of Communication Available to Students at the University of the Virgin Islands for the Consideration of Problems, Proposals and Grievances.” Disciplinary actions which may be used in response to violations of the University’s standards of conduct include: disciplinary warning, disciplinary probation, suspension or disciplinary dismissal. Disciplinary warning is issued when behavior is unacceptable or when repetition will most likely result in more serious action. The student is officially warned that further unac- ceptable behavior could result in more serious action. Disciplinary probation is a warning that a student’s conduct must be improved over a stated period if the student wishes to remain at the University. It means that the student is not considered in “good standing” at the University with resulting restrictions as described for academic probation. Suspension is a disciplinary action which results in the separation of the student from the University, normally for a stated period of time. Disciplinary dismissal normally means Academic Information and Regulations 58 determining academic standing and eligibility for graduation. All courses will be considered for the determination of financial aid and/or veterans’ benefits. Students who transfer from the University of the Virgin Islands should recognize that the receiving institution is under no obligation to acknowledge the adjusted GPA. The receiving institution is expected to recognize only the cumulative GPA. Academic renewal can be approved only once during the student’s enrollment. Once aca- demic renewal is requested and approved, it cannot be reversed. Any exceptions or appeals to this policy should be directed to the Provost’s office. Any student with a past outstanding balance will not be considered until their obligation is satisfied. Drug-Free Workplace Policy: It is the policy of the University of the Virgin Islands that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession or use of a controlled or illegal substance is prohibited in and on the University of the Virgin Islands’ owned or controlled property. Additionally, the misuse or abuse of legal drugs, including alcohol, is prohibited. Any University employee or student determined to have violated this policy shall be subject to disciplinary action for misconduct, which action may include termination or expulsion. No employee or student is to report to work or class while under the influence of illegal drugs or influenced by the abuse of legal drugs. Violation of these policies by any employee or student will be reason for evaluation or treatment for a drug use disorder or for disciplinary action up to and including termination or expulsion in accordance with University policies and proce- dures. In order to comply with the Federal law, the University requires that an employee or student notify the University of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace or classroom no later than five days after such conviction. The University must notify any Federal contracting agency within ten days of having received notice that an em- ployee or student engaged in the performance of such contract or grant has had a criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace or classroom. The Univer- sity will discipline any employee or student who is so convicted or require the employee’s or student’s satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program in accordance with University policies and procedures. Sexual Harassment: Sexual Harassment: Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination and is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. University students and employees have the right to enjoy a workplace free from all forms of harassment, including sexual harassment. Sexual harassment in the workplace is unaccept- able and will not be tolerated in any form. Accordingly, the University is committed to uncompromised integrity and to doing all within its power to ensure a working environment that is inclusive and respectful of diversity and which promotes intellectual growth and development, and support the academic pursuits of faculty, students and staff. It is critically important that we create a safe and supportive environ- ment for all students, employees and visitors. The University is strongly opposed to sexual harassment and will take whatever action is necessary to prevent, correct, and, if necessary, discipline behavior that violates its Sexual Harassment Policy. Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal, visual or physical conduct of a sexual nature, made by someone from or in the work or educational setting. Students who believe that they have been sexually harassed in Academic Information and Regulations 59 violation of the University’s Sexual Harassment Policy should notify the dean of students As or the Title IX Coordinator on the St. Thomas campus or the dean of students or the Title IX coordinator on the Albert A. Sheen Campus. Academic Integrity: Philosophy: Among the purposes of colleges and universities are scholarly and personal growth for all members of the academic community and open communica- tion among members of this community. Such growth requires an atmosphere of honesty and trust. It is for this reason that the University of the Virgin Islands strives to maintain an environment of mutual trust among its students and faculty and will not tolerate academic dishonesty. Definitions: Academic dishonesty includes, but is not limited to, the following examples of offenses, committed or attempted: Collaboration allowing another student to see an examination paper. Copying obtaining information by looking at the answers on another student’s paper or in any source that has not been specifically approved for that purpose by the instructor. Cribbing taking and/or using material, which has not been specifically approved, into an examination or using books, notes or other resources during an examina- tion without the instructor’s specific approval. Plagiarism presenting, either intentionally or unintentionally, the ideas, works, words or artistry of another as one’s own without appropriate acknowledgment of the source. Note that this includes sources on the Internet (World Wide Web, e-mail, etc.) Sabotage destroying the work of another student, such as laboratory experiments or computer programs. Substitution taking an examination or writing a paper for someone else or inducing an- other person to perform such acts. Theft stealing an examination. Penalties: For a first offense, the penalty levied will be at the discretion of the professor and can include, for example, the options of: 1) Giving a student a zero on the assignment or portion of the assignment in which the event occurred. 2) Giving the student a reduced grade for the assignment and requiring the student to redo the work correctly. 3) Giving the student an “F” in the course. IF the infraction occurs after midterm, and IF the student decides to appeal, an Incomplete (“I”) will be recorded and subsequently changed to an “F” if the appeal is denied. For a second offense, the penalty will be a grade of “F” in a credit course, or an “NP” in a skills course. If the infraction occurs after midterm, and if the student decides to appeal, an Incomplete (“I”) will be recorded and subsequently changed to an “F” if the appeal is denied. For any third offense reported to the Office of the Provost, the penalty will be a grade of “F” in the course and suspension from the University for an academic year. The Office of the Provost will notify the Registrar of the suspension. Academic Information and Regulations 60 The penalty for a fourth offense will be dismissal from the University. The Office of the Provost will notify the Registrar of the dismissal, which will then be noted on the student’s academic record. No credit will be granted for non-course exercises such as the English Proficiency Exami- nation, CLEP tests, etc. The Office of the Provost will be notified when such examples of academic dishonesty have occurred. Procedures: In cases of suspected academic dishonesty, the faculty member making the charge will meet privately with the student suspected of the action to discuss the charge within 10 business days of the detection of the incident and provide the student with any supportive information pertinent to the charge. Within five business days, the faculty member shall decide if disciplinary action is to be taken and, if so, shall notify the student, the appro- priate Dean and the Office of the Provost, in writing of: 1. The name of the student. 2. The course or activity where the infraction is alleged to have occurred. 3. The date and time of the alleged infraction. 4. The circumstances of the stated infraction with supportive information. 5. The action taken against the student. Penalties for repeated offenses will be dealt with by the Provost. Once the instructor decides to bring charges against the student, the Dean will have five days to give the student notice in writing of the charge(s) and of their opportunity to be heard. In this case, notice will be defined as a registered returned receipt mailing with the United States Postal Service addressed to the student at the address the student has identified as his or her home address. It is the student’s responsibility to maintain a current address with the Access and Enrollment Services Office. In each stage of this process where there is an allowable time period for an action to occur, if the academic semester comes to an end before the allotted time frame has been met, the count will stop on the last day of the semester in question and resume on the first day of the subsequent semester. Within 10 business days of the meeting with the instructor, the student may appeal, in writ- ing, to the appropriate college or school Grievance Committee—composed of two students appointed by the campus Student Government Association president, one professional staff appointed by the Staff Council chair, and two faculty appointed by the college or school Dean—which will hold a hearing within 10 business days of receiving the student’s written appeal. The instructor making the charge of academic dishonesty and the student will be present at the hearing. The Committee will make its recommendations to the Provost within 10 business days of the hearing. The Provost’s decision will be final. Students who are involved in an academic integrity grievance process will receive a grade of “Incomplete” until they have completed all steps in the grievance process they choose to pursue. English Proficiency Examination Requirement The purpose of the English Proficiency Requirement is to ensure that all UVI graduates have demonstrated a required level of proficiency in using English as an effective means of written communication. Students must satisfy the English Proficiency Examination (EPE) requirement before graduat- Academic Information and Regulations 61 ing from the University of the Virgin Islands (with the exception of persons who are holders of a bachelor’s degree or higher). The successful completion of the requirement applies to all matriculated students in the associate of arts, associate of science, bachelor of arts and bachelor of science programs. All students must take the EPE upon successful completion of ENG 201 or its equivalent. If a student is not required to take ENG 201 or its equivalent, he/ she must consult with his/her advisor, who will submit written notification of approval to the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. Students should satisfy the EPE requirement no later than their junior year in order to avoid a delay in graduation. It is ultimately the student’s responsibility to begin the process of satisfy- ing this requirement in adequate time to do so before his/her projected graduation date. Students may meet this requirement in one of two alternate ways. They may opt to either: •Take and pass the English Proficiency Examination or •Successfully complete English 051, Functional Writing, a course designed to meet English proficiency goals and objectives Students who opt to take the examination alternative, and who fail the EPE twice, must reg- ister for ENG 051 the semester following the examination, and each semester following until they have passed ENG 051. ENG 051 shall be an exception to the policy that students are allowed to repeat a course only once. The English Proficiency Examination is administered on both campuses in November and in April of each academic year, and again during the summer session. Specific EPE administra- tion dates are listed in the Academic Calendar. Computer Literacy Requirement The University believes that all students must be familiar with computer concepts and the use of computers in order to work effectively in today’s high-technology world. Therefore, all matriculating students must fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement during the freshman year. Transfer students may complete up to 24 credit hours before fulfilling the Computer Literacy Requirement. Students who have a Bachelor degree or higher are exempt from the Computer Literacy Requirement. All other exceptions to this requirement must be approved by the School of Business Dean. To fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement, students must pass the Computer Literacy Examination, which is administered on both the Albert A. Sheen campus on St. Croix and the St. Thomas campus. Incoming students will take the examination as part of their Orientation schedule. All other students should contact the School of Business to obtain additional dates and register for the examination. Students may choose to enroll in CSC 111 or CIS 021 to prepare for the examination; however, enrollment in these courses is not required to take the examination and completion of these courses does not fulfill the Computer Literacy Require- ment. Students to whom this requirement applies and who fail to meet the requirement must regis- ter in CIS 051 concurrently with their required courses. CIS 051 includes preparation for and the administration of the Computer Literacy Examination. Students who fail to pass CIS 051 must continue to register in the course every semester until they successfully pass the Com- puter Literacy Examination. Completion of CSC 111, CIS 021, and CIS 051 does not fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement. Only the successful passing of the Computer Literacy Examination will fulfill the Computer Literacy Requirement. Academic Information and Regulations 62 Awards and Honors Superior student achievement is recognized in a number of ways during each academic year. The Academic Honors List recognizes full-time students (carrying 12 or more degree credits) who have earned a grade point average of 3.2 or higher for the previous semester, with no grade lower than C. The University of the Virgin Islands is a chapter member of Golden Key National Honor Soci- ety. Full-time and part-time matriculated students who have earned at least 60 credits at UVI and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.3 may be invited to join. Full-time and part-time students receiving a baccalaureate degree who have earned at least 60 credits at the University are eligible for commencement honors. For the purpose of com- puting averages for honors, all grades earned at UVI will be considered. Honors are based on the following cumulative grade point averages: Cum Laude, 3.25 to 3.49; Magna Cum Laude, 3.50 to 3.74; Summa Cum Laude, 3.75 to 4.00. The academic colleges and schools and the St. Croix campus of the University may award annually a Trustee Graduate Fellowship/Loan which seeks to highlight academic achieve- ment, encourage post-graduate study, honor outstanding students and help increase the number of highly trained University of the Virgin Islands alumni. Each recipient receives $1,000, with half of that amount to be returned to the University when the student is no longer in graduate school. To be eligible for the Trustee Graduate Fellowship/Loan, a student must normally be a graduating senior who has been accepted into a graduate school for a master’s or doc- toral program and who has earned at least 60 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Students are eligible to receive the fellowship/loan only in the college or school which advised them while at the University. The following criteria will be used in selecting recipients of the Trustee Graduate Fellowship/ Loan: cumulative grade point average, potential for scholarly or professional achievement, full-time attendance in a graduate program, financial need and the likelihood of return to the Virgin Islands. A number of awards are made on both campuses at annual Awards Day ceremonies. Infor- mation on these awards is available from the Office of the Provost. The Honors Program Mission: The UVI Honors Program seeks to produce exceptional scholars and citizens by providing participants with enriched intellectual, leadership and outreach experiences de- signed to cultivate thoughtful, deliberative, articulate, ethically grounded, globally connected and actively contributing members of society. Admission: Students will be admitted to the Honors Program through approval of their ap- plication to the Honors Council upon matriculation into the University and satisfaction of the Honors Program entrance requirements in mathematics and English. The Honors Council will take into consideration for admission a combination of the following factors: SAT/ACT scores, previous academic records including grades and academic rank, evidence of creative and/or scholastic ability, recommendations from previous instructors and/or men- tors, interviews, and such other factors as the Honors Council finds appropriate in evaluat- ing the potential of the applicant to successfully complete the program. Students may also be admitted to the Honors Program after completion of up to two years of university-level course work at UVI or other institutions. Students applying for such late admission to the pro- Academic Information and Regulations 63 gram must have a GPA of 3.3 or its equivalent in their university level courses and must still complete all program requirements. Program Requirements: In order to remain in the program and graduate with Honors, student participants must: •Maintain a GPA of 3.3. •Accept a leadership role in ensuring adherence to the UVI student code of conduct and demonstrate their personal adherence to that code. •Receive a grade of B or better in each of three required Honors courses (HON 101, HON 201, HON 301). • Complete and report on a structured educational experience outside of the territory, plan- ning for which must be developed with their Honors advisor/mentor and approved by the Honors Council, by the end of their junior year. • Complete and report on a professional outreach experience, planning for which must be developed with their Honors advisor/mentor and approved by the Honors Council, by the end of their junior year. • Complete and satisfactorily defend a thesis or project in their senior year (HON 401/402). Honors students may be granted probationary status for only one semester by the Honors Council if their overall grade point average falls below 3.3. Recognition: Participation in the Honors Program and successful completion of its require- ments will be included in student transcripts and acknowledged on degrees. Multiple Majors and Second Degrees The University of the Virgin Islands grants the following undergraduate degrees: B.A.; B.B.A.; B.S.; B.S.N.; A.A.; A.S.; and A.A.S. The preceding undergraduate degrees are the available options for a second degree. A major is a discipline within a given degree (e.g. business administration or education within the B.A. degree). Multiple Majors: Students may pursue up to three majors within the same degree. Students seeking to pursue more than three majors must receive the approval of the Provost. The pro- spective student must apply through the office of enrollment management, register the inten- tion of pursuing an additional major(s) and fulfill all the requirement of the additional major(s). The pursuit of a second or third major in the same degree area will not result in the conferring of a second or third degree. The completion of the coursework for the additional major(s) will be noted on the student’s official transcript. Second Degree: Students may pursue two different degrees concurrently. However, UVI will not award a second degree in the same major. Courses from one degree may be used to satisfy requirements of the other degree; however, a minimum of 30 additional credits must be completed in order for both degrees to be awarded. All college/school and university requirements for the two degrees must be satisfied. There will be one transcript with both degree areas recorded. Any student who has previously earned a degree from a regionally accredited institution (including UVI) may pursue a second degree. Transfer credits that have not expired (see policy on Expiration of Credits) from other institutions and prior credits from UVI may be used to satisfy requirements for the second degree; however, a minimum of 30 resident credits must be accumulated beyond the number of credits completed at the time the first degree was awarded. All college or school and university requirements for the two degrees must be satisfied. All courses completed will be recorded on a separate transcript. Students seeking a second degree must apply for admission through the Access and Enrollment Services Office on either campus. Academic Information and Regulations 64 Academic Information and Regulations UvI will not concurrently or subsequently award an associate’s degree to a student who holds a baccalaureate degree in the same discipline. A student may, however, be awarded an as- sociate’s degree in a discipline and subsequently receive a baccalaureate degree in the same major. 65 All students, regardless of their degree program and major field of study, must complete certain general education requirements. These do not include any requisite courses of skills remediation or Freshman Year courses. The University of the Virgin Islands’ General Education curriculum has been reformed and revitalized recently and is subject to continual refinement. The General Education curricu- lum is intended to prepare students for today’s competitive world as well as for productive and fulfilling lives and responsible citizenship. Students completing these requirements are expected to have gained the following: • Knowledge of the history, geography, and demographic characteristics of the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Caribbean, the United States, and the world. • Knowledge of natural phenomena and of the earth in its place in the universe as well as an appreciation of scientific inquiry. • Highly developed communication skills. • Quantitative and computing skills. • Personal health and wellness skills. • Critical thinking, logic, and moral reasoning skills. • Self-awareness, interpersonal, leadership, and team skills. • Second language skills, multi-cultural and inter-cultural skills, and an understanding of aesthetic expression in literature and art. • Information management and research skills. General education requirements vary with degree programs but have the following categories in common: A. General Education Courses. These are specified for each degree program and include courses in: Humanities Mathematics Natural Sciences Social Sciences Physical Education, Fitness and Wellness. The following exams are general education requirements: B. The English Proficiency Examination (EPE) — Please review its entry prerequisites on page 60. C. The Computer Literacy Examination (CLE) — Please review its entry prerequisites on page 61. The University reserves the right to change its course offerings and rules and regulations at any time. General Education Requirements 66 To qualify for an associate of arts degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the associate of arts degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 15 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Additional Humanities Electives 6 Courses fulfilling the humanities electives include: Humanities, Communication, English, French, Spanish, Music, Theatre, Philosophy, Art. C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 8-10 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 and Two approved science or math courses D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Criminal Justice, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. TOTAL CREDITS 29-36 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 15 Mathematics/Science 8-10 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 29-36 Associate of Arts Degree 67 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course requirements. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.00. This requirement is also applicable to courses required in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp. 60-61. Degree Majors and Programs – A.A. Degree Students will ordinarily choose an associate degree program because they want to prepare for employment after only two years of study beyond high school, and because they are attracted to the work for which the program will train them. The programs are designed to prepare graduates for positions as technicians, supervisors, and managers in business, industry, service organizations, and government. The course requirements for graduation in each of the fields of specialization are outlined in the pages that follow. It is to the student’s advantage to enter one of these programs in the freshman year. It is possible for a student to change from a four-year program to a two-year program, but such a change may delay graduation because of the sequence of basic courses. A student may change from a two-year program to a four-year program but, again, it may then require additional time to complete the new program. Students may choose one of the following associate of arts degree programs. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Accounting — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Business Management — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Computer Information Systems — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Hotel and Restaurant Management — St. Thomas campus SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Inclusive Early Childhood Education — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas cam- pus Associate of Arts Degree 68 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Mission Statement The School of Business facilitates business education to a diverse population of students, with its major focus on the territory of the United States Virgin Islands and the Caribbean region, providing students with the skills to succeed in a global environment. We are dedicated to the cultivation of leadership, intellectual query and discovery, social responsibility and lifelong professional development and growth through excellent teaching, scholarship and responsive community service. Students in the School of Business pursuing an Associate of Arts degree with majors in Accounting or Business Administration are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required courses in Business Administration and area of concentration. Accounting Major The associate of arts program in accounting is designed to prepare students for careers in the fields of accounting and financial administration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 66-67), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Accounting: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting II 3 ACC 315 Tax Accounting 3 ACC 440 Cost Accounting I 3 C. Required courses in other fields: Credits BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 BUS 351* Business Law 3 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 ECO 221* Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143* Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 232* Calculus For Business and Social Sciences MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 * Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Associate of Arts Degree 69 Business Management Major The associate of arts degree program in Business Management is designed to prepare the student for a career in management or small business ownership. It will help the student understand how businesses are operated and financed. The functions of marketing, selling, accounting, and advertising are considered. A graduate of this curriculum will be prepared to enter a variety of business positions. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 66-67), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Business Management: Credits BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 MGT 213 Small Business Management 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 MKT 334 Advertising and Promotional Strategy 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Personnel Management 3 BUS 351* Business Law 3 C. Required courses in other fields: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 ECO 221* Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143* Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 232* Calculus For Business and Social Sciences MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 * Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Computer Information Systems Major The associate of arts degree program in Computer Information Systems is designed to 1) train students for professional careers in information systems, 2) prepare students for advanced study, 3) provide opportunities for students in other areas of study which relate to information systems, and 4) meet the computer information systems needs of the University and the community. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 66-67), the following courses are required: Associate of Arts Degree 70 A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required Courses in Computer Information Systems: Credits CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 121 Data Management Concepts 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 CIS 250 Introduction to Operating Systems 3 CIS 270 Computer Systems Development 3 CIS 280 Systems Development Project 3 CIS 300 Process Design and Evaluation 3 CIS 310 Advanced Business Software Applications 3 CIS 357 Business Information Networks 3 or CIS 238 Introduction to COBOL Programming 3 C. Required courses in other fields: Credits BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 BUS 351* Business Law 3 ECO 222* Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 PSY 120* General Psychology 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT143* Precalculus Algebra 4 and one of the following: MAT 232* Calculus for Business and Social Sciences MAT 235* Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Hotel and Restaurant Management Major The associate of arts program in Hotel and Restaurant Management is designed to prepare the graduate for middle management responsibility in large establishments or for greater responsibility in smaller enterprises. Students may elect to obtain internationally recognized certificates awarded by the American Hotel and Motel Association through examination at the completion of selected HRM courses. Graduates will have the basic preparation needed for positions as stewards, purchasing agents, banquet managers, club managers, resort managers, front office managers, resident auditors, and food and beverage managers. It is offered for part-time study only. The program is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring a baccalaureate degree. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 66-67), the following courses are required: Associate of Arts Degree 71 A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Hotel and Restaurant Management: Credits HRM 132 Fundamentals of Tourism 2 HRM 133 Introduction to Resort Hotel Management 2 HRM 134 Introduction to Restaurant Management 2 HRM 232 Hospitality Services Marketing 3 HRM 233 Hospitality Industry Computer Systems 3 HRM 234 Hospitality Industry Accounting 3 HRM 242 Hospitality Industry Personnel Training Systems 3 HRM 250 Internship 3 C. Required courses in other areas: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 PSY 120* General Psychology 3 D. The student must choose one of the following concentrations: Credits ROOMS DIVISION MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION HRM 243 Front Office Management 3 HRM 244 Housekeeping Management 3 FOOD AND BEVERAGE CONCENTRATION HRM 245 Food and Beverage Cost Control 3 HRM 246 Bar and Beverage Management 3 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements. Office Information Systems Certificate Program A four-course certificate program in Office Information Systems is suspended. This program provides a foundation in computer concepts and techniques with emphasis on microcom- puter applications. The requirements for this program are detailed in a program brochure that is available from the School of Business. Associate of Arts Degree 72 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major This program is designed to provide opportunities for early childhood personnel who wish to develop competencies for entry level positions in inclusive early childhood programs through participation in an associate degree program. A broad knowledge of development and learn- ing across the birth through eight age range is necessary for educators to provide appropri- ate curriculum and assessment approaches. As a result, the IECE Program is designed to ensure that students learn about the variability of young children and the adaptations and modifications that can be made to ensure typical developmental and learning experiences for all children. The program stresses the importance of natural environments, play support, and the integration of developmental/learning experiences into the curriculum. Students are trained to assume the primary role of facilitators of child development and learning and parent-child relationships. The IECE Program utilizes principles of adult learning in its teaching strategies which involves learning by doing, reflecting, analyzing and synthe- sizing through structured, as well as, open-ended activities and sharing and interacting with others. Students learn through a combination of coursework, creation of portfolios, and guided and supervised fieldwork that teach about and demonstrate inclusionary early child- hood educational models and principles. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 66-67), the following courses are required: Credits EDU 108 Early Childhood Development I 3 EDU 109 Inclusive Early Childhood Environments I 3 EDU 113 Early Childhood Development II 3 EDU 114 Inclusive Early Childhood Environments II 3 EDU 214 Family and Community Relationships 3 EDU 215 Guiding Children’s Early Behavior 3 EDU 216 Inclusive Early Childhood Curricula 3 EDU 217 Ethical and Legal Issues in Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 218 Supervised Field Experience 3 EDU 219 Promoting Language and Literacy in Early Childhood 3 EDU 220 Seminar in Supervised Field Experience 2 Associate of Arts Degree 73 To qualify for an associate of science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the associate of science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 9 Courses fulfilling the Humanities electives include: Humanities, Communication, English, French, Spanish, Music, Theatre, Philosophy, Art. C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 9-12 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean** 3 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Criminal Justice, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. **Nursing students are exempt from this course. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 9 Mathematics and/or Science 9-12 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 24-31 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they Associate of Science Degree 74 are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course requirements. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY REQUIREMENT (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on page 60-61. Degree Majors and Programs – A.S. Degree SCHOOL OF NURSING Nursing - Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Computer Science - Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Physics - St. Thomas campus SCHOOL OF NURSING Nursing Major The Associate of Science Program in nursing is designed to prepare graduates to assess, plan, implement, manage and evaluate nursing care competently for clients with common predictable health problems. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, 3343 Peachtree Rd NE, Suite 500, Atlanta GA, 30326, (404) 975- 5000; Fax (404) 975-5020. Admission to the University does not guarantee admission into nursing, but is a prerequisite for admission into the ASN Program. Applications for the ASN Program (available on the ASN Program website) must be mailed to the University of the Virgin Islands School of Nursing Education; RR01, Box 10,000; Kingshill, VI 00850-9781 and must be received by February 15th of each year (October 1st for LPNs who plan to enroll in NUR 142 in the spring).  Applicants will be notified of conditional admission acceptance by March 15th. Transfer students who are admitted must pay the $100.00 non-refundable enrollment deposit by April 15th to confirm their intent to enroll (see UVI application form). Failure to pay the enrollment deposit will result in admission cancellation. In order to qualify for admission, students must have completed, or be exempt from, Freshman Studies Courses (MAT 023; MAT 024; RCA 021/ENG 101, WAC 11/ENG 100, FDS 100, SSC 100,), PSY 120 and the computer literacy exam. Students must also have completed NUR 100, BIO 151 and BIO 152 with a grade of “C” (2.0) or better, NUR 104 with a grade of A- (90%) or better, and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. Students are not eligible for admission into the Program if they have earned a grade of “F” in two (2) of the following prerequisite courses: NUR 100, BIO 151, BIO 152 at UVI or equivalent courses at Associate of Science Degree 75 any other institution. Additionally, students are not eligible for admission if they earn two (2) grades of “F” in one of these courses. Applicants previously enrolled in a registered nursing program at another institution must submit a letter from the nurse administrator of that program indicating that they are in good standing and eligible for re-admission. In order to enroll in clinical courses, students must submit documentation of current certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR- Health Care Provider) to the School of Nursing. Additionally, documentation of physical examination and up-to-date immunization status must be provided to the Campus Nurse. Upon acceptance into the program, students must clear a criminal background check and drug screening. Applicants to the ASN degree program with a background in health sciences may be able to successfully challenge NUR 100 and NUR 104 by exam. Failure of either challenge exam after one attempt requires that students enroll and successfully complete NUR 100 and NUR 104. In order to progress in the clinical nursing sequence, students must: •Earn at least a “C” (2.0) grade in BIO 240 and all required nursing courses; •Show satisfactory achievement of clinical objectives; •Score 90% or better by the third attempt on the Drug Dosage Calculation exam given each semester; •Maintain an overall GPA of at least 2.0. Students who withdraw failing (WF) or fail one nursing course are permitted to re-enroll in the course. Students who are granted an administrative withdrawal (AW), and are passing at the time of the withdrawal, are not considered to have failed and are permitted to re-enroll in the course(s). Students who fail one nursing course twice, or two nursing courses, and desire to re-enroll, must request an appearance before the Course Re-Enrollment Committee. Students may appear before the Course Re-enrollment Committee one time. The Course Re-Enrollment Committee is charged with making the decision to approve or deny re- enrollment. The Course Re-Enrollment Committee is made up of all members of the nursing faculty and the UVI Counselor. This Committee meets semi-annually, prior to the spring and fall advisement periods (typically in March and October). Following the meeting, the Re- Enrollment Committee carefully considers the information presented and makes a decision to allow or deny re-enrollment. Committee’s decision will be shared with the student by the Program Chair. Students who are not approved for re-enrollment are dismissed from the Program and are not eligible for re-admission. Students who have an interruption in their nursing education must meet the current admission and progression requirements. The associate degree in nursing requires 40 semester credits of nursing courses. A total of 73 credits is needed to obtain an associate of science degree in nursing. Prerequisite courses require at least two semesters of study and the clinical nursing sequence requires four semesters to complete for full-time students. Students wishing to progress on a part- time basis may complete the clinical nursing sequence in six semesters as follows: NUR 131/132 Semester 1 NUR 142 Semester 2 NUR 242 Semester 3 NUR 243 Semester 4 Associate of Science Degree 76 NUR 244 Semester 5 NUR 245/246 Semester 6 In addition, the student must pass the English Proficiency Examination. Upon successful completion of the associate of science degree, the graduate is eligible to apply to take the NCLEX-RN Examination for licensure as a registered nurse. In addition to successful completion of the NCLEX-RN Exam, licensure requirements vary. Students should contact the Board of Nursing in the state or territory in which they plan to practice. Contact information can be retrieved at the National Council of State Boards of Nursing website: (http://www.ncsbn.org). The following courses are required for the associate of science degree in nursing: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in the Humanities: Credits ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Humanities elective 3 C. Required courses in the College of Science and Mathematics: Credits MAT 023-024 Intro to Algebra Concepts and Skills I-II 4-4 nondegree credits BIO 151-152 Human Anatomy and Physiology I-II 4-4 BIO 240 Microbiology 4 D. Required courses in the Social Sciences: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 E. PLS 200 Self Management: Wellness and Risk 2 F. Required courses in Nursing: Credits NUR 100 Medical Terminology 1 NUR 104 Drug Dosage Calculation 2 NUR 131 Nursing Skill Acquisition 4 NUR 132 Introduction to the Nurse/Client System 4 NUR 142 NCS: Adult I 9 NUR 242 NCS: Adult II 6 NUR 243 NCS: Childbearing Family 4 NUR 244 NCS: Mental Health 4 NUR 245 NCS: Child 4 NUR 246 NCS: Management 2 Associate of Science Degree 77 Students entering the nursing program need to plan for the additional costs involved in pursuing a career in nursing. The following is an estimate of costs: Uniform/lab coat, shoes $150.00 Clinical Equipment $100.00 Nursing Textbooks $880.00 NCLEX Application $200.00 V.I. Board of Nursing Fee $ 75.00 Nursing Pin (optional) $ 43.00 - $236.00 ATI Comprehensive Assessment and Review Program $230.75 1st semester, $200.75 each semester 2nd-4th Associate of Science Degree 78 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Computer Science Major The associate of science degree in computer science is intended to provide a sound foundation in computer science and to develop professional skills in programming and networks. It is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring the baccalaureate degree in computer science. Depending upon previous educational background, this associate degree can be completed in two to three years on either the St. Thomas or Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 73-74), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required Computer Science courses: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 CSC 241 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Digital Systems 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 243 Digital Communications and Networks 4 CSC 245 Databases and Information Retrieval 4 C. Required Mathematics courses*: Credits MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus I and Analytical Geometry 4 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 D. One of the following Science course sequences is required*: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I 5-5 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I 4-4 PHY 241-242 General Physics I 5-5 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements. E. Required Humanities Courses: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 F. Two other courses in the Social Sciences from: Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, or Sociology Associate of Science Degree 79 Associate of Science Degree G. Physical Education Full-time students must enroll for 0.5 credit hour of P.E. for each full-time semester up to 2 credits, or enroll in Personal Life Skills 200. H. Passing score on the English Proficiency Examination I. Passing score on the Computer Literacy Examination Physics Major The associate of science program in physics is intended to develop an acute awareness of our physical environment on a conceptual level through rigorous mathematical manipulation of the fundamental laws of physics and through utilization of the techniques of the modern physical scientist. It is also designed to serve as an intermediate step towards acquiring the baccalaureate degree in engineering, physics, or similar science. Depending upon previous educational background, this associate degree can be completed in two to three years. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 73-74), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the Social Sciences B. Required courses in Science and Mathematics: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 or BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 333 Programming Languages or MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics or PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Note: MAT 346: Differential Equations is a recommended elective for students who have space in their programs of study. However, depending on their career plans, students may elect to take engineering drawing, engineering graphics, or other laboratory science courses to broaden their science base. 80 Associate of Applied Science Degree To qualify for an associate in applied science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 62 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The minimum General Education requirements in each discipline for graduation in the associate in applied science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. B. HUMANITIES 9-12 Courses fulfilling the Humanities electives include: Humanities, Communication, English, French, Spanish, Music, Theatre, Philosophy, Art. C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE 7-11 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 3 Courses fulfilling the Social Sciences elective include: Anthropology, Criminal Justice, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 9-12 Mathematics and/or Science 7-11 Social Sciences 3 TOTAL 19-27 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course requirements. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. 81 Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY REQUIREMENT (CLE) Please review entry requirements for EPE and CLE on pp. 60-61. Degree Programs – A.A.S. Degree COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice - Albert A. Sheen, St. Croix campus and St. Thomas campus COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Process Technology - Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice The AAS in Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary program that is designed to prepare students for employment in entry-level and advanced positions in the public and private sectors. This program prepares students for such positions as police officer, marshal, corrections officer, enforcement officers, state or federal patrol, customs agent, as well as manager and supervisor in these fields. It is recommended that students select additional courses from the criminal justice major core courses in order to broaden their preparation or to direct their program toward their interested field of specialization. Students should seek advisement from the Criminal Justice Advisor to plan their career path and select appropriate electives and substitutions where available in the paradigm. Admission to the Criminal Justice Major • Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.33 or higher following the completion of 26 credits of which 15 credit hours must have been taken at UVI • Earned a grade of C+ or better in CJU 110 • Completed an application • Completed a pre-admission interview Other Requirements Students pursuing an AAS, BA or BS in Criminal Justice are required to earn a minimum grade of C in all required courses in criminal justice, except for CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship in which students must earn a minimum grade of B. Students declaring this major must meet the following requirements before taking any CJU courses: (a) completion of WAC and RAC or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into ENG 120 (b) completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into MAT 140, MAT 143 or MAT 153 Associate of Applied Science Degree 82 I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 1 B. HUMANITIES Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 C. MATHEMATICS AND/OR SCIENCE Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 and MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES Credits SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 TOTAL CREDITS 20-21 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. E. Required courses in Communication, Criminal Justice, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and Spanish: Credits COM 120 Public Speaking 3 CJU 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CJU 205 Administration of Justice 3 CJU 207 Criminal Law 3 CJU 240 Constitutional Law 3 CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 PSY 120 Introduction to Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 F. For electives the student must choose a minimum of 6 credits from the following courses: Accounting: ACC 121-122 Biology: BIO 141-142, BIO 245, BIO 295 Business: BUS 112 Chemistry: CHE 151-152, CHE 251, CHE 252 Communication: COM 110, COM 223, COM 225 Computer Science: CSC 111 or CSC 101, CSC 119, CSC 239 Criminal Justice: CJU 120, CJU 222, CJU 223, CJU 224 Economics: ECO 221, ECO 222 Humanities: HUM 210 Military Science: MSL 101, MSL 102, MSL 201, MSL 202 Political Science: POL 121-122, POL 129 Psychology: PSY 202, PSY 203, PSY 223 Sociology: SOC 124, SOC 223 Associate of Applied Science Degree 83 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Process Technology The associate of applied science degree program in Process Technology is a technical program that will allow students to acquire the necessary skills, concepts, and experiences to be employed in a variety of positions in a wide range of process industries. The program blends essential elements of training for industrial process operations with General Education courses needed by industrial plant employees such as reading, writing, communication, and mathematics. This program is a collaborative effort between the College of Science and Mathematics and several local industrial partners. It is modeled after similar programs offered at community colleges and universities throughout the United States. The objectives of this program are to (1) prepare graduates to enter industrial employment, (2) maintain up-to-date curriculum and industry standards, (3) assist local industries in providing up-to-date training for their present and future employees, and (4) provide an atmosphere and the facilities to stimulate students toward maximum intellectual growth in technology. FIRST YEAR First Semester Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 PRT 101 Introduction to Process Technology 3 PRT 110 Basic Electricity Theory 3 PRT 121 Instrumentation I 3 Total 16 Second Semester Credits ENG 120 English Composition 3 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PRT 122 Instrumentation II 3 PRT 125 Industrial Process 3 PRT 130 Process Technology I- Equipment 3 Total 16 Associate of Applied Science Degree 84 Associate of Applied Science Degree SECOND YEAR Third Semester Credits SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 CHE 141 Introduction to Chemistry 5 PRT 225 Safety, Health & Environment 3 PRT 231 Process Technology II - Systems 2 Total 16 Fourth Semester Credits CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 PRT 232 Process Technology III - Operations 3 PRT 240 Process Troubleshooting 3 PRT 275 Internship 3 General elective course with a minimum of two credits Total 14 85 Bachelor of Arts Degree To qualify for a bachelor of arts degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the bachelor of arts degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 36 COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261-262 World Literature I, II 6 FRE/SPA 131-132-231 Functional, Elementary and Intermediate French or Functional, Elementary and Intermediate Spanish 12 HUM 115 Introduction to Humanities 3 PHI 200 Critical Thinking 3 TOTAL 36 C. MATHEMATICS 6-8 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra and one of the following: MAT 153/232/235 College Trigonometry/Calculus for Business and Social Sciences/Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 or For students with advanced preparation beyond the above levels, a minimum of six (6) credits of higher level mathematics courses 6-8 TOTAL 6-8 D. NATURAL SCIENCES 9-11 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 and SCI 200 Changes in the Natural World 3 86 SCI 301 Application of Principles from the Natural World 3 or Any two laboratory courses in the Natural Sciences TOTAL 9-11 E. SOCIAL SCIENCES 6-9 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and Two other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Criminal Justice, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology TOTAL 6-9 TOTAL CREDITS 54-63 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 36 Mathematics 6-8 Natural Sciences 6-9 Social Sciences 6-9 TOTAL 54-63 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.00; this requirement is also applicable to courses required in their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp. 60-61. Degree Majors and Programs – B.A. Degree Students enrolling in the bachelor of arts degree programs may select as a major field of study one of the following: Bachelor of Arts Degree 87 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Accounting — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Business Administration — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus SCHOOL OF EDUCATION* Elementary Education — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Inclusive Early Childhood Education — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas cam- pus *Additionally, the University provides professional preparation for a career in secondary education through a balanced four-year offering of liberal arts and professional education courses. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Humanities Communication — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus English — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Humanities — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Music Education — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Speech Communication and Theatre — St. Thomas campus Social Sciences Criminal Justice — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Psychology — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Social Sciences — St. Thomas campus Social Work — St. Thomas campus COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS** (St. Thomas campus only) Biology Chemistry Marine Biology Mathematics ** This college also offers pre-medical technology programs. A student planning to attend a graduate school of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine will normally major in chemistry or biology at the University of the Virgin Islands. Bachelor of Arts Degree 88 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Mission Statement The School of Business facilitates business education to a diverse population of students, with its major focus on the territory of the United States Virgin Islands and the Caribbean region, providing students with the skills to succeed in a global environment. We are dedi- cated to the cultivation of leadership, intellectual query and discovery, social responsibility and lifelong professional development and growth through excellent teaching, scholarship and responsive community service. Program The courses of study in the School of Business are designed to prepare the student to as- sume positions in middle and upper management in business and governmental organiza- tions. The program has been constructed on the assumption that contemporary study in business administration must build upon a broad base of liberal education. The plan of study is intended to develop the students’ capacity to make sound judgments in their eventual positions in management and administration and to endow them with the historical perspec- tive necessary for an understanding of human values and motivations and the relationships between economic activity and society as a whole. To achieve this objective, the program combines a number of required general business courses with the University of the Virgin Islands general education requirements. By taking these courses, the student can gain the required background of liberal education and general business knowledge. At the same time it also broadens a liberal education. This program provides additional study in a specialized area of business as well as practical business expe- rience through a supervised work-study internship. A Master of Business Administration degree is offered by the University. Undergraduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate program after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the Graduate Bulletin. Students in the School of Business pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in Ac- counting or Business Administration are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required courses in Business Administration and area of concentration. The following tables summarize requirements for the majors in the School of Business. Accounting Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Business Administration: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting II 3 ACC 315 Tax Accounting 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 89 ACC 440 Cost Accounting I 3 ACC 442 Auditing 3 ACC 443 Advanced Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Personnel Management 3 BUS 351 Business Law 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 410 Quantitative Methods 3 DSC 430 Production/Operations Management 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475* Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 *Under exceptional circumstances and on approval by the Dean, student work experience may qualify for waiver and such credits made up by an elective course. Written applications for waiver, along with supporting documents, must be made a semester in advance. C. An additional six credits of accounting electives are required 6 D. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits ECO 221** Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222** Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 **Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the Social Sciences E. The following Mathematics sequence is required: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 Business Administration Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Business Administration: Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Personnel Management 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 90 BUS 351 Business Law 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 410 Quantitative Methods 3 DSC 430 Production/Operations Management 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475* Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 *Under exceptional circumstances and on approval by the Dean, student work experience may qualify for waiver and such credits made up by an elective course. Written applications for waiver, along with supporting documents, must be made a semester in advance. C. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits ECO 221** Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222** Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 **Partially fulfills the general education requirements in the Social Sciences D. The following Mathematics sequence is required: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 and MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 E. The student must choose any one of the following concentrations. It is anticipated that additional areas of concentration will become available in the future. ACCOUNTING CONCENTRATION ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting l 3 ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting ll 3 ACC 315 Tax Accounting 3 ACC 440 Cost Accounting I 3 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS CONCENTRATION CIS 300 Program Design and Evaluation 3 CIS 310 Advanced Business Software Applications 3 CIS 238 Introduction to COBOL Programming 3 or CIS 357 Business Information Networks 3 CIS 410 Business Simulation and Modeling 3 FINANCE CONCENTRATION* FIN 323 Investment Analysis 3 FIN 324 Financial Markets and Institutions 3 FIN 425 Financial Policy and Strategy 3 BUS 499 Independent Study 3 (ECO 321 and 322 are strongly recommended.) *Note - St. Thomas Campus only Bachelor of Arts Degree 91 MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION MGT 213 Small Business Management 3 MGT 410 Labor-Management Relations 3 MGT 429 Organizational Behavior 3 MGT 434 Public Policy toward Business 3 MARKETING CONCENTRATION* MKT 334 Advertising and Promotional Strategy 3 MKT 416 Principles of Merchandising 3 MKT 422 International Marketing 3 MKT 426 Marketing Research 3 *Note - St. Thomas Campus only Bachelor of Arts Degree 92 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Mission The mission of the School of Education is to dedicate itself to the success of all students through its excellent teaching and to prepare competent and effective P-12 teachers and other school professionals, including school administrators and school counselors, to func- tion in highly complex and diverse settings and to promote academic excellence and student success in order to build a better future for individuals in the territory, the wider Caribbean and the world. It is part of the mission of the University of the Virgin Islands to prepare teachers of young children in early care and education settings and in the public schools who are competent both academically and professionally. Towards this end, the School of Education offers (i) a major in inclusive early childhood education, (ii) a major in elementary education, and (iii) preparation in secondary education for students majoring in other fields. Certification of teachers is a matter for the territorial education authorities. The University’s education pro- grams, however, prepare graduates to meet certification requirements for teaching in the Vir- gin Islands. (Although the foreign language requirement may be met by any foreign language, Spanish is strongly recommended for those who plan to teach in the Virgin Islands.) Program The program for elementary majors is designed to provide (a) broad preparation in the liberal arts, (b) concentrated study in one selected academic area, and c) professional preparation intended to produce highly effective teachers who can function successfully in a complex society — specifically the Virgin Islands — and to form a base for graduate study. The inclusive early childhood education major is consistent with the University’s liberal arts fo- cus. In addition, the program is designed to provide students with a foundation of knowledge about child development in children from birth through age 8 years. Knowledge about atypi- cal development and strategies to include children with developmental challenges are major components of this course of study. Students are prepared to become effective, professional teachers who value the collaborative relationships among and between schools, teachers, families, and therapists in a variety of disciplines in furthering children’s development. Preparation for secondary school teachers involves (i) satisfying general education require- ments for the bachelor of arts degree and (ii) majoring in English, humanities, mathematics, science, or social sciences. Required professional courses are detailed below. Admission to both the elementary and secondary preparation programs, both of which begin with Education 250, is by application. Admission to the inclusive early childhood education major is by application, and begins with EDU 216. Prospective students are urged to apply at the beginning of their sophomore year. Admission can normally be secured by the second semester of the sophomore year. In order to qualify for admission, students must meet the following criteria (a) to (e), and have earned a minimum grade of “C” in the courses listed in (a). Students are required to: (a) complete both the general education and education requirements in Communication (COM 119, COM 120) English (ENG 120, ENG 201) Science (SCI 100 and 200, or two semesters of Laboratory Science) Bachelor of Arts Degree 93 Mathematics (MAT 140 or MAT 143 and one of the following: MAT 153, MAT 235, MAT 232) and the Elementary Education/Secondary Preparation courses EDU 221 and 230 or the Inclusive Early Childhood Education courses EDU 108, 109, 113 and 114. (b) maintain a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.33. (c) pass the English Proficiency Exam. (d) pass the Computer Literacy Exam. (e) complete a pre-admission interview. EDU 221 and EDU 230 are open to any student meeting the prerequisites. Non-education undergraduate majors may take education courses beyond these if they have satisfied the same general education and education requirements contained in section (a) above and have the required prerequisite(s) for the selected course. In addition, course work in the major area must be documented. Any person holding an earned baccalaureate degree from an accred- ited institution may enroll in education courses at the undergraduate level with the exception of student teaching. Students must demonstrate that they have met the prerequisite(s) for the selected courses by show of prior academic work. Elementary education and inclusive early childhood education majors and persons preparing for secondary education are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required educa- tion courses. (All education majors who intend to meet certification requirements for teaching in the United States Virgin Islands should complete HIS 342). A Master of Arts degree in Education is offered at the University. Undergraduates who wish to take graduate courses or who plan to matriculate in the graduate program after earning their undergraduate degree should meet with their advisors and consult the Graduate Bulletin. Elementary Education Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required general education requirements as stated on pp. 85-86. C. Required Education courses: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 230 Educational Psychology 3 EDU 250 Curriculum Development and Instruction 3 EDU 257 Mathematics and the Elementary Teacher 5 EDU 302 Introduction to Special Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 351 Classroom Management 2 EDU 353, 354 Teaching the Language Arts 3,4 EDU 360 Science and the Elementary Teacher 5 EDU 365 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools 3 EDU 450 Measurement and Evaluation in Education 2 EDU 452 Student Teaching in the Elementary School 9 Bachelor of Arts Degree 94 D. Required course(s) in Psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 E. From one of the following areas a minimum of 18 credits are required, at least six of which must be at the 300 level or above. Courses taken to satisfy the general education require- ments also count toward satisfaction of item E: English Spanish Natural Science Mathematics Social Sciences F. Successful completion of PRAXIS ll prior to Student Teaching G. Required electives to meet 122 credits for graduation. Inclusive Early Childhood Education Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required general education requirements as stated on pp 85-86. C. Required Education courses: Credits EDU 108 Early Childhood Development I 3 EDU 109 Inclusive Early Childhood Environments I 3 EDU 113 Early Childhood Development II 3 EDU 114 Inclusive Early Childhood Environments II 3 EDU 214 Family and Community Relationships 3 EDU 215 Guiding Children’s Early Behavior 3 EDU 216 Inclusive Early Childhood Curricula 3 EDU 217 Ethical and Legal Issues in Early Childhood Education 3 EDU 219 Promoting Language and Literacy in Early Childhood 3 EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 302 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 EDU 304 Teaching Reading and Literacy in IECE 3 EDU 305 Teaching Mathematics in IECE 3 EDU 306 Creative Arts and Expression in IECE 3 EDU 307 Teaching Science in IECE 3 EDU 308 Integrating and Adapting Curriculum across the Content Areas 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 403 Assessment for Effective Teaching in IECE 3 EDU 406 Student Teaching in IECE 6 EDU 407 Seminar in Student Teaching in IECE 2 and one of the following Education electives: EDU 404 Administration and Supervision of IECE 3 or EDU 405 Collaboration and Consultation in IECE 3 D. Required course in Psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 95 E. Successful completion of PRAXIS ll prior to Student Teaching Secondary Teacher Preparation A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements as stated on pp 85-86. C. Required Education courses: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 EDU 230 Educational Psychology 3 EDU 250 Curriculum Development and Instruction 3 EDU 302 Introduction to Special Education 3 EDU 350 Instructional Design and Technology 2 EDU 351 Classroom Management 2 EDU 450 Measurement and Evaluation in Education 2 EDU 497 Seminar in Secondary Teaching 2 EDU 469 Student Teaching in the Secondary School 6 D. Required course in Psychology: Credits PSY 120* General Psychology 3 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements E. Successful completion of PRAXIS l prior to Student Teaching F. Requirements in the Major (see the School for specific details). Out-of-State Students The following applies to out-of-state students not regularly attending the University of the Virgin Islands: 1. Eligibility. Only students formally recommended by schools of education of accredited colleges and universities, or involved in an exchange arrangement that the University of the Virgin Islands has approved with another college or university, will be eligible for acceptance for enrollment in EDU 452, EDU 469/497, EDU 406/407 (Student Teaching and Seminar). In approving any such requests, priority will be given to graduates of the Virgin Islands second- ary school system enrolled in mainland colleges and universities. 2. Acceptance. Acceptance of any outside students will be on a “space-available” basis, with priority given to University of the Virgin Islands students. 3. Status. Outside students enrolled in EDU 452, EDU 469/497, EDU 406/407 may attend the University of the Virgin Islands on a part-time status only, unless special circumstances exist which warrant an exception. For example, an exchange relationship with another uni- versity may involve full-time students who, as part of their over-all program, will enroll in EDU 452, EDU 469/497, EDU 406/407. Exceptions may be made only by the Provost. Bachelor of Arts Degree 96 4. Instruction and Credits. All outside students taking EDU 452, EDU 469/497, EDU 406/407, must conform to University of the Virgin Islands policies regarding contact hours, supervision, credits, etc., which apply to University of the Virgin Islands students. No special arrangements can be made in this regard. 5. Fee schedule. Outside students will be required to pay a special fee of $470.00, plus tuition, to cover costs associated with their enrollment. 6. Department of Education. These policies have been approved by the Commissioner of Education. All students seeking admission into EDU 452, EDU 469/497, EDU 406/407 must receive the prior agreement of the Department of Education through the Office of School of Education’s Field Experience and Clinical Practice to do their student teaching in the local public school system. Bachelor of Arts Degree 97 COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Note: Humanities majors start below. Social Sciences majors start on page 105. The Com- munication minor, English minor, Fine Arts minor and Psychology minor start on page 112. Humanities Humanities studies are frequently divided into separate disciplines. All, however, involve or are concerned with the imaginative and reflective experience of human beings and their communication with others. Here at the University of the Virgin Islands, these humane stud- ies are collectively referred to as “the humanities,” and they are housed within the College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences. An education in the humanities provides a sound basis for careers in many fields. These fields include, but are not limited to, teaching, business and government administration, radio, print and visual media, public relations, and other areas which involve writing, editing, translating, and the performing arts. In the Humanities, the University offers courses in Art, Communication, English, French, Spanish, Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Speech and Theatre. It offers majors in Communica- tion, English, Music Education, Humanities, and Speech Communication and Theatre. The English and Music Education majors are the more traditional programs; the Humanities major affords an unusual degree of individual flexibility and range, while demanding some of the initiative and discipline associated with graduate study. Students can focus on Journalism via the Communication, English or Humanities major. The Speech Communication and Theatre major is a versatile degree which prepares students for advanced studies not only in Speech and Theatre, but for any areas in which the ability to communicate effectively is an asset. Students planning to teach in a secondary school must satisfy the secondary education requirements in the School of Education as well as the requirements of the school or college in which they major. Students intending to pursue graduate work in one of the humanities need not concentrate their undergraduate studies in the same field. In some instances it is possible, in a few it may be preferable, that they place emphasis on another of the humanities or on one of the social sciences. In all cases, however, the students should consult graduate catalogs to determine minimum requirements for admission to the program in which they are interested. The follow- ing lists the required courses in the majors in the humanities. Communication Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 85-86), which include COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and COM 120 Public Speaking, the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshmen Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshmen Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Communication (12 credits): Credits COM 110 Introduction to Communication 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication 3 COM 230 Computer-Mediated Communication I 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 98 COM 360 Communication Theory 3 C. A minimum of 18 credits from the following Communication skills courses: Credits COM 200 Journalism Lab (1 credit repeatable to 8) 1-8 COM 205 Broadcast Communication I 4 COM 340 Broadcast Communication II 4 COM 308 Newswriting I 3 COM 310 Newswriting II/Editing 3 COM 312 Feature Writing 3 COM 315 Introduction to Public Relations 3 COM 324 Desktop Publishing 4 COM 325 Web Publishing 4 COM 490 Advanced Production Project 4 COM 401 Argumentation and Debate 3 D. 9 credits from the following courses: Credits COM 402 Mass Communication Law and Ethics 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism 3 COM 430 Computer-Mediated Communication II 3 COM 465,466 Selected Topics 3 COM 475 Directed Studies 3 COM 499 Independent Study 3 ENG 343 Language Theory 3 E. Internship requirement: Credits COM 404 Professional Internship in Mass Communications 3 F. Humanities senior seminar requirement (2 credits): Credits Hum 497-498 Senior Seminar 1-1 Students in Communication may elect to do a writing/broadcast/communication research or production project under supervision for their senior seminar. G. Recommended electives: Credits COM 223 Conference Techniques 3 COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 COM 302 American/Caribbean Journalism 3 BUS 305 Business Communication (COM 120, ENG 201 prerequisite) 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing (BUS 112 prerequisite) 3 MKT 334 Advertising and Promotional Strategy (MKT 301 prerequisite) 3 CSC 119 Computer Graphic Applications 1 THE 413 Theatre Criticism 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 99 English Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in English/Communication: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 ENG 261-262 World Literature 3-3 ENG 321,322 British Literature 3,3 ENG 361 American Literature 3 ENG 362 Major American Writing 3 ENG 363 Black American Literature 3 ENG 371 or 372 Caribbean Literature I or II 3 ENG 343 or 345 Language Theory or History of the English Language 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing 3 ENG 415 Literary Criticism 3 C. One of the following three courses: Credits ENG 431 Major American Author 3 ENG 432 Major British Author 3 ENG 433 Major Caribbean Author 3 D. Four additional electives in English at the 300-level or above 12 E. HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 CONCENTRATIONS WITHIN THE ENGLISH MAJOR Using the four required electives in the English major, students may elect to concentrate their studies in a particular area. At the present time concentrations are offered in (1) Literature of the African Diaspora, in (2) Creative Writing and in (3) Journalism. Other concentrations may be offered in the future. Students may also design their own concentrations under the guid- ance of their advisors, or they may choose to take an assortment of English electives. Concentration in the Literature of the African Diaspora Using the four required electives in the English major, students may elect a concentration in Literature of the African Diaspora. To concentrate in this area, students should: 1) Complete required courses in the English major, choosing ENG 433, Major Caribbean Author. 2) Complete the following electives in the English major: Credits ENG 371 or 372 Caribbean Literature I or II* 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 100 ENG 381 Modern African Literature 3 ENG 421 Oral Traditional Literature of Africa 3 ENG 423 Women’s Literature of the African Diaspora 3 Each of these courses will be offered at least once every two years, so that students will have the opportunity to complete the concentration in a timely manner after finishing their General Education requirements. *Whichever course has not been taken previously to fulfill English major requirements Concentration in Creative Writing Using the four required electives in the English major, students may elect a concentration in Creative Writing. English majors electing to concentrate in Creative Writing should complete the following courses: Credits ENG 301 Introduction to Creative Writing 3 ENG 302 Intermediate Fiction Writing 3 ENG 303 Intermediate Verse Writing 3 ENG 401 Advanced Creative Writing 3 Each of these courses will be offered at least once every two years, so that students will have the opportunity to complete the concentration in a timely manner after finishing their General Education requirements. Students concentrating in Creative Writing may elect to complete a creative project rather than a research project in HUM 497-498, Senior Humanities Seminar, under the direction and guidance of a faculty advisor in creative writing. Concentration in Journalism For a concentration in English, students must take a minimum of 12 credit hours in a particu- lar area. Students who wish to concentrate on journalism in English will take the following: Credits ENG 308 Newswriting for Mass Media l 3 ENG 310 Newswriting for Mass Media II 3 They will then choose from the following to round out the concentration: Credits ENG 312 Feature Writing 3 ENG 324 Desktop Publishing 4 ENG 404 Professional Internship in Journalism/Writing and Publishing 1-3 (up to 3) Students who wish to make regular contributions to the UVI VOICE student newspaper can take as an elective ENG 200 Journalism Workshop, 1 credit repeatable to 8 total credits. Students in the English Journalism concentration may also elect to do an advanced journal- ism/writing/publishing project for their Hum 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar, under the direction and guidance of a faculty member in journalism. Humanities Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Bachelor of Arts Degree 101 Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Primary area of emphasis (no fewer than 9 credits at the 300-400 level) 18 C. Secondary area of emphasis 15 D. Additional courses in the Humanities 12 At the present time, journalism or a combination of communication/theatre courses may be selected as primary areas of emphasis. For the secondary field of emphasis, art, English, French, music, Spanish or a combination of speech communication/theatre courses may be pursued. Courses in the humanities taken to satisfy the general education requirements for the bachelor’s degree may be counted toward the requirements for a Humanities major with following exceptions: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 Foreign language (one year) 8 ENG 261 or 262 Literature (one semester) 3 E. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Music Education Major Objectives: The objectives of the music program are to: 1) train students for professional careers as teachers and performers; 2) prepare students for graduate study; 3) provide op- portunities for students in other academic areas to study music for cultural and professional values; and 4) enrich the music experiences of the University and community. Admission: In addition to the requirements for admission to the University, students who enter the Music Education curriculum must take and pass a placement exam in music theory. Failure to pass this exam will result in the student having to enroll in MUS 124, Introduction to Music, before entering MUS 103, Music Theory. Music Education majors cannot register for MUS 124, Introduction to Music, as a Humanities general education requirement. The incom- ing Music Education major must successfully complete an audition before the music faculty to be admitted to the program. An audition tape will be acceptable in extenuating circum- stances. The audition must be completed one month prior to the semester of the intended date of registration. General Requirements Recitals: Music Education majors and all students enrolled in Applied Music are required to perform in at least two recitals per semester and provide other musical services for the University as recommended by Applied Music instructors. Suitable performance attire is required. Examinations: Music Education majors and all students enrolled in Applied Music are required to perform before a jury consisting of each music faculty member as a final examina- Bachelor of Arts Degree 102 tion at the end of each semester. Seniors enrolled in Applied Music 462 are required to pass a senior recital hearing no less than 30 days prior to the proposed Senior Recital date. At the senior recital hearing, students must present the proposed recital and successfully answer six of ten pre-submitted research questions. A student fails the recital hearing by playing at an unacceptable level and by failing to answer the six research questions correctly. Students may continue to prepare for the proposed recital date but must schedule a second recital hearing as soon as possible, preferably during the following week. If a student fails the sec- ond hearing, the student must retake Applied Music 462. Ensemble Participation: Music Education majors enrolled as full-time students are required to perform in at least one ensemble each semester of full-time enrollment. Students concentrat- ing in piano and voice must enroll in MUS 242. Students concentrating in instrumental stud- ies must enroll in either MUS 132 or MUS 133. Music Organizations: Assignments to music organizations are made on the basis of audition or approval of the conductor. Music Education majors are required to earn a minimum grade of “C” in all required Music Education courses. Program details A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Music: Credits MUS 103-104 Music Theory 3-3 MUS 161-162 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 173-174 Secondary Piano 1-1 or MUS 175-176 Secondary Voice 1-1 MUS 201-202 Music Theory 3-3 MUS 206-207 Music History and Literature 3-3 MUS 261-262 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 273-274 Secondary Piano 1-1 or MUS 275-276 Secondary Voice 1-1 MUS 301 Counterpoint 2 MUS 302 Form and Analysis 2 MUS 361-362 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 401 Orchestration and Arranging 3 MUS 461-462 Applied Music 2-2 MUS 132, MUS 133 or MUS 242 Ensemble (eight semesters) 8 C. Required courses in Music Education/Education: Credits EDU 221 Foundations of Education 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 103 MUE 311 Conducting Techniques 3 MUE 312 Teaching Music in the Elementary School 3 MUE 321 Brass and Percussion Methods 2 MUE 322 Woodwind Methods 2 MUE 411 Teaching Music in Secondary Schools 3 MUE 412 Student Teaching and Seminar in Music 6 D. Required courses in other fields: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 321 Developmental Psychology I 3 E. The following are strongly recommended for voice majors: Credits FRE 131-132 Functional Elementary French I-II 4-4 FRE 231 Intermediate French 4 F. Students are required to satisfy the University’s general education requirements for the bachelor of arts degree. Courses listed under D. and E. count toward satisfaction of these requirements. G. Humanities Seminar requirement. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Speech Communication and Theatre Major Speech Communication and Theatre is a versatile major which prepares students for ad- vanced studies in either speech communication, theatre or any related areas in which the ability to communicate effectively is a major asset. This could include areas such as religion, politics, advertising, mass communication and law, to mention a few. Graduates should be able to compete for employment in any occupation requiring effective communication abilities such as group dynamics and reasoning skills, interpersonal and intercultural process knowl- edge, active listening, improved perception, assertiveness and related verbal and nonverbal awareness. A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Speech: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication 3 C. Required courses in Theatre: Credits THE 110 Introduction to Theatre 3 THE 210 Theatre Service 4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 104 THE 211-212- Theatre Production 1-1-1-1 213-214 Students are required to participate (in an acting, directing, or technical position) in a mini- mum of two main stage productions for a maximum of 4 credits. D. Cross-over Speech and Theatre courses. Two of the following courses are required: Credits THE 220 Stage Movement 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction 3 THE 325 Readers Theatre 3 E. Performance courses in Speech. Credits Two of the following courses are required: COM 221 Oral Interpretation 3 COM 223 Conference Techniques 3 COM 401 Argumentation and Debate 3 F. History and criticism courses. Credits Two of the following courses are required: THE 315 Caribbean Theatre 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism 3 THE 413 Theatre Criticism 3 G. Theatre performance courses. Credits The following courses are required: THE 312 Directing Stage Production 3 THE 323 Basic Acting 3 H. Technical and design Courses. Credits Any one of the following Credits courses is required: THE 412 Design and Stage Lighting 3 THE 415 Theatre Management 3 I. Required courses in other areas: Credits ENG 343 Language Theory 3 COM 110 Introduction to Communication 3 Major Credits 68-70 Electives +9 General Education (fulfilled in major credits) 64-70 J. The following courses are required: Credits HUM 497-498 Senior Humanities Seminar 1-1 Social Sciences The College of Liberal Arts and Social Sciences offers social science majors in Criminal Jus- tice, Psychology, Social Sciences and Social Work. While the social sciences are divided into Bachelor of Arts Degree 105 a number of fields — each with its own theories, terminology and professional history — they have in common the use of the scientific method to study and interpret human behavior. The overall objective of the Psychology major is to assist in meeting the increasing manpower needs of the Caribbean in two critical and expanding occupational areas — the delivery of human services and the development, exchange and processing of information. The specific objectives of the major are two-fold. The first is to provide the appropriate curriculum and the critical skills that will enable psychology graduates to qualify for entry-level professional posi- tions in human services and informational services such as research and the management and analysis of data. The second is to provide the program’s participants with a multicultural perspective on human perception, thinking and behavior along with the conceptual and practical skills needed to work effectively in multicultural settings. A comprehensive program provides a solid foundation in the fundamental principles of psychology as well as an insight into the practical work involved in being a psychologist. The Social Sciences major is an interdisciplinary one, allowing the students to select courses in all of the major disciplines of the social sciences, namely anthropology, economics, geog- raphy, history, political science, psychology and sociology. Students may select the Social Sciences major as preparation for teaching the social sci- ences at the secondary or college level; as preparation for law school or graduate study in one of the social sciences, public administration, diplomacy or international relations; and/ or as preparation for employment in governmental or private sector professions that do not necessarily require graduate study. The students interested in teaching the social sciences at the secondary school level should major in Social Sciences and also satisfy the secondary education requirements of the School of Education. College teaching in the social sciences requires at least a master’s degree, but a Ph.D. is preferred. Students who intend to do graduate work in one of the social sciences should take as many courses as possible in the area they intend to pursue in graduate school. However, electives in other social sciences, the humanities, sciences or mathematics are strongly encouraged depending upon the specialization one intends to pursue in graduate school. In planning for graduate work, students should consult with their advisor and investigate minimum require- ments for admission to the graduate school of their choice. They can then plan to meet these requirements while at the same time expanding their knowledge in other fields. University graduates may enter law school from any undergraduate field of concentration. However, familiarity with the basic concepts of economics, history, political science, psychology, and sociology is desirable. The Social Work major prepares baccalaureate level social work professional practitioners to meet the social work manpower needs in the U.S. Virgin Islands and the Caribbean as a whole. The aim of the curriculum is to prepare graduates who are social work generalists. The curriculum is also designed to enable graduates to enter graduate schools of social work at an advanced level. Criminal Justice Major The BA in Criminal Justice prepares students for the many careers in criminal justice and law enforcement and lays the academic foundation for post graduate education and law school. This program covers the study of law enforcement and security procedures, courts and cor- rections, and criminal justice theory. This degree will teach students the functions of criminal justice organizations and law enforcement procedures. Upon graduation, a student will have the knowledge necessary to begin a rewarding career in the field. This program is also de- Bachelor of Arts Degree 106 signed to qualify those students who are already in the criminal justice and law enforcement fields for promotion to advanced positions. Students should seek advisement from the Crimi- nal Justice advisor to plan their career path and select appropriate electives and substitutions where available in the paradigm. Admission to the Criminal Justice Major · Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.33 or higher following the completion of 52 credits of which 30 credit hours must have been taken at UVI · Earned a grade of C+ or better in CJU 110 · Complete an application · Complete a pre-admission interview Other Requirements Students pursuing an AAS, BA or BS in Criminal Justice are required to earn a minimum grade of C in all required courses in criminal justice, except for CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship in which students must earn a minimum grade of B. Students declaring this major must meet the following requirements before taking any CJU courses: (a) completion of WAC and RAC or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into ENG 120 (b) completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into MAT 140, MAT 143 or MAT 153 Requirements for Criminal Justice Majors A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: 3 A Caribbean Focus FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (See pp. 85-86) C. Required courses in Social Sciences Credits HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 or HIS 342 History of the Virgin Islands 3 CJU 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CJU 205 Administration of Justice 3 CJU 207 Criminal Law 3 CJU 240 Constitutional Law 3 CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship 3 CJU 325 Police Organization and Administration 3 CJU/POL 321 Contemporary Corrections 3 CJU 401 Criminal Justice Research Methods and Analysis 4 CJU 432 Criminal Procedure and Evidence 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 129 Introduction to Public Administration 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 107 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOC 333/CJU333 Criminology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 D. Required Courses in other Fields: (These courses also count toward satisfaction of B above.) Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introduction to Statistics with Applications 4 E. For the nine credits of electives, students in the BA in Criminal Justice will choose a mini- mum of 6 credits at the three hundred level or above from among the following: · Anthropology · Business Administration · Criminal Justice · Political Science · Psychology · Sociology · Social Work · Social Science Psychology Major Three concentrations are offered: 1) An academic concentration in Psychology offering a comprehensive foundation in the fun- damental principles of psychology, with broad introduction to and a multicultural perspective on normal and abnormal human development, cognition, and behavior. This concentration should be selected by persons interested either in continuing on to graduate study in clinical, counseling, developmental, neuropsychology, health or experimental psychology, or in ob- taining entry-level professional positions in the workplace after graduation with a B.A. degree, in roles such as information management or administrative positions which will require skills in research and the management and analysis of data. 2) A cross-disciplinary academic concentration in Social Relations, with an emphasis on the analysis of social institutions and social problems across cultures. Students with this concen- tration may be interested in graduate study in areas other than psychology, such as sociol- ogy, criminology or law school, or in obtaining entry-level positions in the workplace after graduation with a B.A. degree in administrative or information management roles. 3) An applied concentration in Human Services (currently in suspension), with a cross-disci- plinary focus on human and social problems, and methods of intervention. This concentration should be chosen by students interested in graduate study in Social Work, or in obtaining entry-level positions in human and social service institutions in the U.S. Virgin Islands and the wider Caribbean, in order to provide direct social services to individuals, groups and families under appropriate professional supervision. It should be understood that this concentration does not qualify the student to provide direct social or counseling services independently of supervision. In order to progress in this concentration students must achieve a minimum grade of C (2.0) in the Introduction to Human Services and Field Placement and Seminar courses taken concurrently. Students who fail to achieve these grades may repeat the courses once for credit, or switch to another concentration in Psychology. Bachelor of Arts Degree 108 Requirements for all Majors A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (see pp. 85-86). 64 - 70 credits C. Required courses in Psychology, Sociology, Social Science and Psychology: Credits PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 PSY 203 Introduction to Personality 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology* 4 PSY 308 Helping Skills 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 PSY 440 Applied Research Methods 3 PSY 496 Practicum in Psychology 3 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 *Partially fulfills the general education requirements in Natural Sciences. D. Required courses in other fields: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra With Applications 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 Psychology Concentration E. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Psychology courses: Credits PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 301 History and Systems of Psychology 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior 3 PSY 304 Cognitive Psychology 3 PSY 312 Psychology of Learning 3 PSY 327 Psychology of Women 3 PSY 332 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 PSY 340 Behavioral Neurosciences 3 PSY 345 Introduction to Forensic Science 3 PSY 348 Sensation and Perception 3 PSY 349 Forensic Psychology 3 F. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Psychology courses: Credits PSY 315 Human Sexuality 3 PSY 321 Child Development 3 PSY 322 Adult Development 3 PSY 323 Psychology of the Exceptional Child and Adolescent 3 PSY 325 Adolescent Development 3 PSY 350 Drugs, Behavior, and Society 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 109 PSY 432 Psychology of Personality 3 PSY 433 Introduction to Counseling and Psychotherapy 3 PSY 434 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSY 435 Tests and Measurements 3 PSY 465, 466 Selected Topics in Psychology 3,3 Social Relations Concentration E. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Psychology and Sociology courses: Credits PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 PSY 302 Culture and Behavior 3 PSY 327 Psychology of Women 3 PSY 332 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 PSY 340 Behavioral Neurosciences 3 PSY 345 Introduction to Forensic Science 3 PSY 348 Sensation and Percept 3 PSY 349 Forensic Psychology 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 F. The student must choose 12 credits from the following Anthropology, Sociology and Psychology courses: Credits ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 SOC 257, 258 The Black Experience in the New World 3,3 SOC 332 Comparative Institutions 3 SOC 333 Criminology 3 SOC 335 Contemporary Issues in Social Gerontology 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 PSY 465, 466 Selected Topics in Psychology 3,3 Human Services Concentration (currently in suspension) Social Sciences Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (See pp 85-86) C. Required courses in Social Sciences: Credits ANT 225 Introduction to Cultural and Physical Anthropology 3 ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 GOG 121 Physical Geography 3 HIS 181,182 World Civilization 3,3 HIS 320 History of the United States 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 110 HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 HIS 342** History of the Virgin Islands 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 351 Comparative Government 3 or POL 352 International Politics 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 **Students who do not plan to teach in the U.S. Virgin Islands may substitute a course in E below. D. The required courses for Secondary Teacher Preparation 21 or E. Students who are preparing for law school; graduate study in social sciences, public administration, diplomacy or international relations; or for employment in governmental or private sector professions not requiring graduate study should choose four (4) of the following courses: Credits CAR 465 Caribbean Studies: Selected Topics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 HIS 330 United States-Caribbean Relations 3 POL 151 American Government 3 POL 340 Caribbean Government and Politics 3 POL 351 Comparative Government 3 POL 352 International Politics 3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 SOC 124 Social Problems 3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 F. Required Courses in other Fields: Credits (These courses also count toward satisfaction of B above.) MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 235 Introduction to Statistics with Applications 4 Social Work Major A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. The general education requirements (See pp. 85-86) C. The following courses in Social Work are required: Credits SWK 224 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 SWK 325 Social Welfare as a Social Institution 3 SWK 331 Social Work Methods I 3 Bachelor of Arts Degree 111 Bachelor of Arts Degree SWK 334A-334B Human Behavior and Social Environment 3-3 SWK 425 Social Work Methods II 3 SWK 426 Social Work Methods III 3 SWK 427 Field Instruction I and Field Seminar 6 SWK 428 Field Instruction II and Field Seminar 6 SWK 430 Social Welfare: Policies, Programs, Issues 3 D. The following courses in the Social Sciences are required: Credits ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-Economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-Economics 3 HIS 181,182 World Civilizations 3,3 PSY 120 Introductory Psychology 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology* 4 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar 1-1 SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 E. The student must choose three to nine credits from among the following Social Sciences courses: Credits PSY 432 Psychology of Personality 3 POL151-152 American Government 3-3 PSY 223 Social Psychology 3 SWK 465, 466 Selected Topics 3,3 SOC 236 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 257, 258 The Black Experience in the New World 3,3 SOC 345 Race and Ethnic Relations 3 SOC 381 Contemporary Caribbean Society 3 F. Required Courses in Other Fields: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra With Applications 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 * Partially fulfills General Education Science requirement. 112 Bachelor of Arts Degree MINORS Communication Minor The Communication minor affords students the opportunity to learn about Communication as an enhancement to their chosen major through the use of various media, including print, video, audio and the internet, or to develop their independent interests in this area. In ad- dition to the General Education and COM 110 prerequisites, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) 18 to 24 credits from any of the following Communication and/or Theatre courses, including at least two 300-level or higher courses. COMMUNICATION PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 205 Broadcast Communication I -- 4 COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature COM 119 3 COM 225 Intercultural Communication COM 119 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction -- 3 COM 230 Computer-Mediated Communication I COM 110 3 COM 308 Newswriting I C grade (min) in ENG 201 3 COM 310 Newswriting II/Editing COM/ENG 308 3 COM 312 Feature Writing COM/ENG 308 3 COM 315 Introduction to Public Relations COM/ENG 308 3 COM 324 Desktop Publishing COM/ENG 308 4 COM 325 Web Publishing COM 230 4 COM 340 Broadcast Communication II COM 230 3 COM 360 Communication Theory COM 110, 225 & 230 3 COM 402 Mass Communication Law and Ethics COM 110 3 COM 403 Rhetorical Criticism PHI 200 3 COM 430 Computer-Mediated Communication II COM 230 3 COM 465,466 Selected Topics TBA 3,3 COM 475 Directed Studies Five COM courses 1-3 COM 499 Independent Study See Course Description 3 THEATRE THE 210 Theatre Service -- 4 THE 211-212- Theatre Production THE 110 1-1-1-1 213-214 THE 220 Stage Movement -- 3 THE 312 Directing Stage Production -- 3 THE 323 Basic Acting -- 3 THE 325 Readers Theatre COM 227 or COM 221 3 THE 411 Creating Theatre -- 3 THE 412 Design and Stage Lighting THE 210 & THE 211 or THE 212 or 213 or 214 3 English Minor Students pursuing other majors may choose to pursue a minor in English. A minor in English will consist of 18 credits in English at the 300-level or above, distributed as follows: One writing course, chosen from the following: 113 Bachelor of Arts Degree PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS ENG 301 Introduction to Creative writing -- 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing ENG 201 3 One course in English language, chosen from the following: ENG 343 Language Theory and Practice ENG 201 3 ENG 345 History of the English Language ENG 261-262 3 Two literature survey courses, chosen from the following: ENG 321 British Literature I ENG 261-262 3 ENG 322 British Literature II ENG 261-262 3 ENG 361 American Literature ENG 261-262 3 ENG 362 Major American Writing ENG 361 3 ENG 363 Black American Literature ENG 261-262 3 ENG 371 Caribbean Literature I ENG 261-262 3 ENG 372 Caribbean Literature II ENG 261-262 3 One major author course, chosen from the following: ENG 431 Major American Author ENG 261-262 3 ENG 432 Major British Author ENG 261-262 3 ENG 433 Major Caribbean Author ENG 261-262 3 One course in literary criticism: ENG 415 Literary Criticism ENG 261-262 3 Fine Arts Minor The Fine Arts minor affords students the opportunity to learn about Fine Arts as a comple- ment to their chosen major or to develop their independent interests in this area. In addition to the HUM 115 prerequisite, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) 18 to 24 credits from Music, Art, Theatre or English Creative Writing, with 25% of the classes being at the 300 or 400 level and selected from any two Fine Arts areas. ART PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS ART 117 Basic Design -- 3 ART 125 Survey of World Art -- 3 ART 126 Selected Problems in World Art -- 3 ART 128 Basic Drawing -- 2 ART 150 Painting -- 2 ART 217 Design ART 117 3 ART 228 Drawing ART 128 2 ART 231 Painting 2 ART 150 2 ART/EDU 275 Teaching Visual Art toChildren and Adolescents 3 ART/COM 324 Desktop Publishing Minimum C grade in ART/COM 308 4 114 Bachelor of Arts Degree COMMUNICATION PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS COM 221 Oral Interpretation of Literature COM 119 3 COM 227 Voice and Diction -- 3 COM/ART 324 Desktop Publishing Minimum C grade in 4 ART/COM 308 CREATIVE WRITING ENG 301 Introduction to Creative Writing -- 3 ENG 302 Intermediate Fiction Writing ENG 301 3 ENG 303 Intermediate Verse Writing ENG 301 3 ENG 344 Advanced Writing ENG 201 3 ENG 401 Advanced Creative Writing ENG 301 & 302 or 303 3 MUSIC MUS 124 Introduction to Music -- 3 MUS 103 Music Theory I Placement exam or MUS 124 3 MUS 104 Music Theory II Placement exam or MUS 124 3 MUS 401 Orchestration and Arranging MUS 302 3 MUS 132 Concert Band Audition 1 MUS 133 Jazz Ensemble Audition 1 MUS 134 Steel Band Ensemble Audition 1 MUS 140 Class Steel Pan -- 1 MUS 151-152 Class Guitar -- 1-1 MUS 161-162, Applied Music -- 2-2, 2-2 261-262 MUS 242 Concert Choir Audition 1 MUS 364 Survey of Caribbean Music -- 3 MUS 465-466 Selected Topics in Music TBA 3-3 THEATRE THE 110 Introduction to Theatre -- 3 THE 210 Theatre Service -- 4 THE 211-212- Theatre Production THE 110 1-1-1-1 213-214 THE 220 Basic Stage Movement -- 3 THE 312 Directing Stage Productions -- 3 THE 315 Theatre in the Caribbean -- 3 THE 323 Basic Acting -- 3 THE 325 Readers Theatre -- 3 THE 411 Creating Theatre -- 3 THE 412 Scene Design and Stage Lighting THE 210 & 211 or THE 212 or 213 or 214 3 THE 413 Theatre Criticism THE 110 & 220 or 312 or 323 3 THE 415 Theatre Management -- 3 THE 465-466 Selected Topics in Theatre TBA 3-3 THE 499 Independent Study in Theatre See Course Description 3 115 Psychology Minor The Psychology minor affords students the opportunity to learn about Psychology as a complement to their chosen major or to develop their independent interests in the area. In addition to the PSY 120 prerequisite, students must complete (with a grade of C or higher) the required courses listed below and two additional 300-level or higher elective Psychology courses for a total of 19 credits. PSYCHOLOGY PREREQUISITE(S) CREDITS PSY 202 Life Span Development PSY 120 3 PSY 203 Introduction to Personality PSY 120 3 PSY 223 Social Psychology PSY 120 3 PSY 240 Biopsychology PSY 120, SCI 100 4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 116 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Mission The College of Science and Mathematics is committed to helping students excel academically and achieve productive careers through programs in academics, research and community service. The College provides degrees in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Marine Biology, Mathematics, Physics and Process Technology. Opportunities leading to degrees in engineering and medicine at affiliated universities augment our degree offerings. College faculty are committed to lifelong learning and scientific research, academic and pedagogical advancement, and outreach to the local community through service and enhanced opportunities. Program In the College of Science and Mathematics, the University offers courses of study in astronomy, biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology, and mathematics, with major fields of specialization in biology, chemistry, marine biology and mathematics. The College also offers pre-engineering and pre-medical technology programs. Mathematics is the essential tool for all students of natural, physical and applied sciences. In addition, certain areas in mathematics, such as statistics, probability, linear algebra and cal- culus, are indispensable for certain advanced programs in the social sciences. The students’ readiness to begin the study of mathematics at the college level will determine whether they are able to complete their undergraduate degrees majoring in chemistry or mathematics in the normal period of four years. The student who has mastered mathematics through at least high school trigonometry and second-year high school algebra should be able to maintain the pace of a college program in science or mathematics. Four years of high school math- ematics are recommended. In addition, familiarity with the language and basic concepts of the sciences can be gained through high school courses in biology and chemistry. Students planning to attend a graduate school of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine normally will major in either chemistry or biology as an undergraduate. Students should consult with their advisors concerning courses which may be required for graduate study in their fields of interest. Biomedical research training opportunities are available for interested students to work in the laboratory of faculty mentors. The University of the Virgin Islands is one of the few institutions in the United States offering an undergraduate major in marine biology. As the program develops, specialized field courses in chemical and physical oceanography, marine geology and marine instrumentation will be added. It is anticipated that the growing recognition for marine technicians will result in expanded career opportunities for those who complete the undergraduate program. Students in this program also will be prepared for graduate work. Preparation in such fields as architecture, pharmacy, engineering and forestry may often be completed within the four years of a normal baccalaureate program with transfer from the University of the Virgin Islands after the first year or two of undergraduate study. However, many engineering programs now require a minimum of five years of study for a bachelor’s degree. The bachelor’s degree, together with appropriate preparation in teacher education, is the basic qualification for those intending to teach science and mathematics at the secondary level. The following list the required and recommended courses in the College of Science and Mathematics: Bachelor of Arts Degree 117 Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Biology consist of the following Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submitted to the Enrollment Services Office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. The study plan must include at least one plant-based^ and one animal-based* course. Any change in the study plan must be ap- proved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 85-86), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Biology (24 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar I-II 1-1 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required courses in related fields (22-24 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. Science electives: Credits An additional 18 credit hours minimum are required from the following: BIO 210 Research Methods I 4 BIO 220** Marine Invertebrate Zoology 4 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 310 Research Methods II 4 BIO 339** Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342** Animal Physiology 4 BIO 349^ Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 350^ Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352^ Plant Physiology 4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 118 BIO 353** Developmental Biology 3 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 361 Bioinformatics 4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 430 Coral Reef Biology 4 BIO 460 Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465-466*** Selected Topics in Biology 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research in Biology (maximum 6 credits) 1-4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1-4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300 or 400 level Chemistry, Math or Physics course SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Natural World: The Caribbean Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498. **Animal-based course. ^Plant-based course. ***Depending on content, a Selected Topics in Biology may count as a plant- or animal-based course. Chemistry Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 85-86), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 4 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 341-342 Physical Chemistry I-I 4-4 CHE 397, 398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CHE 432 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHE 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. The following courses in related fields are required: Credits MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 D. The following courses are strongly recommended: Credits CHE 348 Biochemistry 4 CHE 465,466 Selected Topics 3-4 CHE 495 Directed Independent Research in Chemistry 1-4 Bachelor of Arts Degree 119 CHE 496 Internship/Field Studies 1-4 MAT 441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II 3-3 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either CHE 497 or 498. Marine Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Marine Biology consist of the following Biology, Marine Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submitted to the Enrollment Services Office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 85-86), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required Courses in Biology and Marine Biology (45 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 MBI 222 Ichthyology 4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 MSC 239 Oceanography 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar 1-1 MBI 424 Marine Ecology 4 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required Courses in Related Fields (22-24 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 or MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I , Introduction to Physics II 5-4 D. In addition to the courses not chosen to fulfill the requirement in Section B, the following are strongly recommended for students intending to pursue graduate studies: Credits MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498. Bachelor of Arts Degree 120 Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 85-86), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 241-242 Introductory Calculus and Analytic Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I 3 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I 3 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1/2, 1/2 MAT 497, 498* Senior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Six elective courses from the following are required; a cluster of four courses must be approved by the advisor (see D. Suggested tracks): Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465, 466 Special Topics 3,3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study 3 One approved upper-level course in another discipline D. Strongly Suggested Courses in Related Fields: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming 4 PHY 241-242** General Physics I-II 5-5 E. Suggested Tracks: Applied: For majors interested in applied mathematics in the physical and engineering sciences, actuarial sciences, or business MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 325 Numerical Analysis Bachelor of Arts Degree 121 Bachelor of Arts Degree MAT 348 Complex Variables One approved upper-level course in another discipline. Teaching: For majors considering a career in secondary education MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 301 Modern Geometry MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling Graduate: For majors considering graduate study in mathematics MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II MAT 458 Topology MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II MAT 348 Complex Variables *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either MAT 497 or 498. **Partially satisfies the general education requirement in science. 122 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree To qualify for a bachelor of business administration degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 123 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education and General Business Education requirements for graduation in the bachelor of business administration degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION (GE) COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 20 COM 119 Leadership and Interpersonal Communications 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 FOREIGN LANGUAGE (courses must be sequential in the same language) 8 C. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 14 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 MAT 232 Calculus for Business and Social Sciences 4 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SCIENCE ** Elective 3 D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 9 ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-economics 3 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. ** Science elective may be any course under the prefix BIO, CHE, MSC, NSC, PHY, or SCI. II. GENERAL BUSINESS EDUCATION (GBE) REQUIREMENTS 48 ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 BUS 305 Business Communication 3 123 BUS 351 Business Law 3 BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 BUS 474 Professional Development Seminar 1 BUS 475 Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 CIS 101 Business Software Applications 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 DSC 325 Statistics for Management Decisions 3 DSC 410 Quantitative Methods 3 DSC 430 Production / Operations Management 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MGT 342 Personnel Management 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 III. SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 20 Mathematics and Science 14 Social Sciences 9 General Business Education 48 IV. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp 60-61. Hotel and Tourism Management Major The Hotel and Tourism Management major prepares students for a management career in the hotel and tourism industry. This program combines industry related skills and experiences with academic training in management resulting in an excellent foundation program for entry level management positions in the hospitality and tourism industry. In addition to the General Business Education (GBE) requirements in the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) degree, students in this major must take the following set of courses. Certain courses in this major are substitutes for GBE requirements in the BBA. Bachelor of Business Administration Degree 124 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree A. The following courses substitutions apply to the HTM Major: Credits COURSE SUBSTITUTIONS: HOS 101 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3 replaces the GBE requirement for BUS 112 Introduction to Business 3 HRM 234 Introduction to Hospitality Accounting 3 replaces the GBE requirement for ACC 202 Management Accounting 3 HOS 435 Hospitality Strategy 3 replaces the GBE requirement for BUS 436 Business Strategy 3 HOS 430 Hospitality Internship II 4 replaces the GBE requirement for BUS 475 Undergraduate Internship in Business 2 B. Required courses in hospitality: Credits HOS 101 Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3 HOS 105 Food Safety and Sanitation 1 HOS 110 Lodging Operations I 3 HOS 201 Food Production and Operations 2 HOS 205 Customer Service Management 3 HOS 230 Hospitality Internship I 4 HOS 301 Resort Management 3 HOS 305 Tourism 3 HOS 310 Lodging Operations II 3 HOS 315 Beverage Management and Appreciation 3 HOS 401 Food and Beverage Management 3 HOS 410 Tourism Development 3 HOS 430 Hospitality Internship II 4 HOS 435 Hospitality Strategy 3 C. Required courses in hotel and restaurant management: Credits HRM 234 Hospitality Industry Accounting 3 HRM 245 Food and Beverage Cost Control 3 D. Summary of Requirements for Hotel and Tourism Management Major: Credits General Education 43-44 General Business Education (48 required for the BBA less11 substitution credits) 37 Hospitality 41 Hotel and Restaurant Management 6 Total Credit Hours 127-128 MINOR IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP The minor in Entrepreneurship is offered to all UVI students regardless of their degree pro- gram. The program is designed to supplement any other degree with a focus on the funda- mental skills of entrepreneurship covered in six courses or eighteen total hours. Entrepreneur- ship education will prepare the student with the tools and experiences necessary to explore 125 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree the role of new venture creation within their primary discipline. The minor is equally accessible to non-business students through the creation of a set of six, one credit hour, online concept courses that provide maximum flexibility to any UVI student wishing to pursue the minor. Business students must complete a subset of the business core which is already required for their program prior to enrolling in the minor. A. Prerequisites for Non-business students Non-business students are required to take the following set of concept courses. These courses are 100% online and are self-paced to provide the student maximum access and flexibility. Credits ACC 100 Concepts in Financial Accounting 1 CIS 100 Concepts in Information Systems 1 DSC 100 Concepts in Operations Management 1 FIN 100 Concepts in Finance 1 MGT 100 Concepts in Management 1 MKT 100 Concepts in Marketing 1 B. Prerequisites for business students Business students are required to take the following set of business core courses prior to enrolling in the minor. Credits ACC 201 Financial Accounting I 3 CIS 210 Business Information Systems 3 MGT 301 Principles of Management 3 MKT 301 Principles of Marketing 3 FIN 301 Fundamentals of Finance 3 C. Required courses in Entrepreneurship The students enrolled in the minor will complete the following set of courses in entrepreneur- ship. Credits ENT 200 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 ENT 300 Foundations of Entrepreneurial Experience I 3 ENT 301 Foundations of Entrepreneurial Experience II 3 ENT 310 Entrepreneurship Throughout the Caribbean 3 ENT 410 Managing a Growing Business 3 ENT 420 Entrepreneurship Field Seminar 3 D. Summary of total credit hour requirements Non-business students must take a total of 6 hours in prerequisites and 18 hours of entre- preneurship coursework for a total of 24 hours beyond their bachelor degree. Business stu- dents must take a total of 18 hours of additional course-work beyond their bachelor degree. 126 Bachelor of Science Degree To qualify for a bachelor of science degree, students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credits (exclusive of physical education) including the general education requirements, the required courses in the major field, and such additional courses as they may select with the assistance of their faculty advisors to meet the requirements of the major. General Education Requirements The General Education requirements for graduation in the bachelor of science degree programs are listed below. Specific guidance about the courses that are available to meet General Education requirements will be provided to students in advance of registration. Students are required to meet with their advisors in the selection of their courses. I. GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES Credits A. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR (FDS)* 0-1 B. HUMANITIES 18 Courses fulfilling the Humanities electives include: Humanities, Communication, English, French, Spanish, Music, Theatre, Philosophy, Art. C. MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE 13-16 SCI 100* The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143** Precalculus Algebra D. SOCIAL SCIENCES 9-12 SSC 100* An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 and three other courses in the Social Sciences: Anthropology, Criminal Justice, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. *Requirement of the Freshman Year Program for all students matriculating into the University with fewer than 24 credits. **A student exempted from College Algebra with Applications or Precalculus Algebra by a qualifying examination must take one semester of a more advanced mathematics course. II. SUMMARY Credits Freshman Development Seminar 0-1 Humanities 18 Mathematics and Science 13-16 Social Sciences 9-12 TOTAL 43-47 127 III. OTHER REQUIREMENTS Students are required to take 0.5 credit hour in Physical Education for every semester they are full-time students up to the required two credit hours. PLS 200 may also be used to meet this requirement. Also, students must earn at least 30 of the last 36 credits at the University of the Virgin Islands. This particular requirement may be waived by the Provost only in cases where the student must complete the final year(s) of studies in another institution recognized by the University of the Virgin Islands. Course work more than ten years old must be reviewed on a case-by-case basis to determine its appropriateness to the current University course require- ments. Appeals should be directed to the Provost. In order to graduate, students must earn at least two times as many quality points as registered credits in all their courses as well as in the courses of their major. Additionally, students must successfully pass the following examinations: 1. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION (EPE) 2. COMPUTER LITERACY EXAMINATION (CLE) Please review entry prerequisites for EPE and CLE on pp. 60-61. Degree Majors and Programs – B.S. Degree Students enrolling in the bachelor of science degree programs on the St. Thomas campus of the University of the Virgin Islands presently may select as a major field of study one of the following: COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice — Albert A. Sheen campus,St. Croix and St. Thomas campus SCHOOL OF NURSING Nursing — St. Thomas campus COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Applied Mathematics — St. Thomas campus Biology — St. Thomas campus Chemistry — St. Thomas campus Computer Science — Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix and St. Thomas campus Marine Biology — St. Thomas campus Mathematics — St. Thomas campus Students enrolling in a bachelor of science degree program on the Albert A Sheen campus, St. Croix may currently select Computer Science as a major field of study under the College of Science and Mathematics. COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Criminal Justice Major The BS in Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary program that is designed to prepare students for the many careers in criminal justice and law enforcement and lays the academic foundation for post graduate education and law school. This program covers the study Bachelor of Science Degree 128 Bachelor of Science Degree of law enforcement and security procedures, courts and corrections, and criminal justice theory. This degree will teach students the functions of criminal justice organizations and law enforcement procedures. The BS degree differs from the BA because of its emphasis on the institutions of criminal justice, specifically the police, courts and corrections, forensic science, and crime scene investigations (CSI). Upon graduation, a student will have the knowledge necessary to begin a rewarding career in the field. This program is also designed to qualify those students who are already in the criminal justice and law enforcement fields for promotion to advanced positions. Students should seek advisement from the Criminal Justice advisor to plan their career path and select appropriate electives and substitutions where available in the paradigm. Admission to the Criminal Justice Major · Achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.33 or higher following the completion of 52 credits of which 30 credit hours must have been taken at UVI · Earned a grade of C+ or better in CJU 110 · Completed an application · Completed a pre-admission interview Other Requirements Students pursuing an AAS, BA or BS in Criminal Justice are required to earn a minimum grade of C in all required courses in criminal justice, except for CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship in which students must earn a minimum grade of B. Students declaring this major must meet the following requirements before taking any CJU courses: (a) completion of WAC and RAC or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into ENG 120 (b) completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 or received a passing grade on the placement exam(s) for entrance into MAT 140, MAT 143 or MAT 153 A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: 3 A Caribbean Focus FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in the Humanities (which will also fulfill general education requirements): Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 COM 120 Public Speaking 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 PHI 200 Critical Thinking 3 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 SPA 231 Intermediate Spanish 4 C. Required courses in the Science and Mathematics (which will also fulfill general education requirements): Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications 4 or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra (MAT 143 recommended) 4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 129 BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 4-4 D. Required physical education courses Credits (May be met by Physical Education courses or Personal Life Skills course) 2 E. Required courses in the Social Sciences (which will also fulfill general education requirements): Credits CJU 110 Introduction to Criminal Justice 3 CJU 205 Administration of Justice 3 CJU 207 Criminal Law 3 CJU 240 Constitutional Law 3 CJU 250 Criminal Justice Internship 3 CJU 325 Police Organization and Administration 3 CJU/POL321 Contemporary Correction 3 CJU 305 Criminal Investigation 3 or CJU 345 Introduction to Forensic Science 4 CJU 401 Criminal Justice Research Methods and Analysis 4 CJU 432 Criminal Procedure and Evidence 3 HIS 341 Caribbean History 3 or HIS 342 History of the Virgin Islands 3 POL 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 POL 129 Introduction to Public Administration 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 or SOC 121 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOC 333/CJU 333 Criminology 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 SSC 497-498 Social Sciences Senior Seminar I-II 1-1 F. Elective courses for the Criminal Justice major: For the nine credits of electives students in the BS in Criminal Justice will choose a minimum of 6 credits at the three hundred level or above from among the following: · Biology · Chemistry · Criminal Justice · Economics · Marine Biology · Mathematics · Political Science · Psychology · Physics · Science Bachelor of Science Degree 130 SCHOOL OF NURSING Nursing Major The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program (B.S.N.) is designed to prepare professional nurses to assess, plan, implement and evaluate nursing care. Graduates are prepared to uti- lize a variety of roles in a multiplicity of settings for clients with minimal deficits requiring health promotion and for those with maximal health deficits. Graduates of the B.S.N. program are eligible to apply to take the NCLEX-RN examination for licensure as registered nurses. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, 3343 Peachtree Rd NE, Suite 500, Atlanta GA, 30326, (404) 975-5000; Fax (404) 975-5020. Applicants intending to study nursing are expected to have completed a college preparatory program in high school which includes four years of English or the equivalent, two years of algebra or one year of plane geometry and one year of algebra, one year of biology and one year of another science, preferably general chemistry. A course in physics is desirable. Admission to the Nursing Program Admission to the University does not guarantee admission into Nursing, but is a prerequisite for admission into the BSN Program. A separate application to the BSN program must be made. Forms may be requested from the BSN program. Applications for the BSN Program must be mailed to the University of the Virgin Islands, School of Nursing Education BSN Program; #2 John Brewers Bay; St. Thomas, U.S Virgin Islands, 00802-9990 and must be received by October 15th for Spring admission. Applicants will be notified conditional admis- sion acceptance by November 15th. Only completed application packets will be considered. A complete application packet must include the following items: • Completed application form • Official transcripts from all colleges/universities attended • Current CPR certification (Health care providers CPR) • Immunization record documenting TB testing, completion of Hepatitis B, MMR, polio, and T-Dap immunizations • Results of a 5-Panel Drug Screen • Results of Completed Criminal Background Check • Letter from previous nursing program (if applicable) • Results of TEAS (if applicable) • Copy of License (if applicable) To enter into the nursing course sequence which begins with NURS 120, the student must have: 1) achieved sophomore standing, 2) a 2.5 cumulative grade point average, 3) achieved at least a “C” (2.0) in Principles of Chemistry for Life Sciences I-II. Admission into the nursing sequence (NURS 120) is contingent upon achieving a grade of at least of a “C” in Principles of Chemistry for Life Science I. Students on Academic Probation or suspension cannot apply to the Nursing Program. Progression Requirements Progress within the nursing sequence of the baccalaureate nursing program will be moni- tored, in part, by the student’s participation in Assessment Technologies, Inc (ATI), a series of standardized assessment tests. This set of assessments provides the student with learning tools, non-proctored and proctored testing useful in gauging learning success, and content mastery. Students are required to participate in ATI testing for the following courses: N208, Bachelor of Science Degree 131 Bachelor of Science Degree N228, N229, N309, N318, N319, N417, N418 and N424. Scores achieved on the ATI tests will constitute ten percent (10%) of the final grade for each course. If the student on first at- tempt does not achieve a score equivalent to or greater than the National Program Mean, the student will be allowed only one repeat of the test. The higher of the two scores achieved by the student will contribute ten percent (10%) to the final grade of the applicable nursing course. The cost of this testing will be the student’s responsibility and will be charged as part of the University tuition and fees each semester. Seniors are expected to achieve a predicted probability of passing NCLEX-RN at the identi- fied benchmark stipulated by the faculty. Seniors, who do not achieve this benchmark, will not receive a Certificate of Readiness. The Certificate of Readiness is a program requirement for graduation. Students must demonstrate readiness to successfully complete the National Council of State Boards Exam (NCLEX) by achieving the identified benchmark stipulated by faculty on the ATI Comprehensive Predictor Assessment Exam, which is nationally normed and made available through ATI. Those seniors, who have not achieved the required bench- mark after completing the ATI Comprehensive Predictor Exam as prescribed, may elect to enroll in another structured program of review, approved by the BSN dean and faculty, and present objective evidence of success at the completion of that review.  Objective evidence of success would be an achieved score on a proctored exam equivalent to the stipulated benchmark. The nurse graduate must present a Certificate of Readiness upon application to the Board of Nurse Licensure for sitting the NCLEX exam. Any grade of less than “C” is considered a failing grade in the nursing curriculum. In addition the student must obtain a satisfactory rating on all clinical evaluations. The student must also maintain a minimum grade of “C” in all required science courses of the major. To successfully complete these courses, the student must maintain at least a GPA of 2.0. A nursing stu- dent who earns less than a “C” in any science course of the major or any nursing course, or whose grade point average is below 2.0 may not continue in the nursing sequence until the deficiency is corrected. All nursing courses may be repeated once to a maximum of two (2) courses for the entire curriculum. Any grade of less than “C” is considered a failing grade in the nursing curriculum. Annual documentation of a physical examination, immunization status, and drug screening is required for enrollment in clinical courses. Forms can be requested from the BSN Program office. Documentation must be submitted to the Program by August 1st of each year. Transfer Student Policies 1) Students who are transferring to UVI from another accredited academic institution will have to make a separate application to the nursing program. 2) Included in the application packet are the following: a) Proof of an overall GPA of 3.0 b) Results of the TEAS exam with a composite score of 75%. Only the TEAS score sub- mitted with the application will be considered. Once that score is submitted, the exam may not be repeated for that application period. c) Written and certified proof of good academic standing from the last institution at- tended. If the student was enrolled in the nursing sequence, written and certified proof in that program is additionally required. d) Results of a criminal background check from a reputable source within 30 days of the beginning of class. (Student must support the cost of this review. Results should be sent directly to the Dean of Nursing.) e) Results of urine drug screen within 30 days of the beginning of class. (Student must support the cost of testing. Results should be sent directly to the Dean of Nursing.) 3) Students must meet the same progression requirements as generic students. 132 Bachelor of Science Degree 4) Transcripts will be reviewed for transfer credits and course placements only after items A-E have been completed and are on file. 5) Transfer students will be admitted after currently enrolled students have been placed. 6) No transfer student will be admitted after enrollment ceilings have been met. The following courses, which include the general education courses, are required for the B.S.N. degree. A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in the Humanities: Credits COM 119 Interpersonal Communication and Leadership Skills 3 ENG 120 English Composition 3 ENG 201 Research and Applied Writing 3 SPA 131-132 Functional Elementary Spanish I-II 4-4 or FRE 131-132 Functional Elementary French I-II 4-4 HUM 115 Introduction to Humanities 3 C. Required courses in Science and Mathematics: Credits MAT 140 College Algebra with Applications or MAT 143 Precalculus Algebra 4 CHE 111-112 Principles of Chemistry for the Life Sciences I-II 4-4 BIO 261-262 Human Anatomy and Physiology I-II 4-4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 BIO 301 Microbiology for the Health Sciences 4 D. Required courses in the Social Sciences: Credits Social Science Elective 3 PSY 120 General Psychology 3 PSY 202 Life Span Development 3 E. Required physical education courses 2 (May be met by Physical Education courses or Personal Life Skills course) F. Required courses in Nursing: Credits NUR 120 Foundations of Nursing 2 NUR 207 Human Nutrition 2 NUR 208 Fundamentals of Nursing 6 NUR 209 Health Assessment 2 NUR 228 Nursing Roles with the Childbearing Family 6 NUR 229 Pharmacology in Nursing 3 NUR 308 Nursing Roles Adult Care I 5 NUR 309 Nursing Roles in Pediatric Care 5 NUR 318 Nursing Roles in Mental Health 5 NUR 319 Nursing Roles in Adult Care II 5 NUR 417 Nursing Roles in Adult Care III 6 133 Bachelor of Science Degree NUR 418 Nursing Roles in Community Health 6 NUR 419 Nursing Research 3 NUR 422 Nursing Issues 2 NUR 424 Nursing Leadership/Clinical Elective 5 134 COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS A bachelor of science degree with majors in biology, chemistry, computer science, marine biology or mathematics is offered for preprofessional students who intend to pursue graduate studies. A Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics is offered to students who complete the dual degree Engineering programs. These degree programs are challenging and should be attempted only by students with special talents in science. The biology major provides a firm foundation in biology and cognate sciences while allow- ing students to specialize within a field of interest (e.g., zoology). The marine biology major requires that a broad base in the biological and physical sciences be acquired and applied in the study of marine environments. The course of study results in a level of preparation difficult to obtain elsewhere at the bachelor’s level. The chemistry program provides a strong background in chemistry with grounding in physics and mathematics. With the proper choice of electives the student can design a curriculum with sub-specialization in biology, marine biology, computer science, engineering, mathemat- ics or physics. It is suitable for students wishing higher degrees in chemistry, biochemistry or related fields. A computer science major is offered for students who plan on starting a professional career in computer science immediately after graduation or for students who intend to pursue grad- uate studies. The program provides a strong professional foundation in computer science, mathematics and science, and includes electives which can be selected to provide exposure to an application area in science or computer information systems. It is suitable for students seeking employment in the computing industry and for students seeking an understanding of how computers and their applications evolve. The mathematics major requirements accommodate a wide variety of interests and career goals. The courses provide broad training in undergraduate mathematics, preparing majors for graduate study, for positions in government, industry and the teaching profession. While students must consult with their advisors in designing appropriate courses of study, three suggested tracks in the description of the major, as well as a concentration in computer sci- ence are offered. The concentration in computer science is recommended for those students interested in graduate study in applied mathematics (e.g. Numerical Analysis), as well as for those students interested in teaching. The bachelor of science programs in biology, chemistry with physics or marine biology are good preparations for students interested in careers in the health sciences. Interested students should seek details of a cooperative program with Boston University School of Medicine, together with other cooperative programs which may be available, from the Dean of the College. Prospective majors should consult their academic advisors and carefully evaluate the demands of these programs before deciding to pursue a B.S. degree. The approximately 20-credit difference in general education requirements between B.S. degrees and B.A. degrees is more than compensated by increased requirements in science and mathematics in the B.S. programs. Not only are more science and mathematics credits required for the B.S. degrees, but the additional required courses are at more advanced and challenging levels. Applied Mathematics Major (3-2 Engineering Program) The Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics is available only for students who complete the dual degree or 3-2 engineering program. Through this program, students Bachelor of Science Degree 135 spend approximately three years at the University of the Virgin Islands and two years at a participating institution. At the end of the program, the student receives a Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics from the University of the Virgin Islands, and a Bachelor of Science in his or her chosen field of engineering from the affiliated university. (A student may also opt to complete another existing UVI bachelors degree by completing all those requirements before enrolling at the affiliated university for the B.S. in engineering.) The University of the Virgin Islands has agreements with Columbia University and Washington University in St. Louis. The dual degree program offers a great deal of flexibility to students. Students follow a course of studies similar or identical to those taken by many of our science majors, while adding certain required courses. Many pre-medicine majors can also prepare for engineering by adding a few courses to their normal curriculum. A well-planned curriculum will open up many options to those students who begin in the dual degree engineering program. Interested students should consult with the engineering liaison officer early in their college career. Applied Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 126-127), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 241-242 Introductory Calculus I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 397, 398* Junior Mathematics Seminar 1/2, 1/2 C. Required courses in Related Fields: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 PHY 241-242 General Physics 5-5 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 CSC 117 Intro. To Programming I 4 ECO 221 Intro. To Macro-Economics 3 D. In addition to the required courses, the student is strongly recommended to take more courses in his/her chosen field of specialization: Field of Specialization Suggested Courses Credits Biomedical Engineering BIO 141-142 4-4 Biology courses numbered above 200 Chemical Engineering Chemistry courses numbered above 200 Computer Engineering MAT 223 (Discrete Mathematics) 3 MAT 325 Numerical Methods 3 CSC 118 Intro to Programming II 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 136 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC course Mechanical Engineering Physics courses numbered above 200 Electrical Engineering Physics courses numbered above 200 Applied Mathematics MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 325 Numerical Methods 4 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of MAT 398. Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Biology consist of the following Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submitted to the Enrollment Services Office. Course numbering reflects the year by which courses should be completed. The study plan must include at least one plant-based^ and one animal-based* course. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree, students must pass a Science Comprehensive Examination following completion of formal academic course work and prior to graduation. In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 126-127), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Biology (24 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO 397-398 Junior Science Seminar I-II 1-1 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required courses in related fields (36-38 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry 5-5 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 Bachelor of Science Degree 137 D. Science electives: Credits An additional 30 credit hours minimum are required from the following: BIO 210 Research Methods I 4 BIO 220** Marine Invertebrate Zoology 4 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 310 Research Methods II 4 BIO 339** Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342** Animal Physiology 4 BIO 349^ Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 350^ Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352^ Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353** Developmental Biology 3 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 361 Bioinformatics 4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 430 Coral Reef Biology 4 BIO 460 Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465, 466*** Selected Topics in Biology 3, 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research in Biology (maximum 6 credits) 1-4 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1-4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300 or 400 level Chemistry, Math or Physics course except MAT 232 SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Natural World: The Caribbean Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498 .**Animal-based course. ^Plant-based course. ***Depending on content, a Selected Topics in Biology may count as a plant- or animal- based course. Concentration in Computational Biology Students earning the B.S. Biology Major may or may not also elect to complete a Concen- tration in Computational Biology. This interdisciplinary concentration will prepare students to participate in new frontiers of research in which gigantic volumes of data are analyzed to seek answers to questions in molecular, medical, and environmental biology. The requirements to complete the Concentration in Computational Biology include all of the requirements for the B.S. Biology major plus the following: Students must complete the following courses in partial fulfillment of the Section D science electives requirement: Credits CSC 117-118 Introduction to Programming I-II 3-3 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 BIO/CSC/MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 138 Chemistry Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 126-127), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Chemistry: Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 251 Quantitative Analysis 4 CHE 252 Instrumental Analysis 4 CHE 253-254 Organic Chemistry I-II 5-5 CHE 341-342 Physical Chemistry I-II 4-4 CHE 397,398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CHE 432 Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHE 497,498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 Subtotal 43 C. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 143-153** Precalculus Algebra and Trigonometry 4-4 MAT 241-242** Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 341-342** Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 Subtotal 22 D. Required courses in Physics: Credits PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 PHY 351 Modern Physics Laboratory 1 Subtotal 14 E. Science Electives: An additional 21 credits in science, mathematics, engineering, or computer science are required from the following: Any Biology course 300 or 400 level Chemistry courses 200, 300 or 400 level Mathematics courses except MAT 232 Any Computer Science course except CSC 111 Any 200 level engineering courses 300 level physics courses F. The following courses are strongly recommended in partial fulfillment of the requirements in Section D: Credits CHE 348 Biochemistry 5 CHE 465 Selected Topics in Chemistry 3 CHE 495 Directed Independent Research 1-4 Bachelor of Science Degree 139 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 MAT 346 Differential Equations 3 G. Pre-medical students are advised to take: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 348 Biochemistry 5 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of CHE 498. **A student may be exempted from MAT 143-153 by a qualifying examination. Computer Science Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 126-127), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Computer Science: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming I 4 CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 CSC 241 Introduction to Computer Architecture and Digital Systems 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 243 Digital Communications and Networks 4 CSC 245 Databases and Information Retrieval 3 CSC 310 Web Applications Development 3 CSC 333 Programming Languages 3 CSC 397, 398 Junior Science Seminar I, II 1/2,1/2 CSC 410 Principles of Operating Systems 3 CSC 420 Software Engineering 4 CSC 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. An additional 15 credits chosen from 200-400 level elective courses in CSC, MAT, BIO, CHE, PHY, or CIS. No more than six of the elective credits can come from outside of CSC. Any 200-level credits must come from the College of Science and Mathematics, are limited to a total of six credits, and may not include MAT 232. A maximum of three credits of CSC 496 (Internship/Field Studies) can be applied to this elective requirement. D. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 MAT 241 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I 4 MAT 242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry II 4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 Bachelor of Science Degree 140 E. One of the following Science sequences is required:** Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 CHE 151-152 General Chemistry I-II 5-5 PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 Note: It is recommended that students with an interest in computer engineering or robotics take the PHY 241-242 sequence, and that students with an interest in medical technology and computing take the Biology 141-142 sequence. *SCI 497 may be taken in place of CSC 498. **Partially satisfies the general education requirement in Science and Mathematics. Concentration in Computational Biology Students earning the B.S. Computer Science major may or may not also elect to complete a Concentration in Computational Biology. This interdisciplinary concentration will prepare students to participate in new frontiers of research in which gigantic volumes of data are analyzed to seek answers to questions in molecular, medical, and environmental biology. The requirements to complete the Concentration in Computational Biology include all of the requirements for the B.S. Computer Science major, except one noted below, plus the following: Students must complete the following course in partial fulfillment of the Section D mathemat- ics electives requirement: Credits MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 Students must complete the following courses in partial fulfillment of the Section E science electives requirement: Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 Students must complete the following courses in fulfillment of the Section F supporting disci- pline requirement: Credits BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 BIO/CSC/MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 Students need to complete only 3 credits from among the 300- or 400-level electives in Section C, instead of the 6 credits required for non-Computational Biology Computer Science majors. Marine Biology Major The requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree in Marine Biology consist of the following Biology, Marine Biology and related courses plus a study plan written by each candidate and his or her program advisor. Study plan guidelines and procedures will be published by the College of Science and Mathematics from time to time. The study plan must be approved by the faculty of the Biology Program and will be submitted to the Enrollment Services Office. Course numbering reflects the year by which course should be completed. Any change in the study plan must be approved by the advisor and the program prior to course registration. In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree, students must pass a Science Comprehensive Examination following completion of formal academic coursework and prior to graduation. Bachelor of Science Degree 141 In addition to the general education requirements (see pp 126-127), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B Required Courses in Biology and Marine Biology (45 credit hours): Credits BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 MBI 220 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 MBI 222 Ichthyology 4 BIO 223 Ecology 4 BIO 245 Genetics 4 MSC 239 Oceanography 4 BIO 349 Aquatic Plant Biology 4 BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I 4 BIO/MBI 397-398 Junior Science Seminar 1-1 MBI 424 Marine Ecology 4 BIO/MBI 497, 498* Senior Science Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Required Courses in Related Fields (30-32 credit hours): Credits CHE 151-152 General Chemistry 5-5 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytical Geometry I-II 4-4 PHY 211-212 Introduction to Physics I-II 4-4 or PHY 241-242 General Physics I-II 5-5 or PHY 241-212 General Physics I - Introduction to Physics II 5-4 MAT 235 Introductory Statistics with Applications 4 D. Science Electives: An additional 15 credit hours minimum are required from the following: Credits BIO 210 Research Methods I 4 BIO 224 Population Biology 4 BIO 295 Responsible Conduct in Research 1 BIO 310 Research Methods II 4 BIO 339 Vertebrate Structure 5 BIO 342 Animal Physiology 4 BIO 350 Terrestrial Plant Biology 4 BIO 352 Plant Physiology 4 BIO 353 Developmental Biology 3 BIO 355-356 Biology of Microorganisms I-II 4-4 BIO 361 Bioinformatics 4 BIO 370 Evolution 3 BIO 430 Coral Reef Biology 4 BIO 460 Cell and Molecular Biology II 4 BIO 465, 466 Selected Topics in Biology 4 BIO 495 Directed Independent Research (maximum 6 credits) 1-6 BIO 496 Internship/Field Studies (maximum 4 credits) 1-4 Any MBI or MSC course Any 200, 300, or 400 level Chemistry, Math, or Physics Course except MAT 232 SCI 100 (if taken as a freshman), The Caribbean: The Natural World Any CSC course except CSC 111 or CSC 119 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either BIO 497 or 498. Bachelor of Science Degree 142 Mathematics Major In addition to the general education requirements (see pp. 126-127), the following courses are required: A. Required courses in Freshman Studies (required for anyone admitted into the program with fewer than 24 credits): Credits SCI 100 The Natural World: The Caribbean 3 SSC 100 An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus 3 FDS 100 Freshman Development Seminar 1 B. Required courses in Mathematics: Credits MAT 215 Introduction to Number Theory 3 MAT 241-242 Introduction to Calculus and Analytic Geometry I-II 4-4 MAT 261 Linear Algebra 4 MAT 341-342 Intermediate Calculus I-II 3-3 MAT 362 Abstract Algebra I 3 MAT 441 Introductory Analysis I 3 MAT 397, 398 Junior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1/2, 1/2 MAT 497, 498* Senior Mathematics Seminar I, II 1,1 C. Six elective courses from the following are required: Note: A cluster of four courses must be approved by your advisor (see G: Suggested tracks) Credits MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics 3 MAT 301 Modern Geometry 3 MAT 325 Numerical Analysis 3 MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics 3 MAT 344 Probability 3 MAT 346 Differential Equations 4 MAT 348 Complex Variables 3 MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling 3 MAT 361 Bioinformatics 4 MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II 3 MAT 458 Topology 3 MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 MAT 465,466 Special Topics 3,3 MAT 499 Approved Independent Study 3 One approved upper level course in another discipline (See F) D. Required Courses in Related Fields: Credits CSC 117 Introduction to Programming 4 PHY 241-242** General Physics I-II 5-5 E. An additional 9 credits in science and mathematics are required from the following: 200 level or above Biology courses Any Chemistry course except CHE 111-112 200 level or above Marine Biology or Marine Science courses 300 or 400 level Mathematics courses Bachelor of Science Degree 143 Any Computer Science course except CSC 111 300 or 400 level Physics courses F. The following are strongly recommended: Credits ECO 221 Introduction to Macro-economics 3 ECO 222 Introduction to Micro-economics 3 PHY 311 Classical Mechanics 3 MAT 465,466 Special Topics 3, 3 MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II or MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II 3 PHY 321 Electromagnetism 3 PHY 341 Modern Physics 3 SSC 327-328 Quantitative Research Methods in the Social Sciences 4-4 G. Suggested Tracks: Applied: For majors interested in applied mathematics in the physical and engineering sciences, actuarial sciences, or business MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 325 Numerical Analysis MAT 348 Complex Variables One approved upper level course in another discipline (See F) Teaching: For majors considering a career in secondary education MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 310 Modern Geometry MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 344 Probability MAT 386 History and Philosophy of Mathematics MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling Graduate: For majors considering graduate study in mathematics MAT 442 Introductory Analysis II MAT 458 Topology MAT 461 Abstract Algebra II MAT 348 Complex Variables Concentration in Computer Science: The following Computer Science courses are required. Nine of these credits will fulfill the required 9 additional credits in science and mathematics (see E). Credits CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II (C++) 4 CSC 242 Data Structures 4 CSC 239 Scientific Computing 2 CSC 317 Introduction to Programming III 3 CSC 197 Computer Science Seminar 1 Bachelor of Science Degree 144 The following courses are required. They serve as partial fulfillment of the six elective courses in mathematics (see C): MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics MAT 325 Numerical Analysis CSC 352 Analysis of Algorithms (Approved upper-level course in another discipline) MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics or MAT 348 Probability Concentration in Computational Biology Students earning the BS Mathematics Major may elect to complete a Concentration in Com- putational Biology. This interdisciplinary concentration will prepare students to participate in new frontiers of research in which gigantic volumes of data are analyzed to seek answers to questions in molecular, medical, and environmental biology. The requirements to complete the Concentration in Computational Biology include all of the requirements for the BS Math- ematics Major. Students must complete the following courses in partial fulfillment of the Section C math- ematics electives requirement: (6 courses) MAT 332 Mathematical Statistics MAT 352 Mathematical Modeling MAT 325 Numerical Analysis/ MAT/BIO/CSC 361 Bioinformatics or /MAT 346 Differential Equations MAT 344 Probability or / MAT 233 Discrete Mathematics / CSC 242 Data Structures (the approved upper level course in another discipline) Students must complete the following courses. Nine of these credits will fulfill the Section E science and mathematics electives requirement: (5 courses) Credits CSC 118 Introduction to Programming II 4 BIO 245 Principles of Genetics 4 BIO 223 Ecology or BIO 360 Cell and Molecular Biology I or BIO 370 Evolution 4 Additional Course BIO 141-142 General Biology I-II 4-4 *SCI 497 may be taken in place of either MAT 497 or 498. **Partially satisfies the general education requirement in mathematics and science. Bachelor of Science Degree 145 Course Descriptions Following are the courses offered in the undergraduate program. Not all courses listed are offered on both campuses nor are they necessarily offered every semester. Students should consult their faculty advisors and the course schedules prepared for each campus. Courses are listed alphabetically by discipline. Two terms frequently encountered in course disciplines are “prerequisites” and “corequisites.” Whenever “prerequisite” is used, it means that the course identified as a prerequisite must be taken before the course for which it is a prerequisite. On the other hand, “corequisite” means that a course identified as corequisite must be taken at the same time as its corequisite. Courses numbered 100 to 198 are usually prerequisites to more advanced courses, and the student should plan a program in order that intermediate courses, numbered 200 to 298, can be scheduled after completing introductory courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are generally taken only by third- and fourth-year students. A hyphen separating two course numbers (e.g. 101-102) indicates that the course sequence must be taken in the order given. A comma separating course numbers (e.g. 101,102) indicates that the courses may be taken independently of one another in any order. Recognizing that there are entering students who are not ready to do degree level work in one or more subjects, the University offers developmental level courses, numbered 011 to 099, which are designed to help students strengthen their preparation for learning at the college level. Students desiring such preparatory work may also enroll in the University summer session. For course rotations, refer to the following codes: Fall (F); Spring (S); Summer (SUM); Summer Session I (SUM I); Summer Session II (SUM II); Alternate years (ALT); Every other fall semester (F-ALT); Every other spring semester (S-ALT); Every third semester (THI); As arranged (AR); On demand (DEM); Varies (VAR); Odd years (O); Even years (E); Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix (STX); St. Thomas campus (STT). ACCOUNTING (ACC) ACC 100. CONCEPTS IN FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. This course is designed as a mini-course for non- business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in the information systems field. 1 credit ACC 201. FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING. This course provides an introduction to the basic principles of financial accounting, the accounting cycle, the study of fundamental accounting concepts, and impact of the accounting treatment of business transactions on the income statement, balance sheet, and statement of cash flows. Prerequisite: Students must have successfully completed MAT 023 and 024 or received a satisfactory score on the mathematics or accounting placement exam. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits ACC 202. MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING. This course provides an introduction to management accounting principles, cost-volume-profit, cost behavior, cost management, budgeting, responsibility accounting, capital budgeting, cost allocation, variable and absorption costing, and the use of relevant information in decision-making. Prerequisite: ACC 201. (F, S, SUM II). 3 credits ACC 301. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. This course will provide an in-depth study of the theoretical and conceptual foundations of accounting, the development of generally accepted accounting principles, and the nature of accounting information. The course explores the application of GAAP and international financial reporting standards to the preparation of financial statements with particular 146 treatment of components like cash, receivables, inventories, fixed assets and their expiration. Prerequisite: ACC 202 or HRM 234. (F, S). 3 credits ACC 302. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II. This course will provide an in-depth study of the theory and practice surrounding accounting topics like tangible assets, short and long term liabilities, elements and structure of stockholder’s equity, investments, taxation, leasing, pensions, cash flow analysis, and error correction. The course exposes students to cases and real life situations that would facilitate application of GAAP and relevant IFRS in accounting decision-making. Prerequisite: ACC 301 (S). 3 credits ACC 310. NOT FOR PROFIT ACCOUNTING. General fund; general fund balance sheets and surplus statements; revenue accounting; general property taxes; bond funds; sinking funds; special assessment funds; cost finding. Prerequisite: ACC 202 or HRM 234. (F). 3 credits ACC 315. TAX ACCOUNTING. This course provides the groundwork for a thorough understanding of Federal and Virgin Island taxation and uses tax software to assist in preparing individual taxes. The course will expose students to taxation issues individuals and businesses face in the context of the Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: ACC 301. (S). 3 credits ACC 342. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. The development and use of accounting data in managerial decision-making, planning and control. Topics include job, process and standard cost systems; cost- volume-profit analysis; differmvtial and incremental analysis; contribution margin analysis; and capital budgeting. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 202 or HRM 234. (AR). 3 credits ACC 440-441. COST ACCOUNTING I-II. A comprehensive study of the principles and practices of cost accounting. Emphasis is placed on the role of cost in managerial decision-making, planning and control. Topics include: determination and analysis of material, labor and overhead costs; cost allocation procedures; joint product and by-product costing; job order and process cost systems; the use of flexible budgets, responsibility accounting, standard costs and variance analysis in cost control; the application of distribution-cost analysis, cost-volume-profit analysis, differential and incremental cost analysis, and capital budgeting in cost-based decision-making. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 202 or HRM 234. ACC 440 (F). ACC 441 (S). 3-3 credits ACC 442. AUDITING. Fundamental principles, standards and working procedures of auditing; duties, responsibilities and ethics of the auditor; interpretation of financial statements, legal requirements and audit reports. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 302. (F). 3 credits ACC 443. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. A study of the theory and application of accounting for branch operations, foreign operations, expansion by subsidiary companies, and various forms of consolidated statements. Also included are accounting for partnership formation; changes and liquidation; and accounting for estates and trusts. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 302. (S). 3 credits ACC 444. CPA REVIEW. A comprehensive review of generally accepted accounting principles and underlying postulates to prepare a qualified candidate to sit for the Uniform CPA Examination. Topics covered include: (1) Standards of auditing practice. (2) Uses and limitations of accounting data. (3) Business organization and operation. (4) Ethical standards. (5) Mathematics and statistics as used in accounting. (6) Principles of tax accounting. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, 24 credits in ACC. (AR). 3 credits ACC 445. ACCOUNTING SEMINAR. An introduction to current controversies and unsolved problems in accounting. The course includes recent and historical views presented in the leading accounting and business periodicals. Prerequisite: ACC 443 or 24 credits in ACC. (AR). 3 credits ANTHROPOLOGY (ANT) ANT 225. INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. A thorough examination of the concept of culture, the evolution of man and culture, human races, primitive culture and society. (S). 3 credits ANT 226. INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOLOGY. The comparative study of social systems as different ways of life; an analysis of modern societies in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, Oceania, America; examination of selected cultures in the Caribbean. Prerequisite: ANT 225. 3 credits Course Descriptions 147 ANT 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as HIS 255, 256 and SOC 255, 256.) 3,3 credits ANT 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipation. ANT 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as HIS 257, 258 and SOC 257, 258.) (S). 3,3 credits ANT 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of West African Sudan - the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of (Also listed as HIS 355, 356 and SOC 355, 356.) 3,3 credits ART (ART) ART 117. BASIC DESIGN. Fundamentals of form, color, organization, structure, and visual perception in two dimensional design. 3 credits ART 125. SURVEY OF WORLD ART. Survey of the underlying principles of art and the relationships among the arts by tracing the development of painting, architecture and sculpture from their beginnings to the present; cultivation of appreciation and understanding of various periods, artists and media. 3 credits ART 126. SELECTED PROBLEMS IN WORLD ART. Focus is on some particular problem or approach, varying from semester to semester, such as Pre-Columbian, African, Caribbean, Modern, Contemporary Art, etc. 3 credits ART 128. BASIC DRAWING. Freehand drawing employing pencil, charcoal, crayon and brush, and emphasizing selection of subject, line, perspective, value, texture and composition. 4 hours per week. 2 credits ART 150. PAINTING 1. Techniques, concepts, equipment and procedures in painting, developed through individual projects. 4 hours per week. 2 credits ART 217. DESIGN. Form, color, principles of composition, structure and visual perception in three- dimensional design. Prerequisite: ART 117. 3 credits ART 228. DRAWING. Fundamentals of drawing, employing mixed media and use of color with an introduction to drawing the human figure. 4 hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 128. 2 credits ART 231. PAINTING 2. Composition and painting techniques developed through individual projects. 3 class-hours per week. Prerequisite: ART 150. 2 credits ART 275. TEACHING VISUAL ART TO CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS. Fundamentals of art educational methods through practice with: meaningful visual arts and crafts production, creative problem solving, critical thinking, writing skills, assessment processes, and use of visual media appropriate for school-aged children. For: art teachers, classrsoom teachers, and those using art-making methods for visual and tactile learners of any age. Suggested to education majors; open to any student as an elective. (Also listed as EDU 275). 3 credits ART 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software, students will learn to use computers to design and produce print-based publications. The course offers an introduction to computer-assisted drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphic design and color theory. The class culminates in a client-based portfolio project where students produce a substantive project on deadline, to the client’s specifications, and within budget. Prerequisite: Grade “C” or better in COM/ENG 308 or instructor’s permission. (Also listed as COM 324 and ENG 324). (F-ALT). 4 credits BIOLOGY (BIO) BIO 110. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODS. Students will be introduced to scientific methods, conversions, pipetting, solutions, electrophoresis, maintenance of plant, fly, and cell cultures, and beginning microscopy in the context of designing and carrying out a research project. Prerequisites: completion of Course Descriptions 148 one introductory course in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Marine Science, Mathematics, Nursing, Psychology, or Science. 2 credits BIO 141-142. GENERAL BIOLOGY I-II. Basic principles of the life sciences providing the foundation for further study of biology. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Corequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. BIO 141 (F-STX; F, S-STT). BIO 142 (S; SUM II-STT). 4-4 credits BIO 151-152. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I-II. An integrated study of human anatomy and physiology. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Not for credit toward the biology major. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. BIO 151 (F). BIO 152 (S). 4-4 credits BIO 210. RESEARCH METHODS I. Students will develop competence and comfort with biological and biochemical research techniques such as experimental design, pipetting, solutions, PCR agarose gel electrophoresis, starch gel electrophoresis, DNA and protein separation, DNA and protein extractions, microscopy, and cell culture. Prerequisites: BIO 245, CHE 151. 2 credits BIO 220. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The evolutionary relationships, classification and life histories of major groups of marine Metazoa. Methods of collection, preservation and identification will be stressed in the laboratory sessions. 3 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (Also listed as MBI 220.) (ALT-E-STT). 5 credits BIO 223. ECOLOGY. Modern concepts of ecology. Structure and function at various levels of organization in ecosystems will be emphasized. Field and laboratory studies utilize local environments. Three 50-minute lectures per week and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. Offered every spring. (S-STT). 4 credits BIO 224. POPULATION BIOLOGY. A detailed consideration of natural populations, from static or ecological, and dynamic or evolutionary, viewpoints. 2 lectures and 6 hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 223. Generally offered in alternate years. 4 credits BIO 240. MICROBIOLOGY. Applied and medical microbiology, with emphasis on the bacteria, viruses, rickettsiae protozoa and fungi of particular significance to man. 3 lectures, 3 hours of laboratory and 1 hour of tutorials per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142 or BIO 152. Normally offered on the Albert A. Sheen campus, St. Croix only. (F-STX). 4 credits BIO 245. PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS. An overview of the principles of plant and animal genetics including Mendelian and modern concepts of heredity. Developments in molecular genetics will be addressed through the chemistry and physiology of the gene and the nature of gene action in procaryotic and eucaryotic cells. Three 50-minute lectures per week and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO 142 and two semesters of college mathematics (MAT 143, MAT 153 or higher level) or equivalent. (F-STT). 4 credits BIO 261-262. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I-II. A comprehensive study of human anatomy and physiology with a special emphasis on medical relevance and applications. The course uses a systematic approach to the major anatomical systems from the biochemical level to the organismal level of each system. The lecture and laboratory are integrated and complementary. 3 hours of lecture, 1 tutorial, and one 3-hour laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: CHE 112 or CHE 152. BIO 261 (F-STT). BIO 262 (S-STT). 4-4 credits BIO 295. RESPONSIBLE CONDUCT IN RESEARCH. Science and the conduct of scientific inquiry occur within a social structure that has evolved through trial and error. Responsible Conduct in Research uses case studies of practical circumstances where ethical issues arise to examine the social foundations of science. Recognizing and understanding ethical issues inherent in the conduct of research provides a context in which the role of social values shapes the questions we ask and the answers we seek. This course is open only to students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Sciences, Marine Sciences, Mathematics, Nursing and Psychology. Prerequisites: Completion of one introductory course in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Marine Science, Mathematics, Nursing, or Psychology. (F, S-STT; S-STX). 1 credit Course Descriptions 149 BIO 301. MICROBIOLOGY FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES. The study of medically important microorganisms: their classification, morphological characteristics, physiology, life histories, diagnosis and control. In the latter part of the course, immunology, patterns of transmission and means of prevention of human infectious diseases will be emphasized, with particular attention to the problems of nocosomial infections and recent “new” diseases. 3 lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: CHE 112 or CHE 152 and BIO 142 or BIO 262. Normally offered on the St. Thomas campus only. (F-STT). 4 credits BIO 310. RESEARCH METHODS II. In the context of a semester-long research project, students will master advanced biological and biochemical research techniques such as acrylamide gel separation of DNA and protein products, SDS page, ELISA, Western blots, tissue culture, cloning, UV-vis spectroscopy, IR spectroscopy, protein synthesis, immunology, intermediate microscopy, natural product characterization, and chromatography. Prerequisites: BIO 210, CHE 253, BIO360. 2 credits BIO 339. VERTEBRATE STRUCTURE. A survey of the development and comparative anatomy of vertebrates. Each organ system will be discussed in structural, functional and evolutionary terms. 3 lectures and 6 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (ALT-E-STT). 5 credits BIO 342. ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. A comparative study of adaptive functions at molecular, cellular and systems levels with particular attention to ecological and evolutionary significance. Prerequisites: CHE 152 and one course in animal biology equivalent to BIO/MBI 220, MBI 222 or BIO 339. (S-STT). 4 credits BIO 349. AQUATIC PLANT BIOLOGY. A comprehensive survey of aquatic plants with emphasis on marine algae. Classification, morphology, physiology and ecology of the major groups of algae and marine flowering plants are examined using local flora for selection of examples. 3 hours lecture and 3 hours field/ laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (ALT-E-STT). 4 credits BIO 350. TERRESTRIAL PLANT BIOLOGY. An examination of plant life from fungi through angiosperms. Morphology, evolution, systematics and significant biological aspects of selected genera are emphasized, with examples taken from the local flora. 3 hours lecture and 3 hours field/laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 142. (ALT-O-STT). 4 credits BIO 352. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. Basic physiological processes of plants including photosynthesis, respiration, nutrition, growth, absorption and conduction. Three hours of lectures and 3 hours laboratory weekly. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 223 and CHE 152. (ALT-E-STT). 4 credits BIO 353. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY. An analysis of the component processes of development, growth, differentiation and morphogenesis, examined at both the cellular and organismal level. Early development of echinoderms and chordates included. 3 lectures weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 245. 3 credits BIO 355-356. BIOLOGY OF MICROORGANISMS I-II. The functional, ecological and evolutionary relations of microorganisms. 3 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: BIO 245 and CHE 254. (ALT-O-STT). 4-4 credits BIO 360. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY I. A detailed look at the structure and function of cells, and the molecular biology of cells and multicellular organism. The laboratory portion of the class will introduce students to the techniques of modern cell and molecular biology laboratories, as well as to the foundations of cell and molecular biology research, through both directed and independent projects. Prerequisite: BIO 245. (F-STT). 4 credits BIO 361. BIOINFORMATICS. In this interdisciplinary course, students learn a variety of computational techniques to distill information from biological data. Students apply these techniques to genome-scale data sets to investigate questions in biology. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: All students must have passed BIO 141-142 and CSC 117-118 and MAT 143-153; in addition, all students must have passed either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC courses) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261). (Also listed as CSC 361 and MAT 361). (S-DEM). 4 credits BIO 370. EVOLUTION. Concepts of organic evolution; evidence for, and implications. 3 lectures weekly. Prerequisite: BIO 245. Generally offered in alternate years. (ALT-O-STT). 3 credits BIO 397. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific literature. Students Course Descriptions 150 are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Junior standing as a biology major; approved study plan on file with the biology program. (F-STT). 1 credit BIO 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR II. Students learn various methods for organizing materials for scientific presentation, such as preparing a poster based on a science journal article. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: BIO 397 or equivalent. (S-STT). 1 credit BIO 430. Coral Reef Biology. An in-depth study of corals and their biology, the coral reef community, evolution of coral reefs, and problems facing coral reefs today. Topics will include biological and geological structures of coral reef ecosystems; linkages between coral reefs and other ecosystems; anthropogenic impacts on coral reefs; and coral reef conservation and management. Prerquisites: BIO 223 Ecology and at least one of the following courses: BIO/MBI 220, MBI 222, BIO/MBI 349. (Also listed as MBI 430). 4 credits BIO 460. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY II. An examination of advanced topics in the function and interaction of cells and biomolecules. The molecular machinery of cells and control mechanisms will be addressed in depth. The laboratory portion will introduce students to more advanced and modern techniques through directed and independent projects. Prerequisites: BIO 360 and CHE 253. (ALT-O- STT). 4 credits BIO 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN BIOLOGY. Electives in various biological fields, such as histology, entomology, plant pathology, biogeography and ichthyology. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. BIO 465 (ALT-O-STT). BIO 466 (ALT-E-STT). 1-4 credits BIO 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or studies in areas associated with their academic fields but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit, for approval, a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, MAT with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Corequisite: BIO 295. (DEM). 1-4 credits BIO 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credits for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of biology courses with a grade point average of 2.5. Corequisite: BIO 295. (DEM). 1-4 credits BIO 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Two 50-minute sessions weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisite: BIO 397, 398. BIO 497 (F-STT). BIO 498 (S-STT). 1,1 credits BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BUS) BUS 112. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. Designed to prepare the student for a career in business administration and broaden student’s understanding of the vital role of business in our society. A study of the types of business ownership, a broad overview of business operations and examination of the major segments of business administration. Prerequisites: successful completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, or passing scores on the placement exams, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits Course Descriptions 151 BUS 114. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS. The application of basic mathematical skills to business problems, percentage, simple and compound interests, trade and cash discounts, aliquot parts, shortcut methods, taxes, insurance, depreciation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of the mathematics placement exam or MAT 023 and MAT 024, BUS 112 or HOS 101. (AR). 3 credits BUS 305. BUSINESS COMMUNICATION. (formerly BUS 224). Study and application of theory, principles, and the psychological processes governing effective business communication. Emphasis is placed upon the evaluating and writing of business memos, letters, and reports. Speaking, listening, and nonverbal communication skills are also covered. Use of word processing software is required for document preparation. Prerequisites: COM 120, ENG 120, ENG 201. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits BUS 351. BUSINESS LAW. (formerly BUS 251). Rules of law as they relate to business transactions, court systems and procedures, law of contracts, law of agency, employee-employer relations, law of negotiable instruments, law of sales, law of property, bailments, insurance and business organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits BUS 436. BUSINESS STRATEGY. A study of overall business strategy from the perspective of top management. The student will examine strategic goals, plans and actions of the business firm. Prerequisites: Senior standing and ACC 202 or HRM 234, MKT 301, MGT 301, FIN 301, and DSC 430. (F, S). 3 credits BUS 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN BUSINESS. An elective course, designed for junior and senior undergraduate students in business administration. Includes areas of special interest in business. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. (AR). 1,1 credit BUS 474. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR. Designed to prepare business students for their senior level work-study experience. Topics include resume preparation and application letters, job search skills, interviewing techniques, dressing for success, interpersonal relations and communication skills, values and ethics, meeting the public in person and on the telephone, professionalism and workplace etiquette. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. (F, S, SUM I). 1 credit BUS 475. UNDERGRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN BUSINESS. A work-study program arranged on an individual student basis with participating organizations. Students will render periodic written and oral reports on their internship experience. Prerequisite: Senior standing and BUS 474. (F, S, SUM I). 2 credits BUS 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Study and individually directed special projects for the advanced student of business administration. Attention may be concentrated on any facet of the contemporary business environment as it relates to the individual student’s career objectives. Prerequisite: Senior standing. (S). 3 credits CARIBBEAN STUDIES (CAR) CAR 465. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas relevant to Caribbean Studies which do not warrant catalog inclusion on a long-term basis. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3 credits CHEMISTRY (CHE) CHE 111-112. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES I-II. A survey of chemical principles with application to the life sciences and with special emphasis on organic chemistry and biochemistry. This course is not intended as a prerequisite for any other chemistry course. It will not satisfy the general education requirement for science. Four one-hour lectures per week in the first semester. Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per week in the second semester. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or MAT 143 (may be taken concurrently) and successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on the placement exam, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. CHE 111 (F-STT; VAR-STX). CHE 112 (S-STT; VAR-STX). 4-4 credits CHE 121. Fundamentals of Chemistry. This course is designed to provide an understanding of basic chemistry and is tailored for students with little or no science background who wish to enter the science or process technology program and enroll in CHE 151 or CHE 141, respectively. The course covers an Course Descriptions 152 introduction to the principles of chemistry, atomic structure, molecular structure, chemical bonding, ionic material, covalent materials, nomenclature, energy relationships in reaction, rates of chemical reactions, equilibrium, acids and bases, stoichiometry, periodic relations and relations to chemical properties. No laboratory. (F, S-STT). 3 credits CHE 141. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. This course is designed to provide a fundamental understanding of basic chemistry and is tailored for student with little or no science background, more specifically for students who are enrolled in the two-year degree Process Technology Program. The material to be covered includes an introduction to the principles of chemistry, atomic structure, molecular structure, chemical bonding, ionic material, covalent materials, nomenclature, energy relationships in reaction, rates of chemical reactions, equilibrium, acids and bases, stoichiometry, periodic relations and relations to chemical properties. Also, a 3-hour weekly chemistry laboratory will be required. Prerequisites: ENG 101/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021 and MAT 140. (F, S-STX). 5 credits CHE 151-152. GENERAL CHEMISTRY I-II. An introduction to chemical principles emphasizing atomic and molecular structure. Topics include the principal states of matter, stoichiometry, thermochemistry, kinetics, chemical equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry and the chemistry of the representative and transition elements. 4 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Successful completion of CHE 121, a chemistry pretest or, under special circumstances, the approval of the chemistry coordinator; ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on SAT for exemption; and MAT 140 or MAT 143 which may be taken concurrently. CHE 151 (F-STX; F, S-STT). CHE 152 (S-STX; F, S, Sum I-STT). 5-5 credits CHE 251. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. A comprehensive course in the theory and application of chemical principles to analysis. Lecture topics include error analysis, gravimetric and volumetric methods, complex solution equilibria and electrochemistry. The laboratory consists of classical gravimetric and volumetric methods and analysis. 2 hours lecture and 6 hours of laboratory per week. The course will be offered Fall semester odd years and Spring semester even years. Prerequisite: CHE 152. (F-O-STT). 4 credits CHE 252. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. Quantitative analysis using chemical instrumentation. Lectures cover major categories of instrumentation, including infrared, ultraviolet, and atomic absorption spectrophotometry, gas and high pressure liquid chromatography, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry. The laboratory includes extensive experience with available instrumentation. 2 hours lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. The course will be offered Fall semester odd years and Spring semester even years. Prerequisite: CHE 152. (S-E-STT). 4 credits CHE 253-254. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I-II. An introduction to organic chemistry. Topics will include the structure, nomenclature, physical and spectral properties of various classes of organic compounds and their chemical reactivities and syntheses. Organic reactions will be treated in a systematic manner, with emphasis placed on their mechanisms and energetics. 4 hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 152. CHE 253 (F-STT). CHE 254 (S-STT). 5-5 credits CHE 341-342. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I-II. Introduction to thermodynamics, atomic and molecular structures, chemical kinetics and elementary theory of chemical bonding. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory work per week. CHE 341 will be offered Fall semester even years and CHE 342 will be offered Spring semester odd years. Prerequisites: MAT 242, and PHY 241. CHE 341 (F-E-STT). CHE 342 (S-O-STT). 4-4 credits CHE 348. BIOCHEMISTRY. The application of chemical properties to life processes. The structure, biosynthesis and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipid, proteins and other classes of compounds are discussed. Four hours lecture and three hours laboratory work per week. Prerequisite: CHE 254. (S-STT). 5 credits CHE 397, 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to science majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, and junior and senior science majors. An opportunity for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a chemistry or chemistry/physics major. CHE 397 (F-STT). CHE 398 (S-STT). 1/2, 1/2 credit CHE 432. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A survey of chemical properties of Main Group elements and the Transition Metals. Concepts developed in physical chemistry, such as bonding theory and thermodynamics Course Descriptions 153 are applied to the understanding of these properties. Coordination chemistry of the Transition Metals is emphasized and recent advances in this and other fields are discussed. Laboratory includes synthesis and characterization of a range of coordination compounds. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: CHE 254 and CHE 341 (CHE 341 may be taken concurrently). (F-E-STT). 4 credits CHE 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. Topics to broaden the experience of chemistry majors intending to enter graduate school. Individual topics will be announced at the time of registration. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisites: to be announced with each topic. 2-4 credits CHE 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN CHEMISTRY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: CHE 254 with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. (DEM-STT). 1-4 credits CHE 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: CHE 254 with a grade point average of 2.5. (DEM-STT). 1-4 credits CHE 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: CHE 397, 398. CHE 497 (F-STT). CHE 498 (S-STT). 1,1 credit COMMUNICATION (COM) COM 110. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION. An introductory course to acquaint the non-journalism student, as well as the journalism student, with the various media that communicate public information and mold public opinion. Newspapers, magazines, radio, television, trade publications, public relations and the motion picture field are surveyed. Considerable reading and analytical projects on these media are assigned. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 100/WAC 011, or satisfactory score on the placement exam, or SAT exemption. (F). 3 credits COM 119. INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS. An introduction to interpersonal communication and to leadership skills basic to all disciplines. Specific areas include an examination of the communication process and the role that perception plays in the formation of verbal and nonverbal messages. Emphasis will be placed on demonstrating the relationship of interpersonal skills with basic communication skills central to promoting excellence in leadership. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. 3 credits COM 120. PUBLIC SPEAKING. This course develops the communication skills required for effective public speaking. It involves the study of good presentational skills coupled with intensive study in researching topics, outlining and effective speech organization. The course will provide practical experiences in presenting both informative and persuasive public speeches. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 200. JOURNALISM WORKSHOP. Staff members of UVI VOICE student newspaper receive credit for making a regular contribution to the paper for the semester, acting as writers, copy editors or photographers for each issue. Participants create a portfolio reflecting on their development during the semester. This course can be repeated to a total of 8 credits. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as ENG 200). (F, S). 1 credit (repeatable to 8 total credits) COM 205. BROADCAST COMMUNICATION I. This course covers the fundamentals of broadcast media audio production. Topics include storyboarding, recording and editing. Students will be introduced to the Course Descriptions 154 tools of the trade: consoles, microphones, digital recorders, digital cameras and computer-based editing systems. Students will learn how to use both studio and portable equipment. Technical skills covered will include: recording, editing and dubbing. Production skills will include: directing, mixing, production and the use of music, sound and visual effects. (F-ALT). 4 credits COM 221. ORAL INTERPRETATION OF LITERATURE. A study of the basic techniques of oral reading and presentation through projects designed to help the speaker use his or her voice and body effectively in expressing the ideas of others. Subject materials will include poetry, descriptive prose, dramatic literature and story telling. Prerequisite: COM 119. 3 credits COM 223. CONFERENCE TECHNIQUES. A study of principles of conference leadership and discussion; methods of logical analysis and reflective thinking. Conference and discussions on current issues. Prerequisite: COM 120. 3 credits COM 225. INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION. A study of the dynamics of intercultural communication involving an examination of the many factors and problems that come into play when people with varying cultural backgrounds encounter each other. Prerequisite: COM 119. (S). 3 credits COM 227. VOICE AND DICTION. A course designed to help students improve their speaking ability by examining factors related to respiration, phonation, resonation, articulation, pronunciation, and to explore ways in which they might incorporate the proper usage of these processes in their everyday speech. 3 credits COM 230. COMPUTER-MEDIATED COMMUNICATION I. This is introductory technical class focusing on major communication media that arise from computer-based sources. Students will learn how each medium works, how to make material in that form and what implications it has for our language, identity, relationships and communities. Prerequisite: COM 110 or permission of instructor. (F-ALT). 3 credits COM 302. AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN JOURNALISM. Historical survey of journalism in the United States and Caribbean, and an examination of both print and broadcast journalism practices today. Prerequisite: COM 110. 3 credits COM 308. NEWSWRITING FOR MASS MEDIA l. An introduction to writing for print and web-based news media. This course covers the basic types of news stories. Introduction to Associated Press style. Introduction to ethical standards in the profession. Course culminates in a project where students develop critical skills evaluating comparative coverqge-of a news topic across media. Prerequisite: grade “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as ENG 308). (F). 3 credits COM 310. NEWSWRITING FOR MASS MEDIA II. Intensive writing for print and web-based media, including in-depth newswriting and beat reporting. Introduction to libel law. Students also learn editing skills, including content, style, grammar, assignment-making, the publications production process, editing their work and that of others. Advanced AP style, exposure to editing in other styles. Prerequisite COM/ ENG 308. (Also listed as ENG 310). (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 312. FEATURE WRITING. An advanced writing course focusing on feature writing and opinion/ editorial. Students analyze award-winning feature stories, and research and write their own in-depth magazine-style features. Focus on refining an individual writing style. Prerequisite: COM/ENG 308. (Also listed as ENG 312). (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 315. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC RELATIONS. A survey of the public relations discipline, from the professional foundation of ethics, law and theory to the process, audiences and professional practice areas. The student will learn effective writing as it is applied in programmed communications for organizations in the private and public sectors as part of an overall public relations plan involving objectives, research, sound implementation and evaluation strategies. Prerequisite: COM/ENG 308. (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software, students will learn to use computers to design and produce print-based publications. The course offers an introduction to computer- assisted drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphic design and color theory. The class culminates in a client-based portfolio project where students produce a substantive project on deadline, to the client’s specifications, and within budget. Prerequisite: Course Descriptions 155 Grade “C” or better in COM/ENG 308 or instructor’s permission. (Also listed as ART 324 and ENG 324). (F-ALT). 4 credits COM 325. WEB PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software and current theories underlying computer-mediated communication effectiveness, students will learn to use computers to design and produce web pages. Students will create a variety of online documents, building from simple web pages to complex presentations and interactive hypermedia. Students will gain competence with a range of current computer technologies related to online publishing including such things as: basic HTML scripting, text manipulation, hypertext design principles, orientation and navigation skills, manipulation of images, basic animation and user testing. Prerequisite: COM 230. (S-ALT). 4 credits COM 340. BROADCAST COMMUNICATION II. This class provides an in-depth understanding of television broadcasting and digital video media. Students will learn how to use digital video cameras and software for developing, building and producing news broadcasts and short-subject video programs. The course also introduces students to the methods of media criticism and how individuals produce and consume modern media. Prerequisite: COM 230. (S-ALT). 4 credits COM 360. COMMUNICATION THEORY. This class will examine the major theoretical schools of thought regarding interpersonal communication, mass communication, verbal, non-verbal and intercultural communication. The class will focus on the scientific effort to place all types of communication behavior into a scholarly context. Specifically, the class will seek overarching theories that encompass all aspects of communication. Prerequisites: COM 110, 225 and 230 or approval of instructor. (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 401. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. Focus is on the use of argumentative discourse in written and oral communication. Attention is given to structure or arguments in formal debate. Prerequisite: COM 120. 3 credits COM 402. MASS COMMUNICATIONS LAW AND ETHICS. A course designed to examine the historical background of the concepts of freedom of speech and freedom of the press and the limitations that have been imposed on them by statute and by common law. The case study approach is used, but the emphasis is on the principles and the philosophy that underlie the landmark cases. Prerequisite: COM 110. (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 403. RHETORICAL CRITICISM. A course designed to acquaint students with the art of rhetoric. They will explore classical and contemporary rhetorical theory and criticism. Prerequisite: PHI 200. 3 credits COM 404. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN MASS COMMUNICATIONS. Practical experience in journalism in a supervised professional setting for which the student does not receive salary. Students enrolled in the course receive credit for professional experience in advertising, news-editorial and radio- television-film. Supervision is provided by the employer offering the professional experience. Credit hours will be based on Satisfactory-Unsatisfactory basis. Enrollment requires the consent of the instructor arranging the internship and of the Provost. Limit of three hours of enrollment in a student’s total course work. Prerequisites: Five communication courses. (F, S). 3 credits COM 430. COMPUTER-MEDIATED COMMUNICATION II. This advanced course will explore communication practices and theories in globally-influenced cultural contexts as they are impacted by computerization of communication. Students will examine specific studies of the social impacts of computerization and theoretical concepts that help us understand the complexity of human communication in the computer era. The course also addresses practical issues of communicating effectively in contemporary organizations, via hypertext in Internet-mediated environments, and with audiences that may be simultaneously global and local. Pre-requisite: COM 230. (S-ALT). 3 credits COM 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in speech communication. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (AR). 3,3 credits COM 475. DIRECTED STUDIES. Designed to allow directed study under a journalism professional and to enable a student to pursue special projects of production or research that are not a part of a regular course. Permission of the instructor is required before the student enrolls. Prerequisites: Five communication courses. (AR). 1-3 credits Course Descriptions 156 COM 490. ADVANCED PRODUCTION PROJECT. In this capstone portfolio project, students with advanced experience in Communication skills areas like print, broadcast, and web will come together to produce a group project that highlights their skills while learning how to work in groups and produce complex projects on deadline under supervision. The project will differ from section to section, and will be determined by the skills and interests of the particular group of students, under supervision. The final product will be a substantive, original print, broadcast or web-based project. Prerequisite: Five or more 300-400 level Communication courses or permission of instructor. (S-ALT). 4 credits COM 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a member or members of the College. Students will have weekly conferences with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisite: Advanced standing. Students must have completed at least 20 credits of communication and/or theatre courses beyond the 200 level with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the Dean and advisor. Written proposals must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. (DEM). 3 credits COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS (CIS) CIS 011. KEYBOARDING. Instruction in the use of touch typing, special keys and the mouse. Operating System, word processing and file management skills are introduced. Combined lecture/lab. This course partially prepares students for the computer literacy exam. Prerequisites: None. Format: 2 hours lecture. 1 hour tutorial. (AR). 2 non-degree credits CIS 021. COMPUTER SKILLS. This non-degree credit course is intended for students with minimal or no computer skills. Applications introduced include word processing, spreadsheets, personal information management, the Internet, keyboard and mouse skills. This course prepares students for the computer literacy exam. Prerequisites: None. Format: 2 hours lecture. 1 hour tutorial. (F, S). 2 non-degree credits CIS 051. BASIC COMPUTING CONCEPTS AND SKILLS. This course addresses basic computer concepts and skills required for university classes. Classes take place in computer labs where students are given instructions and tasks for hands-on practice. Modules are included in the use of the desktop, word processing, e-mail, the Internet, and spreadsheets. Students must register for the entire course even if they have passed some, though not all, of the CLE modules, but need only attend the classes for modules which they have not passed. Each module concludes with administration of the corresponding CLE module test. 1 non-degree credit CIS 100. CONCEPTS IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This course is designed as a mini-course for non- business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in information systems. 1 credit CIS 101. (formerly 146) BUSINESS SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS. Industry standard software including spreadsheets, database management systems, personal information management, the Internet, and word processing will be studied in depth. The capabilities, limitations and special features of operating systems are studied. Extensive out-of-class computer work is necessary. Prerequisites: successful completion of or exemption from MAT 023, MAT 024, ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021 and the computer literacy requirement. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits CIS 121. DATA MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS. Designed to familiarize students with the capabilities of Data Base Management Software (DBMS) products. Emphasis is on products used with microcomputers. Instruction on application requirements and capabilities of various DBMS products, and the application of DBMS to solve data organization problems. Extensive out-of-class computer work is required. Prerequisites: CIS 300 and CIS 101 (CIS 101 may be taken concurrently.) (F). 3 credits CIS 210. (formerly 110) BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS. Provides the knowledge necessary to understand and manage computers and information within contemporary business environments. Procedures for evaluating, testing and selecting appropriate software and hardware systems are considered. Ethical issues and human factors in information systems are considered. Prerequisites: (CIS 101 or CSC 117) and BUS 112 or HOS 101. Format: Three hours lecture. (F, S, SUM II). 3 credits CIS 238. INTRODUCTION TO COBOL PROGRAMING. An introduction to the COBOL programing language, as applied to business programs and problems. The COBOL language syntax, grammar, coding and debugging techniques will be studied. Students will design and implement programs. Exclusive out-of- class computer work is required. Prerequisite CIS 300. 3 credits Course Descriptions 157 CIS 250. INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS. An introduction to the basic principles of operating systems with emphasis on multiprogramming, resource allocation, memory management, process scheduling and file input and output. Basic operation control language, system utilities and their various techniques will be discussed. Prerequisite: CIS 121 or CSC 118. (S). 3 credits CIS 270. COMPUTER SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT. Analysis and design of computer systems for various business applications starting from conception through definition, design, implementation, test and acceptance. Project planning will be discussed in depth. Use of word processors, language applications, query systems, database systems and the application of centralization versus distributive processing will be included in the overall analysis of the systems. Prerequisites: BUS 112 or HOS 101, CIS 101 and CIS 300. (F). 3 credits CIS 280. SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PROJECT. The student will be required to undertake and successfully solve a data processing problem arising from an actual need in relation to either business or government under the direction and with the approval of a member of the faculty. The problem may be assigned by the instructor or solicited from the community. Prerequisites: CIS 238 or CIS 357, and CIS 270. (S). 3 credits CIS 300. PROCESS DESIGN AND EVALUATION. Students learn to analyze and describe processes, extract problem descriptions from scenarios. Successful students will develop working instructions using logic structures and information bases. Business issues in process development are stressed. Students will produce some programming. Prerequisites: CIS 210. Three hours lecture. (S). 3 credits CIS 310. ADVANCED BUSINESS SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS. Provides the knowledge and skills necessary for the advanced use of business applications with particular emphasis on logic, programming, macros, and transferring data or files between various application packages. Prerequisites: CIS 300 or CSC 117. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. (F). 3 credits CIS 357. BUSINESS INFORMATION NETWORKS. Provides a marketable competence in contemporary business information network technologies including intranets, extranets and the Internet. Students will collect, process, organize and communicate information. Students will use multimedia and other intercommunication tools to facilitate interpersonal interactions. Prerequisites: CIS 310 or CSC 243. Format: 3 hours lecture and 1 hour tutorial. (S). 3 credits CIS 410. BUSINESS SIMULATION AND MODELING. Basic principles of simulation and modeling with emphasis on the design and construction of various business models using high level programming languages and spreadsheet techniques. The use of modeling and simulation in the business decision- making process. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, CIS 310. (S). 3 credits COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC) CSC 111. USE OF COMPUTERS. This course provides an introduction to computer concepts and terminology, UVI computer resources, operating systems, e-mail, word processing, spreadsheets, database, graphics, Internet and computing ethics. It is appropriate for students with no previous background in computing who wish to apply microcomputer applications in their studies. Supervised labs provide students with (1) initial hands-on introduction to the UVI network and basic computer operations, (2) an overview of on-line resources, and (3) using e-mail. Students must complete additional lab assignments outside of class. (F, S). 1 credit CSC 117. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING I. This course requires no previous programming background. Students will learn the use of a programming environment, which includes the program editor, libraries, and compiler. Students will learn the use of basic data types, statements, controls, and structures. A high-level computer programming language will be explored in the context of solving problems. Procedures and functions will be introduced while stressing the concepts of program modularity and top- down design. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by e-mail and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. Prerequisites: MAT 023, MAT 024 or satisfactory score on placement exam, or satisfactory SAT score for exemption. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits CSC 118. INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING II. This second course in programming represents a continuation of the basic language features and elementary problem solving of the course, Introduction to Course Descriptions 158 Programming I. Criteria for well-formed problem definitions are examined, and increasingly sophisticated problem solving strategies are explored as more advanced programming elements are introduced. Recursion is introduced and compared to iterative solutions in terms of program efficiency and program simplicity. Data files of more complex data types, the use of pointers, dynamic structures, and basic abstract data files are introduced. Top-down development of programming solutions, as well as concepts in program modularity, are further emphasized. The processes of program documentation, production, testing and maintenance are studied. This course establishes a foundation for professional programming and software engineering design skills. Prerequisite: CSC 117. (S, SUM). 4 credits CSC 119. COMPUTER GRAPHIC APPLICATIONS. This course assumes the ability to enter, edit and display text, and focuses on the production and manipulation of graphic images. The student develops skills in the use of software application for painting, desktop publishing, line drawing and animation. Students acquire a working familiarity with computer-based communication systems through the use of electronic mail and electronic conferencing for joint projects and tutorial support. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. (F, S, SUM). 1 credit CSC 120. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. Introduction to computer science and computing careers. An integrated overview of the wide range of knowledge and skills involved in the theory and practice of computer science is acquired through critical thinking and comparative analysis of computer science courses and the computer science program. The history and ongoing directions of development in computing, and the impact of this development on society, is interwoven with discussion of course topics. Required of all computer science majors and recommended for any student considering a degree or career in computer science. (S). 2 credit CSC 239. SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER APPLICATIONS. This course develops understanding and skills in the use of computer applications and software as a tool for scientific work. An ability to enter, edit and display text and numeric data is assumed and the course focuses on the analysis of numeric data, the exploration of numeric and logical relationships, and the integrated use of application software packages to create, maintain and analyze databases. Monitoring of physical systems and acquisition of quantitative data through hardware interfaces is considered and exemplified. Students participating in this course must have acquired the skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and they must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access class resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with available access to the Internet. (F). 2 credits CSC 240. HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERFACE DESIGN. An introduction to Human-Computer interaction, the theory of user interfaces, and the application of user interface theory to software design and engineering. The following topics are emphasized: input/output devices, characteristics of user interfaces, human factors, and programming tools for constructing user interfaces. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or equivalent introductory programming course or at least one year of professional programming experience. (S). 2 credits CSC 241. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ARCLITECTURE AND DIGITAL SYSTEMS. The representation and processing of data by logical circuits are developed from principles of boolean logic and binary arithmetic. A basic model of a computer CPU is extended to alternative bus architectures and approaches to I/O and memory access. Execution cycle processes are developed and alternative instruction sets are compared. Parallel, multiprocessor and distributed processing approaches are explored. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or CIS 115. (F). 4 credits CSC 242. DATA STRUCTURES. An introduction to data structures, program specification and design emphasizing abstract data types and their implementation. Arrays, lists, queues, trees, and graphs will be examined along with their implementation for specific applications. Set operations involving abstract data types will be covered. A series of searching and sorting techniques using various data structures will be analyzed looking at efficiencies based on memory and runtime. Prerequisite: CSC 118 and either MAT 143 or MAT 140. (F). 4 credits CSC 243. DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS. This course establishes fundamental networking principles in connectivity, transmission, addressing and network management. Analysis and comparison of specific systems illustrates application of principles, and students acquire hands-on skills Course Descriptions 159 in the implementation, operation and maintenance of networks. User interfaces and information resources available through the Internet are explored and societal implications of communications and networks considered. Prerequisite: CSC 117 or CIS 300. (S). 4 credits CSC 245. DATABASES AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. The physical storage mechanisms of disk and tape hardware are established and abstract data types applied in the exploration of approaches to logical level storage and retrieval. The organization and implementation of basic file structures are considered with respect to speed and efficient use of storage capacity. Databases are analyzed as organizations superimposed on data stored using basic file structures. Principles of query systems are applied do information systems design and implementation and the Standard Query Language, SQL, is introduced. Distributed data systems and search engines are considered. Prerequisites: CSC 241, CSC 242. (F). 3 credits CSC 310. WEB APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT. This course introduces the development of Web applications. The course examines the major components and concepts of Web applications, and provides practical hands-on experience necessary for deploying multi-tier web applications using recent Web technologies. Topics covered include Web architectures and models, technique and development methods. A project-oriented approach provides in depth knowledge of the client and server side development process of modern Web applications. Prerequisites: CSC 332. 3 Credits. CSC 317. PROGRAMMING III. Project oriented instruction in program development, using a professional development environment. Extensive programming practice is provided in both individual and team contexts for development of applications and systems. Design issues addressed include object oriented programming systems, approaches to inter-operability and portability, design of module interfaces and definition of system test beds. Prerequisite: CSC 242. (F). 3 credits CSC 333. PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES. Meta-linguistics notations in syntax and semantics. Procedure/ infix/prefix and postfix notation. Global properties of languages including the scope of declarations, storage allocation, subprogram structures and binding. Includes analysis and comparison of a number of algorithmic, list processing, string manipulation, data description and simulation languages. Prerequisite: CSC 117. (S). 3 credits CSC 352. ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS AND COMPLEX PROBLEMS. This course provides a theoretical treatment of complexity analysis of algorithms, complexity classes of problems, computability and undecideability, and an applied study of problem-solving strategies and search strategies. Parallel and distributed algorithms are considered and the problems and methodologies of AI are introduced through study of problem state spaces, adaptive algorithms and heuristics, pattern recognition and deduction and inference. Prerequisite: CSC 118. (S). 3 credits CSC 361. BIOINFORMATICS. In this interdisciplinary course, students learn a variety of computational techniques to distill information from biological data. Students apply these techniques to genome-scale data sets to investigate questions in biology. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: All students must have passed BIO 141-142 and CSC 117-118 and MAT 143-153; in addition, all students must have passed either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC courses) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261). (Also listed as BIO 361 and MAT 361). (S-DEM). 4 credits CSC 363. DOCUMENTATION AND TECHNICAL COMMUNICATIONS. Purpose and format of documentation accompanying software development, including user and reference manuals, on-line help, in-line program comments, training guides, RFPs, RFQs, testing plans and system specifications. Critical analysis of technical writing, development of appropriate and consistent style, and effective use of tools, such as word processors, grammar checkers, style guides, HTML editors and on-line help compilers. Prerequisites: ENG 201, CSC 118. (S). 3 credits CSC 397, 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to science majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, junior and senior science majors. An opportunity for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Prerequisite: Junior standing as a computer science major. CSC 397 (F). CSC 398 (S). 1/2, 1/2 credit CSC 410. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS. This course serves as a capstone, integrating concepts from across the curriculum and demonstrating the application of theory and skills in the context of operating systems which create the interface between hardware and software. Key operating systems Course Descriptions 160 mechanisms are introduced, such as memory management, scheduling, resources allocation, process control and input-output operations and security. Case studies highlight modern operating systems issues related to multiprocessors and virtualization. The course emphasizes the design and implementation of essential micro-kernels components through programming activities and case studies. Prerequisites: CSC 241, CSC 242, CSC 243. 3 credits CSC 420. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. An introduction to the principles and practice of the production of computer software products. The software life cycle is analyzed in terms of product specification and design, implementation and production support systems, testing and quality control. Orderly management based on documentation of planning, interfaces, jobs, tasks and products is emphasized. Human factors in the organization and deployment of professional teams are considered. Prerequisite: CSC 317 (Programming III). (F). 4 credits CSC 430. KNOWLEDGE ENGINEERING AND EXPERT SYSTEMS. Theory and techniques in gathering and codification of knowledge. Logic programming, formula manipulation and predicate logic. Decision support systems. Deductive retrieval and natural language processing interfaces. Exampler systems from implementations of expert systems. (F). 3 credits CSC 433. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS. Application of communications abstractions in major network systems: Unix, Windows NT and Netware. Server and workstation configuration and system generation. Fault diagnosis and performance monitoring. Comparisons of strategies and products are made and opportunities for hands-on practice are provided. Prerequisite: CSC 243. (S). 3 credits CSC 434. PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE TRANSLATION. An in-depth study of the principles and design of programming language translation software. The major components of a compiler are discussed: lexical analysis, syntactic analysis, type checking, code generation and optimization. Alternative parsing strategies are presented and compared with respect to space and time trade-offs. Emulation and the linguistic implementation of virtual machine interfaces are considered. Prerequisites: CSC 333, CSC 317. (S). 3 credits CSC 465. SELECTED TOPICS: INTRODUCTION TO HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING: PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING. This course will introduce distributed and parallel programming techniques used to solve complex tasks with high performance, parallel architectures. The most relevant parallel and distributed models, algorithms and programming paradigms will be emphasized. Approaches to distributed parallel computing are analyzed by performance as well as adaptability to both the system architecture and scope of the task. Application domains requiring high performance approaches are identified and compared. Specific applications will be chosen and implemented based on the interests of the students in the class. The course will involve programming parallel algorithms implemented with high performance platforms available at the University of the Virgin Islands. Two 50-minute lectures per week and 100 minutes of programming activity per week. Prerequisite: CSC 317. (S). 3 credits CSC 471. ISSUES IN THE COMPUTER PROFESSION. The computer science profession is placed in an historical and social context. Privacy, security, ethics, and professional responsibility, definition and protection of intellectual property, communications legislation, technical risks, and liability are among the topics of current professional concern addressed in this course. Prerequisites: Senior Standing in the computer science BSC program as indicated by completion of all CSC courses at the 300 level and below. (S). 1 credit CSC 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN COMPUTER SCIENCE. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. The student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit, for approval, a proposal to the Dean, at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Students may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of 6 credits. Proposals must include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of computer science with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. (F, S, SUM). 1-4 credits CSC 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can quality for credit under this course. Written proposals for such Course Descriptions 161 work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of 4 credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of computer science courses. (F, S, SUM). 1-4 credits CSC 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisites: CSC 397, CSC 398. CSC 497 (F). CSC 498 (S). 1,1 credit CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY (CON) CON 254. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. Development of a complete house plan, specifications, interior and exterior perspective. Two classes of three hours per week. Prerequisite: EGR 131. 2 credits CRIMINAL JUSTICE (CJU) CJU 110. INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE. This course provides an overview of the components and processes of the criminal justice system. Particular emphasis is placed on aspects of the system including the nature of crime, victim assistance, policing, courts and adjudication, punishment, sentencing and incarceration alternatives, and corrections. Class material will include an overview of career opportunities. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of ENG 100/ WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption . A passing grade on the English and Reading placement exams. (F,S). 3 credits CJU 120. INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT. The philosophy and history of law enforcement agencies involved in the administration of criminal justice; processes of justice from detection of crime to parole of offender; evaluation of modern police services; survey of professional career opportunities. Prerequisites: A satisfactory grade on the English and Reading placement exams or the satisfactory completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. (F). 3 credits CJU 205. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE. A review of court systems; procedures and agencies involved from incident of arrest to final disposition; principles of constitutional, federal, state, and local criminal and civil laws as they apply to and affect law enforcement; organization, procedures and techniques of law enforcement agencies and courts. Case histories will be used to create understanding of major problems of administering justice and rehabilitating criminal offenders. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (F,S). 3 credits CJU 207. CRIMINAL LAW. Elements of criminal law with definitions and general penalties; laws of arrest, search and seizure; rights and duties of officers and citizens. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (S). 3 credits CJU 220 INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This multidisciplinary course will cover basic concepts of geographic information systems (GIS) and will combine an overview of the general principles of GIS with analytical use of spatial information. Students will learn GIS techniques to collect, organize, analyze and present data. Students will apply these techniques to conducting “spatial inquiry.” (Also listed as SCI 220 and SSC 220). 3 credits CJU 222. LAW ENFORCEMENT-COMMUNITY RELATIONS. An examination of factors contributing to cooperation or friction between law enforcement personnel and the community, with emphasis on minority groups, political pressures and cultural problems. Citizen involvement in the criminal justice process, community organization and the social responsibility of law enforcement are examined. (F). 3 credits CJU 223. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY/JUSTICE. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime. Analysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency, treatment and prevention. The adjudication process for juveniles-philosophy and practice. (F). 3 credits CJU 224. SECURITY CONCEPTS. The historical, philosophical and legal basis of security. The role of security and the security industry in modern society. Security as a major factor in criminal justice for the prevention of crime. The relationship between private security and public law enforcement. (S). 3 credits CJU 240. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW. This course provides an analysis of the historical development of the relationship of the states and the U. S. Virgin Islands to the Bill of Rights. The effect of the due process Course Descriptions 162 clause of the Fourteenth Amendment on the application of the Bill of Rights is examined through a study of the leading Supreme Court decisions relating to criminal justice. This course will teach students basic areas of constitutional law such as separation of powers, federalism, and individual liberties. Prerequisites: CJU 110 and ENG 120 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits CJU 250. CRIMINAL JUSTICE INTERNSHIP. The criminal justice internship is a cooperative effort between the criminal justice program at the University and public or private law enforcement agencies. The purpose of the internship is to give students the opportunity to apply their education to their interested field of study including law enforcement agencies, commercial security firms, correctional facilities, probation and parole offices and judicial, legal and political offices. The student works under the supervision of the criminal justice professional. Prerequisite: CJU 110 and Sophomore standing. (F, S). 3 credits CJU 305. CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION. Fundamentals of investigation; techniques of crime scene recording and search; collection and preservation of physical evidence; modus operandi processes; sources of information; interview and interrogation; follow up and case preparation; principles, procedures and techniques of investigation of specific crimes; laws affecting law enforcement regarding gathering of evidence; actual crime scene investigation, including autopsy laboratory work. Prerequisites: CJU110, CJU 207. (S). 3 credits CJU 310. WOMEN, CRIME AND JUSTICE. A comprehensive examination of the research on gender as it relates to the criminal justice system, including girls and women as offenders, as victims of violence, and as female criminal justice professionals. Topics will include both Caribbean and U.S. mainland perspectives as they relate to the influence of gender in criminal justice, as well as a delineation of the necessary and effective changes demanded for the future by criminal justice personnel. 3 credits CJU 315. VICTIMOLOGY. This course focuses on the victim and will expose students to a new study within the criminal justice field, Victimology. Students will study different types of victimization, and roles of and ethics related to the criminal justice practitioner. Students will access sources of information regarding crime victims from the UCR and the NCVS. This course will also examine victim allocution and victim-impact statement. An analysis of the different types of punishment and justice will be discussed. Prerequisites: CJU 110, ENG 120. (Also listed as SOC 315). 3 credits CJU 320. DRUGS AND CRIME. This course examines the historical and contemporary psychological, physiological, and sociological aspects of drug use and abuse, with considerable emphasis placed upon drug-related crimes and the criminal justice system, both in the Caribbean and on the U.S. mainland. This focus will include illicit drug trafficking and money laundering, as well as approaches to intervention, prevention, legislation, and public policy. 3 credits CJU 321. CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS. A study of the development of penal philosophies from revenge to rehabilitation. The structure of the American correctional system including probation, institutionalization and parole with consideration of current alternatives to incarceration. Survey of techniques, strategies and problems encountered in correctional counseling. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as POL 321). (F). 3 credits CJU 325. POLICE ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION. The organization and administration of line, staff and auxiliary functions. A detailed examination of current command-level problems and trends in law enforcement organization and management; this includes the formulation of policy and procedure; rules and regulations, development; implementation of procedural and tactical planning; coordination and control of activity. Prerequisite: CJU 110, CJU 205. (F). 3 credits CJU 328. CRIME PREVENTION AND DELINQUENCY CONTROL. Planning and administration of crime prevention methods; techniques of handling juvenile offenders and victims; prevention and repression of delinquency; diagnosis and referral; organization of community resources. Juvenile law and juvenile court procedures. Prerequisites: CJU 110, CJU 207. (S). 3 credits CJU 333. CRIMINOLOGY. The study of criminal and delinquent behavior including its variations, ramifications, explanations and measures of prevention, control and treatment. (Also listed as SOC 333.) (F) 3 credits Course Descriptions 163 CJU 345. INTRODUCTION TO FORENSIC SCIENCE. Forensic Science is concerned with the analysis of physical evidence associated with the crime scene, the victim(s) and/or the suspect(s). This course will introduce students to the concept of forensic science, forensic psychology in the court system, the investigation of crime scenes and the analysis of evidence, specifically the identification and characterization of biological fluids and stains, DNA, terrorism, and the federal rules of evidence which relate to the admissibility of evidence. Depending on the availability of guest lecturers who are considered experts in their area of specialty, other areas of forensic science to be discussed may include but are not limited to medicolegal investigation of death, entomology toxicology, odontology, trace evidence such as hair, fiber, glass paint or soils, fingerprints, impressions such as footwear and tire, firearms and tool marks, accident reconstruction, forensic psychology and/or psychiatry, and white-collar crime. Weekly laboratory exercises will provide students with a deeper understanding of the methods of analysis of evidence. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as PSY 345). (F). 4 credits CJU 349. FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of psychology and law, emphasizing how theory and research in psychological science is used to enhance the gathering and presentation of evidence, improve legal decision-making, prevent crime, rehabilitate criminals, and promote justice. Topics such as DNA and forensic identification, criminal profiling, lie detection, eyewitness testimony, the insanity defense, workplace law, and the death penalty will be considered. Prerequisites: PSY 120, CJU345/PSY345, PSY 203. (Also listed as PSY 349). 3 credits CJU 365. SELECTED TOPICS. This course is designed for Police Science and Administration students to further their knowledge in areas of special interest which may fall outside of their required program. Approved topics at this time are Biological Evidence in Forensic Science and Introduction to Forensic Sciences. Topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. The course may be repeated for credit under various topics. (S). 3 credits CJU 401. CRIMINAL JUSTICE RESEARCH METHODS. This course is concentrated on research methods with an emphasis on applying them to the field of criminal justice. Students will be provided with a sound understanding of the scientific method, the terminology of research, how to conduct research. An introduction to the basic methods used in analyzing data from criminal justice agencies, including crime patterns, crime rates, analyses of victim and offenders, recidivism rates, and offense typologies. Students will be provided with hands on experiences in interpreting and analyzing crime data from different sources like homicide reports, Department of Corrections, the Probation Departments, victim agencies/advocates, attitudinal surveys, and other relevant sources. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or above and ENG 201, CJU 110, MAT 235 and SSC 327. 4 credits CJU 405. COMPARATIVE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS. This course is a study of the variations in patterns of corruption and political crimes as well as patterns of law enforcement and adjudication among political systems: democratic, communist and modernizing. This course introduces students to a global, comparative approach to the study of crime and penal sanctioning. Students will survey transnational crimes such as human trafficking and terrorism and learn how different countries respond. This course will cover a wide range of topics over a large number of countries. Prerequisites: ENG 120, CJU 110, POL 120. (Also listed as POL 405). 3 credits. CJU 432. CRIMINAL PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE. Constitutional and procedural considerations affecting arrest, search and seizure. A study of United States Supreme Court cases involving the fourth, fifth, sixth and fourteenth amendments to the U. S. Constitution specifically dealing with the law enforcement officers’ investigative and police powers, and their limitations, in connection with obtaining evidence, confessions and identifications, and in making searches, seizures and arrests. The origin, development and philosophy of rules of evidence, evaluation of evidence and proof required, competency and consideration of witnesses, tests of advisability and weight and value of types of evidence. Prerequisites: CJU 110, CJU 207, CJU 240. (S). 3 credits DECISION SCIENCE (DSC) DSC 100. CONCEPTS IN OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT. This course is designed as a mini-course for non-business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in the operations management field. 1 credit DSC 325. STATISTICS FOR MANAGEMENT DECISIONS. (formerly BUS 325). A study of those areas of statistics which find widest application in problems of management. Students develop basic statistical Course Descriptions 164 theory and apply that theory to decision-making situations by means of examples and problems. Topics include graphical appreciation, index number theory, probability and hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, sampling techniques, regression theory, decision theory and forecasting. Prerequisites: MAT 232 and CIS 101. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits DSC 410. QUANTITATIVE METHODS. The purpose of this course is to provide students with a conceptual understanding of the role of quantitative methods in decision analysis and decision making. Students will be exposed to several quantitative problem solving techniques in an application-based environment to help sharpen their analytical skills and problem solving abilities. Prerequisite: DSC 325. (F, S). 3 credits DSC 430. PRODUCTION/OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 330). The functions of management as related to the production of goods and services; plant layout; quality control; raw materials, from supply through the finished product. Prerequisites: MGT 301 and DSC 325. (F, S, SUM II). 3 credits ECONOMICS (ECO) ECO 221. INTRODUCTION TO MACRO-ECONOMICS. Examines the major problems of economic stability, growth, unemployment, and the role of the government in controlling and regulating economic activity with particular focus upon fiscal and monetary policies. Prerequisite: MAT 153 or 232 or 235. (F, S). 3 credits ECO 222. INTRODUCTION TO MICRO-ECONOMICS. A thorough examination of price determination and how the market mechanism operates in allocating resources among alternative uses. Public policy in relation to business and labor. Prerequisite: MAT 153 or 232 or 235. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits ECO 225. MONEY AND BANKING. Analyzes the basic financial institutions, their functions and interrelationships. Emphasizes the central banking system and the impact of money aggregates and policy on interest rates and macro-economic behavior. Includes Caribbean systems and financial dualism. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. (F). 3 credits ECO 321. INTERMEDIATE MACRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Examines the major problems of economic growth and stability; develops major macro-economic models for analysis of the above problems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 322. INTERMEDIATE MICRO-ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. Develops the economic efficiency model of resource allocation in the market system; covers all the major market structures; perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly, and monopoly. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 324. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. A comparative analysis of the systems utilized to allocate resources with particular emphasis on the capitalistic and communistic systems. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 341. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS. Develops the theoretical tools for analyzing open economics: classical and modern trade and tariff models, balance of payments theory and the international monetary system. Special topics include West Indian migration, the multinational corporation, export dependence and CARICOM. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 360. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. An introduction to the nature of the economic development process and the characteristics of underdeveloped societies. Includes analysis of the problems of structural transformation and the role of the public sector. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 401. PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS. Focuses on the theory and policy of the public finance of the public sector. Essentially, the subject may be viewed as the micro-economic and macroeconomic rationale of government revenues and expenditures. Much of the thrust of the subject will be keyed to an understanding and evaluation of the public sector’s budgetary process, controls, and implementation of expenditure policies; analyses of various types of tax structures, public debt and public sector accountability will all be analyzed. Emphasis will be on the Caribbean public finance structures. Prerequisites: ECO 321, ECO 322. 3 credits Course Descriptions 165 ECO 461. CARIBBEAN ECONOMIC PROBLEMS. A comparative analysis of contemporary Caribbean economics, emphasizing the resource and policy problems of development. Prerequisites: ECO 221, ECO 222. 3 credits ECO 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. An elective course designed for all social science students. Includes areas of special interest in economics. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of the semester. Prerequisite: ECO 221. 3,3 credits ECO 496. PRACTICUM IN ECONOMIC RESEARCH. Provides supervised experience in applying the tools of economic analysis to contemporary development problems and policy issues on both the micro and macro levels of economic behaviors. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing with Economics concentration, ECO 321 and ECO 322. 3 credits EDUCATION (EDU) Non-education undergraduate majors may take education courses if they have satisfied the same general education requirements and have the required prerequisite(s) for the selected course. In addition, course work must clearly document the area of the major. Inclusive Early Childhood Education EDU 108. EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT I. This is the first course of a two-course sequence that provides the student with an in-depth understanding of the variability in patterns of child development from conception through the child’s eighth year of life, as well as, the major influences on development. In this first part, students will gain a thorough knowledge of the development of children pre-natal to age two years through the study of developmental domains and the holistic nature of development. The course provides a core foundation of knowledge essential to students’ understanding of work with all young children, including children with and without disabilities. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/ RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. (F). 3 credits EDU 109. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD ENVIRONMENTS I. This is the first course of a two-course sequence which provides students with an in-depth understanding of the concept of developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. This course will provide an overview of appropriate environments for children with and without disabilities, pre-natal through eight years, and an in-depth study of understanding, developing and enhancing appropriate inclusive environments for children pre-natal to age three. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. Corequisite: EDU 108. (F). 3 credits EDU 113. EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT II. This is the second course of a two-course sequence that provides the student with an in-depth understanding of the variability in patterns of child development from three years through eight years, as well as, the major influences on development. It provides a core foundation of knowledge essential to students’ understanding of work with young children. Prerequisites: EDU 108. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 114. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD ENVIRONMENTS II. This is the second course of a two-course sequence which provides students with an in-depth understanding of the concept of developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. Students will learn how to facilitate and enhance the development of young children with and without disabilities ages three through eight years in the developmental domains through the establishment of developmentally appropriate inclusive environments. Prerequisite: EDU 109. Corequisite: EDU 113. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 214. FAMILY AND COMMUNITY RELATIONSHIPS. This course provides the basis for understanding patterns of family dynamics and for building partnerships, effective communication, and collaboration skills with all families, including families who have children with disabilities. Supporting the family’s primary role in their young child’s early development and education is a primary focus of this course. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. (F, ALT SUM). 3 credits EDU 215. GUIDING CHILDREN’S EARLY BEHAVIOR. This course will introduce the student to methods of child guidance and group management that foster the development of self-esteem, self-control, and Course Descriptions 166 self-discipline/self-regulation in children in a developmentally appropriate context. Prerequisites: EDU 114. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 216. INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD CURRICULA. In this course the student will learn how to plan, implement and monitor children’s progress in developmentally and individually appropriate play and learning activities in a variety of inclusive settings. Content will focus on curriculum development and integration curriculum areas such as language and literacy, mathematics and problem-solving, science, social studies, health, safety, and nutrition, art, music and movement education. Prerequisites: EDU 114. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 217. ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course provides a basis for understanding the legal and socio-ethical considerations relevant to inclusive early childhood education. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 101/RCA 021 or satisfactory score on SAT for exemption. (S, ALT SUM). 3 credits EDU 218. SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING INCLUSIONARY EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS. Field experience will provide the student with opportunities to observe, develop, and implement developmentally appropriate inclusive early intervention and early childhood educational services. Under supervision of qualified professionals, field experience will occur in a variety of inclusive natural environments and programs in which all young children, with and without disabilities, and their families are served. This course is an integral part of EDU 220 and therefore must be taken concurrently with it. Prerequisites: EDU 214, EDU 215, EDU 216 and EDU 217 EDU 219. Corequisite: EDU 220 (This course must be taken concurrently with EDU 220). (DEM). 3 credits EDU 219. PROMOTING LANGUAGE AND LITERACY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. This course provides students with the research-based principles and practices for providing children through the age of five with a strong foundation in receptive and expressive language early reading and writing within a developmentally appropriate approach. Prerequisites: EDU 113 or EDU 230. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 220. SEMINAR IN SUPERVISED FIELD EXPERIENCE IN DESIGNING AND IMPLEMENTING INCLUSIONARY EARLY CHILDHOOD PROGRAMS. The seminar, which accompanies the field experience, will provide opportunities for discussion and interaction focusing on observing and implementing developmentally appropriate inclusive early intervention and early childhood educational services within the field experience site. This course is an integral part of EDU 218 and therefore it must be taken concurrently with it. Prerequisites: EDU 214, EDU 215, EDU 216, EDU 217. Corequisite: EDU 218 (This course must be taken concurrently with EDU 218). (DEM). 2 credits EDU 221. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. This course is essentially an historical study of the role of education in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. It is designed to assist the student with a variety of significant education literature and provide an opportunity to examine the basic ideas (philosophical, sociological and psychological) which have tended to give form and purpose to educational thought and practice in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (F, SUM I). 3 credits EDU 302. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. An introductory course designed to acquaint students with the habilitation and education of exceptional students. (DEM). 3 credits EDU 304. TEACHING READING AND LITERACY IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. The reading course is designed to provide inclusive early childhood majors with an understanding of the reading process, as well as a detailed view of research-based principles of effective literacy instruction from kindergarten to third grade for all children, including children with disabilities. A field experience of two hours weekly is required, in addition to two contact hours of classroom time. Prerequisites: EDU 219 and 221. 3 credits EDU 305. TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. The foundation for children’s mathematical development is laid in the earliest years. Consequently, teachers of young children birth through age eight should build on the curiosity and enthusiasm of children. As a result, this course is designed to connect the world of children to new experiences that would challenge them to explore ideas related to patterns, shapes, numbers, measurement and space with increasing difficulty and sophistication. In this course, students will learn how to apply broad and varied concepts that will help young children learn mathematics with understanding, actively building new knowledge from experience and from prior knowledge. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302. 3 credits Course Descriptions 167 EDU 306. CREATIVE ARTS AND EXPRESSION IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to provide the student with knowledge, strategies and skills needed to encourage children to learn in, through and about creative arts while actively engaging in quality, developmentally appropriate and meaningful experiences expressed through play and reflecting their own cultures. Students will learn how to facilitate creative expression through movement and dance, music, drama, and visual arts in inclusive settings. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302. 3 credits EDU 307. TEACHING SCIENCE IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course prepares inclusive early childhood education teachers to plan, integrate, and implement science concepts for children from birth to eight years of age. The course includes developing an inquiry-based science program for young children that promotes exploration, discovery, development of a hypotheses, description, and analyses to promote science learning. Prerequisites: EDU 221 and EDU 302. 3 credits EDU 308. INTEGRATING AND ADAPTING CURRICULUM ACROSS THE CONTENT AREAS IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to assist inclusive early childhood educators in developing the ability to link their knowledge in specific content areas to the broader picture of managing the classroom environment, implementing an integrated curriculum across content areas, and applying philosophical principles to effective instruction of diverse young learners. This course is designed to prepare teachers to work with children of diverse learning needs and interests in a variety of inclusive educational settings. Teachers are prepared to integrate and link the different content areas (social studies, mathematics, science, language/literacy, creative arts and expression) to create a more meaningful curriculum. Prerequisites: EDU 304, 305, 306, and 307. 3 credits EDU 350. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY. Practice application of audiovisual methods and materials for instruction including the operation of equipment, computer uses and the planning and effective use of instructional technology with special emphasis on the development and use of training aids. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently). (F). 2 credits EDU 403. ASSESSMENT FOR EFFECTIVE TEACHING IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. Students will develop a basic understanding of the assessment process and learn how the results of assessment are linked to teaching and guiding young children from birth to eight years of age. Students will practice assessment techniques with children that are developmentally appropriate, family-centered, culturally and linguistically competent. Students will learn how to share assessment results with parents and other professionals. Prerequisites: EDU 304, 305, 306, and 307. 3 credits EDU 404. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to examine the multi-dimensional role of the early childhood program director/ administrator and to investigate the administrative styles, management tools and interpersonal skills that contribute to effective leadership. Prerequisites: EDU 304, 305, 306 and 307. 3 credits EDU 405. COLLABORATION AND CONSULTATION IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course is designed to provide the inclusive early childhood educator with consultative, collaborative, and teamwork skills. Students will be required to observe and critique experiences in the field with professionals who serve as consultants to general education teachers. It involves sharing expertise and concerns, as well as planning and working with parents and other professionals to identify students’ unique needs, thus enabling the implementation of programs that facilitate learning and achievement within inclusive educational settings. Prerequisite: EDU 308. 3 credits EDU 406. STUDENT TEACHING IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. Student teaching is the culminating experience in the inclusive early childhood education program. It provides the opportunity for the student teacher to put theory into practice under the guidance of a licensed teacher and a university supervisor, allowing the gradual induction into the role of a professional teacher. Feedback and assessment are given in terms of growth in the understanding and abilities needed to assume the responsibilities of a beginning teacher. Emphasis is placed on helping the student teacher become a reflective professional. Cooperation among the classroom teacher, university supervisor, and administrators is essential. The inclusive early childhood education program provides the student teacher with the opportunity to participate in multicultural and inclusive sites. Student teachers will be required to spend four hours per day at their sites and to co-register for the Seminar in Student Teaching in Inclusive Early Childhood Education. It is strongly recommended that no other course be taken during the student’s teaching semester. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all other required Education courses with a minimum grade of “C” and successful completion of the PRAXIS II exam. Corequisite: EDU 407. (DEM). 6 credits Course Descriptions 168 EDU 407. SEMINAR IN STUDENT TEACHING IN INCLUSIVE EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. The seminar, which accompanies the students’ teaching experience, will provide opportunities for discussion and interaction among student teachers. It is designed to help students reflect on and problem-solve issues related to their professional teaching responsibilities at their sites. The course will support students in relating theory to classroom practice, in further developing effective methods for working with children with diverse abilities and their families, and in developing working relationships with other school staff and professionals. Prerequisites: EDU 308 and EDU 403. Corequisite: EDU 406. (DEM). 2 credits Elementary Education EDU 221. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. This course is essentially an historical study of the role of education in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. It is designed to assist the student with a variety of significant education literature and provide an opportunity to examine the basic ideas (philosophical, sociological and psychological) which have tended to give form and purpose to educational thought and practice in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (F, SUM I). 3 credits EDU 230. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the ways in which psychological principles and theories of development apply to educational practice. The focus will be on the basic processes of development — cognitive, social and personality, moral, emotional, physical, language — from infancy through adolescence with special reference to their relationship to learning and instruction. The psychology of learning, motivation and social factors in education will also be considered. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and PSY 120. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 250. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND INSTRUCTION. A study of the theoretical bases of curriculum planning and design, and of the influences of learner, society and knowledge sources on the process of curriculum development and classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on the selection, planning and implementation of teaching strategies, methodologies and instructional materials appropriate for individualized and group instruction. Prerequisites: EDU 221, EDU 230 and admission to the School. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 257. MATHEMATICS AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course is a joint offering of the Mathematics and Teacher Education Programs. The mathematics portion (3 hours per week) is a detailed examination of the mathematical content that is prerequisite for teaching elementary school mathematics. The development of methods and materials for the teaching of elementary school mathematics (1 hour per week) will be conducted by the Teacher Education faculty. Demonstration teaching and student teaching experiences are important aspects of all segments of this course. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the auspices of the School of Education will consist of two hours weekly to assist selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruction in mathematics. Prerequisites: Mathematics general education requirement and EDU 250 and admission to the School. (Also listed as MAT 257). (F). 5 credits EDU 302. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. An introductory course designed to acquaint students with the habilitation and education of exceptional students. (DEM). 3 credits EDU 350. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY. Practice application of audiovisual methods and materials for instruction including the operation of equipment, computer uses and the planning and effective use of instructional technology with special emphasis on the development and use of training aids. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently). (F). 2 credits EDU 351. CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT. Principles and practices for managing classroom behavior including preventive strategies, group and individual techniques, and social, cultural and psychological concerns. Emphasis is on the development of a personal philosophy and approach to effective classroom management. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently). (S). 2 credits EDU 353, 354. TEACHING THE LANGUAGE ARTS. Designed to instruct learners in the utilization of methods and materials for teaching reading and other language arts on levels K-8. It will also deal with the interrelatedness of the language arts skills (reading, writing, speaking, listening, study skills), reading in the content areas, grouping for instruction, informal diagnosis in the classroom, programmed reading research and demonstration techniques, developmental and remedial reading techniques, and components of a sound children’s literature program. An entire semester will be devoted specifically to the teaching of Course Descriptions 169 reading. During one semester, concurrent field experiences will consist of two hour weekly assisting selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruction in the language arts. Prerequisite: EDU 250 and admission to the School. EDU 353 (F). EDU 354 (S). 3,4 credits EDU 360. SCIENCE AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course, a joint offering of the Science and Teacher Education programs, is designed for elementary education majors. It will give students an opportunity to actively participate in the construction of scientific knowledge by engaging them in critical thinking and original research projects in the natural sciences. Additionally, the course will expose students to science teaching reform, standards in science teaching, and the theories of teaching and learning in science. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the supervision of the School of Education in conjunction with the College of Science and Mathematics will consist of two hours weekly. Pre-requisites: EDU 250 and admission to the School. (Also listed as SCI 360). (F-ALT). 5 credits EDU 365. TEACHING SOCIAL STUDIES IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. The course exposes students to the major principles, content, and components of social studies and dynamic social studies instruction. It provides an opportunity for small group interaction as a means of exploring social studies topics, programs, strategies and best instructional practices suitable for teaching in grades K– 6. Prerequisite: EDU 250 and admission to the School. (S-ALT). 3 credits EDU 450. MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN EDUCATION. Study of measurement and evaluation techniques appropriate to the assessment of classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on test construction, criterion-referenced and norm-referenced testing, and on alternative evaluative procedures used to measure and report student progress. Prerequisite: EDU 250 and admission to the School. (S). 2 credits EDU 452. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Designed to develop high level teaching competence through observation, participation, direct full-day teaching experience, and related conferences. Guidance towards the development of specified competencies will be provided by selected faculty of local public schools and the University supervisor. Problems and successes encountered during the practical experiences will be addressed in a weekly seminar conducted by the University supervisor. Prerequisites: Successful completion of (i) all other required Education courses with a minimum of grade “C” and (ii) PRAXIS II. (DEM). 9 credits Secondary Education EDU 221. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. This course is essentially an historical study of the role of education in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. It is designed to assist the student with a variety of significant education literature and provide an opportunity to examine the basic ideas (philosophical, sociological and psychological) which have tended to give form and purpose to educational thought and practice in the United States and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. (F, SUM I). 3 credits EDU 230. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the ways in which psychological principles and theories of development apply to educational practice. The focus will be on the basic processes of development — cognitive, social and personality, moral, emotional, physical, language — from infancy through adolescence with special reference to their relationship to learning and instruction. The psychology of learning, motivation and social factors in education will also be considered. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing and PSY 120. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 250. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND INSTRUCTION. A study of the theoretical bases of curriculum planning and design, and of the influences of learner, society and knowledge sources on the process of curriculum development and classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on the selection, planning and implementation of teaching strategies, methodologies and instructional materials appropriate for individualized and group instruction. Prerequisites: EDU 221, EDU 230 and admission to the School. (F, S). 3 credits EDU 302. INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION. An introductory course designed to acquaint students with the habilitation and education of exceptional students. (DEM). 3 credits EDU 350. INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY. Practice application of audiovisual methods and materials for instruction including the operation of equipment, computer uses and the planning and Course Descriptions 170 effective use of instructional technology with special emphasis on the development and use of training aids. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently) and admission to the School. (F). 2 credits EDU 351. CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT. Principles and practices for managing classroom behavior including preventive strategies, group and individual techniques, and social, cultural and psychological concerns. Emphasis is on the development of a personal philosophy and approach to effective classroom management. Prerequisite: EDU 250 (may be taken concurrently) and admission to the School. (S). 2 credits EDU 450. MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION IN EDUCATION. Study of measurement and evaluation techniques appropriate to the assessment of classroom instruction. Emphasis will be placed on test construction, criterion-referenced and norm-referenced testing, and on alternative evaluative procedures used to measure and report student progress. Prerequisite: EDU 250 and admission to the School. (S). 2 credits EDU 469. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Designed to develop high level teaching competence through observation, participation, actual teaching of a total class and related conferences, this course requires involvement for at least half of each school day under the joint supervision of selected public school faculty and the University supervisor. The course must be taken in conjunction with EDU 497. Prerequisites: Successful completion of (i) all other required Education courses with a minimum grade of “C” and (ii) PRAXIS I. (DEM). 6 credits EDU 497. SEMINAR IN SECONDARY TEACHING. A consideration of problems encountered in junior and senior secondary schools, and of strategies for teaching various subjects at this level. In-depth study and individual projects will relate to specific disciplines being taught concurrently and to major concepts connected with the practice of teaching at the secondary level. The seminar will be conducted by the supervisor of the student teaching experience and by visiting master teachers in relevant disciplines. The course must be taken in conjunction with EDU 469. Prerequisites: Successful completion of (i) all other required Education courses with a minimum grade of “C” and (ii) PRAXIS I. (DEM). 2 credits Other EDU 246. CURRICULUM AND TEACHING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. This course covers the curriculum and teaching methods in early childhood education. It also studies the sociocultural and psychological factors relevant to curriculum development for young children ages 3 to 8. 3 credits EDU 275. TEACHING VISUAL ART TO CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS. Fundamentals of art educational methods through practice with: meaningful visual arts and crafts production, creative problem solving, critical thinking, writing skills, assessment processes, and use of visual media appropriate for school-aged children. For: art teachers, classrsoom teachers, and those using art-making methods for visual and tactile learners of any age. Suggested to education majors; open to any student as an elective. (Also listed as ART 275). 3 credits EDU 349. METHODS OF TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE. This course is designed to develop a background in phonology, applied linguistics, and to develop audio-lingual and oral teaching methods for the teaching of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills in English as a second language with emphasis on teaching the Spanish-dominant student. Prerequisite: EDU 230. (SUM I). 3 credits EDU 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. This course is designed to offer an opportunity and challenge for self- directed study aimed at developing the individual’s ability as an independent student. It is intended to allow the advanced student, under the guidance of a full-time faculty member, to read, research and report in an area in which appropriate courses are not offered. Approval of a study outline by the faculty member and number of credits by the Chair is required prior to enrollment. (DEM). 1-4 credits ENGINEERING (EGR) EGR 110. INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING. A study of engineering, curricula, branches of engineering, basic concepts of engineering, professional ethics, and the engineer in society. This course provides the student with an introduction to: the engineering problem solving process; engineering analysis and design techniques; engineering calculations; statistical analysis; three-dimensional vectors; moments; equilibrium; Course Descriptions 171 work and energy; and DC circuit analysis. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MAT 143 and MAT 153. 3 credits EGR 131. ENGINEERING DRAWING. Elements of mechanical drawing; orthographic projection; isometric and oblique sketching and drawing, primary and secondary auxiliary views, dimensioning detail and assembly drawings, graphic computations, plotting experimental data and empirical equations, graphic statics. One hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. 3 credits EGR 132. ENGINEERING GRAPHICS. Fundamental principles of descriptive geometry involving lines, surfaces and intersections, with application of these principles to engineering problems. One hour lecture and 6 hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EGR 131. 3 credits EGR 141. PLANE SURVEYING. Measurement of distance, directions and elevations; care, adjustment and use of surveying instruments; methods of plane and geodetic surveys; field practice; calculations and mapping; triangulations; precise leveling; area and earthwork; circular curves; stadia, plane table and topographic surveys, and public land surveys. Three hours lecture and 3 hours field work per week. Prerequisites: EGR 131 and MAT 153. 4 credits EGR 211. STATICS. A study of forces and force systems and their external effect on bodies, principally the condition of equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies. Includes a study of distributed forces, centroids and center of gravity, moments of inertia, analysis of simple structures and machines, and various types of friction. The techniques of vector mathematics are employed and the rigor of physical analysis is emphasized. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: EGR 110 or PHY 241. Corequisite: MAT 242. 3 credits EGR 212. DYNAMICS. A study of the kinematics of particles and rigid bodies, kinetics of particles with emphasis on Newton’s second law, energy and momentum methods for the solution of problems, and applications of plane motion of rigid bodies. Techniques of vector mathematics are employed. 3 hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: EGR 211. 3 credits EGR 213. CIRCUIT ANALYSIS. A study of resistive circuits; Kirchoff’s Laws; independent and dependent sources; nodal and mesh analysis; superposition; Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems; maximum power transfer; natural response of RC, RL and RLC circuits; operational amplifiers; sinusoidal analysis and phasors. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisiste: EGR 110. Corequisites: PHY 242, MAT 346. 3 credits ENGLISH (ENG) ENG 051. FUNCTIONAL WRITING. The course addresses several heuristics for the writing process, but the main focus is on writing products. It satisfies the English Proficiency Examination requirement for graduation. The portfolio-based course is open to students who have taken the freshman level sequence or the equivalent and need further practice in examination writing. 3 non-degree credits ENG 100/WAC 011. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: AN INTRODUCTION. Explores the fundamentals of writing in an interdisciplinary context. Emphasizes grammar, punctuation, and mechanics in the context of active learning. Students write for instructors not only in the Humanities, but in the other colleges and schools as well. (Students may test out at placement or with appropriate SAT scores.) 3 non-degree credits and 1 credit ENG 101/RCA 021. READING IN CONTENT AREAS: AN INTRODUCTION. Content Area Reading 021/ ENG 101 offers a comprehensive program of reading and vocabulary in the content areas. It is linked to General Education I - The Caribbean: Social Dimension (SSC 100) and General Education II - The Natural World: The Caribbean (SCI 100). Literal and critical reading skills, conceptual vocabulary enrichment, and validated reading and study strategies are stressed. The course requires that students develop a portfolio of materials demonstrating mastery of the course’s objectives. 3 non-degree credits and 1 credit ENG 108. EXPLORATION OF VIRGIN ISLANDS LITERATURE. An introductory survey of Virgin Islands creative writing in the context of a description of Virgin Islands culture. Students will investigate, through bibliographic research and critical reading, Virgin Islands literature in its socio-historical context. 3 credits Course Descriptions 172 ENG 120. ENGLISH COMPOSITION. English Composition is the intermediate writing course in the University’s composition offerings. It develops critical thinking, investigative research and coherent ideas through the writing of analytical, literary and critical essays and the close reading of texts. Prerequisites: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, or passing scores on the placement exams, or satisfactory SAT or ACT scores, for exemption. 3 credits ENG 191. HONORS COMPOSITION. A course in expository writing for students who demonstrate considerable skill in English grammar and the fundamentals of essay organization and development. Students will develop and refine rhetorical style in the sentence, paragraph and essay, focusing upon the same essay types examined in ENG 120. This course may substitute for ENG120 as a general education requirement. Prerequisites: A score of 530 or above on the SAT Writing test, or 21 on the ACT English or English/Writing test, or a superior score on the objective English placement exam and recommendation by placement exam essay readers. (F). 3 credits ENG 192. HONORS COMPOSITION. A course in persuasive and argumentative writing for students who demonstrate considerable ability in ENG 120 or ENG 191. Students will examine, analyze and evaluate persuasive and argumentative writings, study basic methods of research and apply these to a paper based on original research. This course may substitute for ENG201 as a general education requirement. Prerequisite: “A” average in ENG 120, or successful completion of ENG 191. (S). 3 credits ENG 200. JOURNALISM WORKSHOP. Staff members of UVI VOICE student newspaper receive credit for making a regular contribution to the paper for the semester, acting as writers, copy editors or photographers for each issue. Participants create a portfolio reflecting on their development during the semester. This course can be repeated to a total of 8 credits. Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as COM 200). (F, S). 1 credit (repeatable to 8) ENG 201. RESEARCH AND APPLIED WRITING. ENG 201 is the capstone course in the University-wide writing requirements. It is designed to ensure student competency with the principles and practice of effective writing. This course will prepare students to achieve proficiency in the use of standard writing formats for communication in the various disciplines offered in the University, including research, report writing, argumentation, technical writing, critical writing and other professional-level writing skills. Students will also be able to meet the qualifications for writing in graduate education. Prerequisite: ENG 120. 3 credits ENG 261. WORLD LITERATURE PART I. An interdisciplinary exploration of the short story and novel from a global perspective, the terminology of literary analysis, different critical approaches, and selected criticism leading to the production of aesthetic and critical analyses of works of fiction. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits ENG 262. WORLD LITERATURE PART II. An interdisciplinary exploration of poetry and drama from a global perspective, the terminology of poetry and drama, interdisciplinary critical approaches, and selected works of criticism leading to the production of aesthetic and critical analyses of works of poetry and drama. Prerequisite: ENG 261. 3 credits ENG 300. SCIENTIFIC WRITING. An advanced writing course in the University’s composition offerings. Because it introduces student to the fundamentals of effective scientific writing, it is team-taught by an English instructor and a computational, natural or social science instructor. It develops critical thinking, scientific research, and scientific reasoning and communication through the writing of analytical, argumentative, and critical essays and the close reading of texts. Prerequisites: ENG 201 and one semester of biology, chemistry or physics. 3 credits ENG 301. INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING. This course is an introduction to creative writing in the genres of poetry, fiction, and drama. Students will learn basic techniques and principles of creative writing and will complete several original works in poetry, fiction, and drama. Offered Spring semester of each year. 3 credits ENG 302. INTERMEDIATE FICTION WRITING. This workshop course is designed for students who have mastered the basic forms and techniques of fiction writing and wish to further develop their skills in the craft. The workshop will use commentary and critical analysis from the instructor and the students to encourage the interchange of ideas about the focus and aesthetics of fiction, the methods of the creative Course Descriptions 173 process, and revision. Prerequisites: ENG 301 and permission of instructor on submission of a portfolio. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 303. INTERMEDIATE VERSE WRITING. This workshop course is designed for students who have mastered the basic forms and techniques of verse writing and wish to further develop their skills in the craft. The workshop will use commentary and critical analysis from the instructor and the students to encourage the interchange of ideas about the focus and aesthetics of poetry, the methods of the creative process, and revision. Prerequisites: ENG 301 and permission of instructor on submission of a portfolio. Offered Spring of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 308 NEWSWRITING I. An introduction to writing for print and web-based news media. This course covers the basic types of news stories. Introduction to Associated Press style. Introduction to ethical standards in the profession. Course culminates in a project where students develop critical skills evaluating comparative coverage of a news topic across media. Prerequisite: grade “C” or better in ENG 201. (Also listed as COM 308). (F). 3 credits ENG 310. NEWSWRITING II / EDITING. Intensive writing for print and web-based media, including in-depth newswriting and beat reporting. Introduction to libel law. Students also learn editing skills, including content, style, grammar, assignment-making, the publications production process, editing their work and that of others. Advanced AP style, exposure to editing in other styles. Prerequisite ENG 308. (Also listed as COM 310). (S-ALT). 3 credits ENG 312. FEATURE WRITING. An advanced writing course focusing on feature writing and opinion/ editorial. Students analyze award-winning feature stories, and research and write their own in-depth magazine-style features. Focus on refining an individual writing style. Prerequisite: ENG 308. (Also listed as COM 312). (S-ALT). 3 credits ENG 321. BRITISH LITERATURE. A survey of British literature through the eighteenth century, often presented thematically, and including a study of Old and Middle English language and literature, the Elizabethan writers, the metaphysical poets and the eighteenth century satirists. Prerequisites: ENG 261- 262. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 322. BRITISH LITERATURE. A survey of British literature of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, often presented thematically, with particular emphasis upon Romantic, Victorian and modern poetry, fiction and essays. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Spring of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 324. DESKTOP PUBLISHING. Using industry-standard software, students will learn to use computers to design and produce print-based publications. The course offers an introduction to computer-assisted drawing and design, and photographic preparation. Students will study principles of typography, graphic design and color theory. The class culminates in a client-based portfolio project where students produce a substantive project on deadline, to the client’s specifications, and within budget. Prerequisite: Grade “C” or better in ENG 308 or instructor’s permission. (Also listed as ART 324 and COM 324). (F-ALT). 4 credits ENG 343. LANGUAGE THEORY. Covers a study of English grammars and an introduction to linguistics. Prerequisite: ENG 201. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 344. ADVANCED WRITING. Covers expository writing, with particular attention to formal report writing. Prerequisite: ENG 201. Offered Spring of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 345. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. This course covers the structure, history, and development of the English language from its beginnings to the present day, with a particular focus on the use of the language in literature. Analysis of the linguistic aspects of literary texts will form the basis of the course. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 350.THE BIBLE AS LITERATURE. This course will be a study of the Bible as literature. It will introduce students to the three types of writings in the Bible -- exposition, history and literature. It will also expose students to the literary artistry of the Bible as seen in the pattern or design, theme or central focus, organic unity, coherence, balance, contrast, symmetry, repetition and unified progression. In addition, it will enable students to study the resources of the language, such as metaphor, simile, pun, allusion, paradox, irony and rhetorical patterns that define the Bible as a literary book. This course will in no way be influenced by Course Descriptions 174 any religious or denominational persuasion. It will be taught only for its literary value. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 361. AMERICAN LITERATURE. A representative survey of American literary achievement from the colonial days to the present. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 362. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITING. An in-depth study of selected major works of American literature. Prerequisite: ENG 361. Offered Spring of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 363. BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE. A study of the literary contributions of black writers from the early slave narratives through contemporary writing. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of even- numbered years. 3 credits ENG 371. CARIBBEAN LITERATURE I. A study of representative works from the oral tradition, poetry and drama of the Caribbean area. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Spring of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 372. CARIBBEAN LITERATURE II. A study of representative works of prose fiction and literary criticism by Caribbean writers. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Spring of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 381. MODERN AFRICAN LITERATURE. This course will introduce students to the riches in modern African literature in various genres from various countries throughout the continent, and to the diverse cultures from which they come. The course will focus on the modern African novel, but will also cover modern African poetry, drama and non-fiction prose. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of even- numbered years. 3 credits ENG 401. ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING. This workshop course is designed for students who have mastered the basic forms and techniques of creative writing and wish to further develop their skills in producing creative non-fiction, fiction, and poetry. The workshop will use commentary and critical analysis from the instructor and the students to encourage the interchange of ideas about the forms and aesthetics of creative non-fiction, fiction, and poetry; the methods of the creative process and revision. Prerequisites: ENG 301 and either ENG 302 or ENG 303. Offered Spring of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 404. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN JOURNALISM/WRITING AND PUBLISHING. Qualified students receive academic credit for supervised, non-classroom writing and/or publishing experience in an employment setting, such as a newspaper, magazine or public relations firm. Students work with faculty adviser to plan the semester and provide a portfolio of work at the end of the semester. Prerequisites: At least two newswriting/journalism courses or permission of the adviser. (F, S). 1-3 credits (up to 3) ENG 415. LITERARY CRITICISM. This course covers some of the major statements in literary theory from Aristotle to Henry Louis Gates, Jr. The course will combine the close study of critical principles with the application of those principles to a variety of literary genres: drama, poetry and fiction. These principles include the construction of cultural canons and the way they are influenced by racial, sexual, socioeconomic and national identities. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 421. ORAL TRADITIONAL LITERATURE OF AFRICA. This course will be a study of oral traditional literature in various North, Central, South, East and West African cultures, and of the techniques and conventions of oral traditional literatures throughout the African continent. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Spring of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 423. WOMEN’S LITERATURE OF THE AFRICAN DIASPORA. This course will be a study of contemporary literature written by African women, African-American women and Afro-Caribbean women. Relevant historical background and information on feminist/womanist theory will be included. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 431. MAJOR AMERICAN AUTHOR. This course will be an in-depth study of the works of one major American author, including his or her historical and biographical context. Authors covered will vary, but will include Nobel Laureates Toni Morrison and William Faulkner as well as Herman Melville, Edgar Allan Poe, Richard Wright, Ernest Hemingway, Alice Walker and others who have made significant literary Course Descriptions 175 contributions. The course may be repeated for credit with a change in topic. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Spring of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 432. MAJOR BRITISH AUTHOR. This course will be an in-depth study of the works of one major British author, including his or her historical and biographical context and any necessary language study. Authors covered will vary, but will include such figures as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, Charles Dickens, Jane Austen and James Joyce. The course may be repeated for credit with a change in topic. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Spring of odd-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 433. MAJOR CARIBBEAN AUTHOR. This course will be an in-depth study of the works of one major Caribbean author, including his or her historical and biographical context. Authors covered will vary, but will include Nobel Laureates Derek Walcott and V.S. Naipaul as well as George Lamming, Jamaica Kincaid, Wilson Harris, Olive Senior and others who have made significant literary contributions. The course may be repeated for credit with a change in topic. Prerequisites: ENG 261-262. Offered Fall of even-numbered years. 3 credits ENG 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in language and literature. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. Offered occasionally. 3,3 credits ENG 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a member or members of the College. Students will have a weekly conference with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisites: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in the subject area in question with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the Dean and advisor and the approval of a written proposal for projects prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) ESL 100. ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE I. Designed for students who already have some competence in English, but who need additional ESL preparation. Focuses on the mastery of basic sentence patterns and the essentials of English grammar. Emphasizes the writing process. Students compose short expressive paragraphs. 3 credits ESL 101. ENGLISH AS SECOND LANGUAGE II. This course will utilize ESL techniques to help students examine and apply the rules of English grammar to various oral and written assignments. Students will learn to produce different types of essays and make presentations at the university level. 3 credits ESL 102. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: WRITING. ESL Writing focuses on writing expository essays and research papers using sentence structure in coherent, well-developed paragraphs. It emphasizes the development and organization of ideas in writing. It also expands critical thinking skills, particularly those used in writing of argumentative and persuasive essays. Emphasis is on the review of complex grammatical structures, paragraph relationships, and patterns of essay organization. Areas of study include the expansion of students’ understanding of American culture through selected literature, video cassettes and cassette tapes, and other supplementary material to improve their skills in listening comprehension, reading and writing. Prerequisite ESL 101. 3 credits ENTREPRENEURSHIP (ENT) ENT 200. INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP. Welcome to the entrepreneurial revolution! ENT 200 is an introductory course intended to provide students with a solid foundation in terms of the vital role played by entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship in the 21st century global economy. During this semester, we will assess, explore, critique, and celebrate the phenomenon of entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship is approached as a way of thinking and acting, as an attitude and a behavior. Our emphasis is on entrepreneurship as a manageable process that can be applied in virtually any organizational setting. Moreover, our interest is in sustainable entrepreneurship, or entrepreneurship over the life cycles of people’s careers, of organizations as they evolve from start-up enterprise to sizeable corporation, and of societies as they move from undeveloped to post-industrial. However, our principal focus will be on the creation of new ventures, the ways that they come into being, and factors associated with their success. Prerequisites Course Descriptions 176 for non-business majors: ACC 100, CIS 100, DSC 100, FIN100, MGT100, MKT 100. Prerequisites for business majors: ACC 201, CIS 210, MGT 301, MKT 301, FIN 301. 3 credits ENT 300. FOUNDATIONS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP I. This course is part one of a two part course series that must be taken sequentially. ENT 300 is designed to provide students with a global view of the entrepreneurial experience. Students are exposed to key management and information systems principles, vocabulary, and techniques in a “learn by doing” approach with sensitivity toward social responsibility and ethical behavior. Students will participate in teams that develop and propose a new venture complete with a business model and plan for a potential business startup. Each team will then have to compete for funding through a “student as investor” classroom capital funding simulation based on the real world funding mechanisms. Based on voting with their virtual investment funds, students will select the two best proposals for further development in the spring semester. The winning proposals will be funded for startup in the ENT 301. This funding will be based on justification of the need of funds in a funding proposal in the final week of class. ENT 300 is offered in the fall semester only and must be followed by ENT 301 in the spring semester. Prerequisites for non-business majors: ACC 100, CIS 100, DSC 100, FIN100, MGT100, MKT 100 . Prerequisites for business majors: ACC 201, CIS 210, MGT 301, MKT 301, FIN 301. 3 credits ENT 301. FOUNDATIONS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP II. The winning ideas from the fall semester ENT 300 class will be staffed by the students who are responsible to launch their new venture in the spring semester. The responsibilities for the chief executive, vice president of human resource management, finance, accounting, and operations will be assumed by students based on their own selection process and applied to the new venture which will be entirely staffed by the students on the team. The students have 4 weeks to get the business up and running followed by 10 weeks of operating the business followed by 1 week to exit and harvest the business. Upon successful harvesting of the business the students will first repay the university invested funds and then they will assume the philanthropic role of deciding which charity will receive their profits. Prerequisites: ENT 200, ENT 300. 3 credits ENT 310. ENTREPRENEURSHIP THROUGHOUT THE CARIBBEAN. In this course students will look at entrepreneurship in a Caribbean context. Specific focus will be on the types of businesses that are associated with our island paradise and the opportunities they provide for future entrepreneurs. Students will investigate the Caribbean market place, private industry and governmental data, and potential sources of funding for potential new businesses. Students will interview entrepreneurs and learn how to evaluate business opportunities (not merely ideas). Classroom material will be supplemented with guest speakers, videos, and software simulation. Students will complete a number of feasibility studies identifying business opportunities in the Eastern Caribbean. Prerequisites: ENT 300. 3 credits ENT 410. MANAGING A GROWING BUSINESS. This course concentrates on successfully managing a new venture after the startup phase. The course explores the challenges of managing the operation of an on-going fledgling enterprise. Several issues including the managerial work of growing the business, identifying additional funding sources, and organizational development are explored and discussed. The task of building an organization capable of managing and sustaining the business as market and competitive conditions change is a central component of long-term success. Entrepreneurs must expand their focus and capacity for managerial flexibility to adapt to changes in the external environment. Issues for the ongoing businesses include recruiting and keeping the right people, providing leadership and vision, learning how to delegate, managing cash flow, operating with limited resources, establishing and communicating organizational culture, and maintaining innovation are just some of the many challenges that must be overcome. Prerequisite: ENT 301. 3 credits ENT 420. ENTREPRENEURSHIP FIELD SEMINAR. This course explores entrepreneurship in action. The course will require field work from the student to investigate various types of business opportunities. Students will conduct interviews with entrepreneurs and summarize these findings into a portfolio of potential opportunities. One opportunity will be further developed based on the individual interest of each student who will present their findings to classmates. External readings, current events in business trends, and the viability and profitability of various business opportunities will be explored. As an alternative to this course students have the option of taking a course co-developed with their college or school that focuses on the role and opportunities of entrepreneurship within their major field of study. Prerequisite: ENT 301, ENT 310. 3 credits Course Descriptions 177 FINANCE (FIN) FIN 100. CONCEPTS IN FINANCE. This course is designed as a mini-course for non-business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in the finance field. 1 credit FIN 301. FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE (formerly BUS 321). An introduction to theory and technique for optimal investment of the capital resources of the firm under conditions of uncertainty. Topics include rate of return analysis, cost of capital theory and measurement, capital structure, dividend policy, promotion and reorganization. Prerequisites: Two degree-credit courses in MAT, ACC 202 or HRM 234, and ECO 221, ECO 222. (F, S). 3 credits FIN 323. INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (formerly BUS 323). A study of investment policy for the individual and institutional investor. Topics include security analysis, theories of valuation, securities markets, sources of investment information, investment timing and portfolio management. Corequisite: FIN 301. (F). 3 credits FIN 324. FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (formerly BUS 324). An examination of principles, function, and operations of the monetary and banking system, the structural relationship of major financial institutions, the flow of funds and determinants of interest rates. Corequisite: FIN 301. (S). 3 credits FIN 355. PRINCIPLES OF RISK MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 255). The purpose of this course is to equip students with a general framework for understanding the effects of risk and provide them with a broad knowledge of risk management and insurance. The course includes an examination of the specific applications of alternative methods of treating risks with regard to life, health, property andcasualty, and liability insurance. Prerequisite: BUS 351. 3 credits FIN 425. FINANCIAL POLICY AND STRATEGY (formerly BUS 425). Application of financial theory and principles to formulate financial policies for a firm and the development of strategies for its implementation. The case method will be emphasized. Topics included are: mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, financial restructuring, venture capital, financial syndication, investment banking, international finance and financial innovations. Corequisite: FIN 323. (F). 3 credits FRENCH (FRE) FRE 131. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY FRENCH I. This course is designed to develop a basic level of competence in understanding and an acceptable level of competence in communicating in standard French. Its learning activities draw upon the broad range of state-of-the-art facilities and techniques, including videos, computer-assisted language practice and multi-media supported drills. This first course lays the foundation in phonology, vocabulary and grammar for effective command of the other two in this sequence. (F, S). 4 credits FRE 132. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY FRENCH II. This course is designed to develop in the second language learner a higher elementary level of competence in understanding and communicating orally and in writing standard French. the learning program is based on state-of-the-art videos, computer-assisted language activities and practice provided by multi-media resources. This second course builds upon the foundation laid by the introductory elementary course and continues to develop phonology, vocabulary and grammar in preparation for the intermediate and more advanced stages of the language. The development of language functions moves from ritualistic expressions to more complex usages in conversation. Prerequisite: FRE 131. (F, S). 4 credits FRE 231. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. Grammar reviews, drills in translation, intensive practice in hearing and in speaking French. Practical vocabulary and conversation will be stressed. Prerequisite: FRE 132 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. (F, S). 4 credits FRE 305. ORAL FRENCH. Conducted entirely in French. Intensive oral practice; pronunciation, vocabulary, reading, comprehension, conversation, short speeches and group discussions. Some use of audio aids. 3 credits 306. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. Conducted entirely in French and designed to develop fluency and correctness in the spoken language by means of prepared and impromptu discussions on topics of cultural and current interest. Prerequisite: FRE 231 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. 3 credits Course Descriptions 178 FRE 311. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. A groundwork is laid for studies in the development of the Romance languages. Some essential and practical concepts and applications of descriptive linguistics are studied. Methodologies for recording and analyzing languages are explored. Readings and reports are initiated on the history of the French language. Prerequisite: FRE 231. 3 credits FRE 312. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The development of grammatical structures and lexicons of French out of the Latin language is the subject of detailed study. The roles of sociolinguistics contact phenomena are also brought into perspective, as agents of language change. Theories on language origins and language change are evaluated, particularly in the light of creole developments. Prerequisite: FRE 311. 3 credits FRESHMAN STUDIES FDS 100. FRESHMAN DEVELOPMENT SEMINAR. This course will provide an introduction to the nature of university education and an orientation to University functions and resources. It is designed to assist students in obtaining skills necessary for the attainment of their educational objectives. Group process will be emphasized. 1 credit SCI 100. THE NATURAL WORLD: THE CARIBBEAN. A topical examination of the natural world of the Caribbean. Included will be considerations of elements of Caribbean life associated with the natural world, with emphasis on their roots in the natural sciences. The approach is interdisciplinary, with a variety of learning strategies employed. Two hours of lecture and 3 hours of lab. Corequisite: ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. 3 credits SSC 100. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: A CARIBBEAN FOCUS. A topical examination of the social dimensions of Caribbean cultures from the origins of human habitation to the present. Its interdisciplinary approach will emphasize the perspectives of the various social sciences, with attention also given to the arts of the Caribbean. A variety of teaching and learning strategies will be utilized. Two hours of lecture and 2 hours-workshop. Corequisite: ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. 3 credits ENG 100/WAC 011. WRITING ACROSS THE CURRICULUM: AN INTRODUCTION. Explores the fundamentals of writing in an interdisciplinary context. Emphasizes grammar, punctuation and mechanics in the context of active learning. Students write for instructors not only in the Humanities, but in the other colleges and schools as well. (Students may test out at placement or with appropriate SAT scores.) Four hours of lecture a week. 1 credit and 3 non-degree credits ENG 101/RCA 021. READING IN CONTENT AREAS: AN INTRODUCTION: Offers a comprehensive program of reading and vocabulary. It is linked to An Introduction to the Social Sciences: A Caribbean Focus (SSC 100) and The Natural World: The Caribbean (SCI 100). Literal and critical reading skills, conceptual vocabulary enrichment, and validated reading and study strategies are stressed. The course requires that students develop a portfolio of materials demonstrating mastery of the course’s objectives. (Students may test out at placement or with appropriate SAT scores.) Four hours of lecture per week. 1 credit and 3 non-degree credits GEOGRAPHY (GOG) GOG 121. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. A systematic study of the more important characteristics of the earth’s surface, including the elements of climate, world climatic types and their distribution, landforms and the seas, the resources of the earth, water, natural vegetation and animal life, soils, mineral fuels and ores. (F). 3 credits GOG 122. CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. Man and his environment: homeland and early migrations; modern migrations; present population distribution and problems; types of physical environment and man’s adaptation to them; cultural diffusion; the spread of ideas, cultivated plants and the development of agriculture; the domestication and utilization of animals; the development of technology.(S). 3 credits GOG 131. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. A general survey of the world distribution of productive occupations, emphasizing its relationship to physical factors and economic conditions; the theory of industrial location and localization; world patterns of trade and communication. 3 credits Course Descriptions 179 GOG 232. GEOGRAPHY OF THE CARIBBEAN. A comprehensive geographical survey of the Caribbean lands: similarities and diversities in the region; factors of physical and historical geography underlying political fragmentation; economic geography, with emphasis upon land use; current Caribbean problems; population, industrialization, selected regional studies. 3 credits HISTORY (HIS) HIS 181, 182. WORLD CIVILIZATIONS. A survey of the history of humankind from a global perspective, tracing its origins and development through neolithic settlements and the subsequent early civilizations into modern times. Attention is given to the origins of human culture and to the complex political, economic, social, religious and intellectual institutions as they coalesced and crystallized into civilizations in various regions of the planet. Among those are the proto-civilizations of the Near East and Africa, the subsequent civilizations of Europe, the East, Africa, the Western Hemisphere and the global system that has emerged in modern times. Prerequisite: Successful exemption or completion of ENG 101/RCA 021. (F, S, SUM). 3,3 credits HIS 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, survival, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as ANT 255, 256 and SOC 255, 256.) HIS 255 (F). HIS 256 (S). 3,3 credits HIS 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipation. HIS 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as ANT 257, 258 and SOC 257, 258.) HIS 257 (F). HIS 258 (S). 3,3 credits HIS 261. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY OF CARNIVAL AND CARIBBEAN CULTURE. This course introduces students to the history and development of the Trinidad-style Carnival, a brief history of the carnivals in other Caribbean islands, the circumstances whereby the carnivals reached North American and European cities and the laws, regulations and other social circumstances that affected the music, dance and the many accompanying masquerades which today comprise the festivals. Students will, through lectures, readings, workshops, research, class discussions, and visits to Carnival social sites, improve their skills of critical thinking and expression in relation to examining Caribbean carnival and culture. Prerequisite: SSC 100 or an introductory course in any of the Social Sciences. (S). 3 credits HIS 320. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. A study of the political, social and economic developments in the United States from the early colonial period to the present. (S). 3 credits HIS 323. HISTORY OF RUSSIA. Origins and early history of Russia. Establishment of relations between Russia and Western European countries and Russia’s expansion in Asia. The emergence of czarist Russia as a European and world power; Russia on the eve of revolution; the revolutions of 1917 and their impact upon Russian government, industry, agriculture, society and culture, Russian foreign policy since 1917. (F). 3 credits HIS 324. HISTORY OF ASIA. History of the major countries of Asia from early times to the present day. Emphasis on changes in their internal social, political and economic conditions with an examination of Asia’s contribution to world history; relations between Asia and Europe; Asia under European influence; the growth of nationalism and the establishment of independence; Asian domestic and foreign policies since independence. (F). 3 credits HIS 330. UNITED STATES-CARIBBEAN RELATIONS. An examination of the historical relationship between the United States and the Caribbean from the colonial period. Emphasis will be placed on American policies toward the region and the ways in which those policies have affected American involvement in the internal affairs of Caribbean territories. The impact of the Caribbean on economic and social changes in the United States will also be examined. Various methodological approaches will be explored. 3 credits HIS 341. CARIBBEAN HISTORY. The history of the Caribbean area up to the present, with particular emphasis on the development of social, political and economic institutions important for understanding the contemporary Caribbean. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits Course Descriptions 180 HIS 342. HISTORY OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. The history of the Virgin Islands up to the present, with particular emphasis on the development of social, political and economic institutions important for understanding the contemporary Virgin Islands. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits HIS 350. LATIN AMERICA SINCE INDEPENDENCE. An analytical study of the main political, economic and social developments in Latin America since the beginning of the period of national independence. (F). 3 credits HIS 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of the West African Sudan: the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of the various peoples involved: Ghana, Mali, Sosso, Songhay, Wolof-Serer and the Fulani. (Also listed as ANT 355, 356 and SOC 355, 356.) HIS 255 (F). HIS 356 (S). 3,3 credits HIS 380. EUROPEAN EXPANSION AND IMPERIALISM. Deals with the conditions which led Europeans overseas, with the activities of Europeans in their own colonies and in independent countries, and with the effect of European expansion upon the societies outside Europe and upon Europe itself. The `eriod covered extends from about 1400 to the present Europe and the overseas territories to each other. (F). 3 credits HONORS PROGRAM (HON) HON 101. HONORS INTRODUCTORY SEMINAR. This interdisciplinary seminar is a writing-intensive course designed to develop exceptional scholars and citizens in the context of the complex issues and challenges involved in applying knowledge and learning to personal and public lives. This broad context includes the meaning of life and personal identity, the place of sports in developing countries, the role of technology and its effect on communication, education systems of various cultures, ways of knowing and belief systems, politics in a global society, ways we relate to each other and the world, and the place of the arts in society. Within this context students explore how knowledge is generated, criticized and verified in the various academic disciplines and paradigms; how knowledge derived from one discipline and paradigm compares and contrasts with knowledge derived from other disciplines and paradigms; how to be critical consumers of research and knowledge. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space-available and instructor-approved basis. (This course may be taken in partial satisfaction of the General Education requirements in Humanities). 3 credits HON 201. HONORS RESEARCH THEORY AND METHODS. This interdisciplinary seminar explores approaches to scholarly investigations. It examines practical methods for finding and using currently available knowledge, and reviews the theoretical basis for research methods that reveal new knowledge. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space- available and instructor-approved basis. (This course may be taken in partial satisfaction of the General Education requirements in Social Sciences). 3 credits HON 301. DEVELOPMENT, ANALYSIS AND COMMUNICATION OF ETHICAL POSITIONS. A seminar series which introduces students to frameworks of ethical/moral behavior and judgments, provides practice in applying these frameworks to personal choices/decisions and to issues in society, establishes an awareness of ethical issues and implications in a wide variety of personal, professional and social contexts, develops the ability to analyze, articulate and defend ethical arguments, and encourages students to adopt a personal set of ethical guidelines and standards to guide their actions. Case studies analyzing personal and private choices, decisions and directions from an ethical point of view are emphasized and students are encouraged to examine critically the positions taken by public figures and by their student colleagues. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, this course is also open to other students on a space- available and instructor-approved basis. (This course may be taken in partial satisfaction of the General Education requirements in Humanities). 3 credits HON 401, 402. HONORS THESIS/PROJECT. The Honors Thesis/Project is the capstone experience for all Honors Program students. Students are expected to investigate a significant issue, organization, movement, event or art form and to formally report in written (or via other appropriate modalities) and oral forms on their discoveries/creations. Students will be expected to ground their investigation theoretically and to justify selected methodologies used during their discovery process. The thesis/ project will be approved in advance by the Honors Council and will be undertaken under the direction of a UVI faculty member. Students will be expected to display mastery of the content and delivery of the Course Descriptions 181 material in an oral defense of the thesis/project in front of the Honors Council and other students in the Honors Program. Required of participants in the UVI Honors Program, normally taken in two consecutive semesters. 3,3 credits HOTEL AND RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT (HRM) HRM 132. FUNDAMENTALS OF TOURISM. An introduction to the broad fields of travel and tourism. Among the topics covered are the historical, economic, social, cultural, psychological and marketing aspects of human travel and the tourism industry globally, and with a special focus on the Caribbean with an overview of guest expectations in food service, nutrition concerns of today’s consumers, menu management, automation, marketing, sanitation, and financial management. Problems specific to restaurant operations in a Caribbean environment will be examined. (S). 2 credits HRM 133. INTRODUCTION TO RESORT HOTEL MANAGEMENT. Exposure to the many career opportunities in resort hotels, with an overview of the organization and structure of resort operations. Responsibilities of managers and problems specific to resort operations in a Caribbean environment will be examined. Prerequisite: BUS 112. (SUM I). 2 credits HRM 134. INTRODUCTION TO RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT. The fundamentals of food and beverage management with an overview of guest expectations in food service, sanitation, and financial management. Problems specific to restaurant operations in a Caribbean environment will be examined. (S). 2 credits HRM 232. HOSPITALITY SERVICES MARKETING. Provides students with basic knowledge to develop effective strategies and tactics specific to the marketing of hospitality services. Special emphasis will be placed on the development of a marketing plan for a Caribbean resort hotel to target and capture a specific niche within the leisure vacation market. Prerequisites: HRM 132, HRM 133, and HRM 134. (F). 3 credits HRM 233. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY COMPUTER SYSTEMS. A study of computer applications for lodging and food and beverage operations. Covers hotel property management systems for service as well as management-oriented functions. Examines generic applications software, reservations systems, and other essential components of property management systems. Prerequisites: HRM 132, HRM 133 and HRM 134. (F). 3 credits HRM 234. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY ACCOUNTING. This course exposes students to hospitality accounting concepts, hotel revenue and expense accounting, tip reporting, minimum wage requirements, financial statements, and how they apply to each specific operation within the hospitality industry. Special emphasis will be on the study of the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels. Prerequisites: HOS 101, ACC 201. (S). 3 credits HRM 242. HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY PERSONNEL TRAINING. This course is designed to provide applications of proven training systems and methods for managers in the hospitality industry and covers the elements of training for a new or established hospitality operation. Topics covered include job analysis, job descriptions and specifications, training programs, coaching, counseling and performance reviews. Prerequisites: HRM 132, HRM 133, and HRM 134, and PSY 120 which may be taken concurrently. (F). 3 credits HRM 243. FRONT OFFICE MANAGEMENT. This course presents a systematic approach to front office operations in a hotel with a step-by-step illustration of the guest cycle beginning with the reservation process and ending with the check-out and settlement of guest folios. Prerequisites: HRM 234 and HRM 233. (S). 3 credits HRM 244. HOUSEKEEPING MANAGEMENT. Provides an overview of all aspects of housekeeping management principles and practices relative to the internal maintenance and cleaning of lodging facilities and supplies. Room preparation, cleanliness, record keeping, scheduling and inspection, and departmental organization will be covered. Prerequisite: HRM 242. (S). 3 credits HRM 245. FOOD AND BEVERAGE COST CONTROL. The control of costs in food and beverage operations will be studied. Students will gain an understanding of the planning and control process focusing on products, labor, material, and sales income and learn to implement effective cost-control procedures. Sanitation management and strategies for avoiding food contamination and spoilage will be addressed. Prerequisites: HOS 101, HOS 105, ACC 201. 3 credits Course Descriptions 182 HRM 246. BAR AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT. This course is designed to expose students to the identification, use and service of wines and other alcoholic beverages. The various elements of beverage operations including purchasing, control, merchandising and bar management are analyzed. Special emphasis will be placed on the management of service in food and beverage operations. Prerequisite: HRM 242. 3 credits HRM 250. INTERNSHIP. A work/study program arranged on an individual student basis with participating hospitality organizations. Each student will be assigned an individual School faculty member as sponsor and counselor who will assist and supervise the student through his or her work/study experience. Both the student and the sponsoring hospitality organization will establish practical learning goals and provide periodic feedback to the School on progress toward meeting these goals. Students will be required to render periodic written and oral reports on their internship experience. They will also be required to participate in professional development activities and internship seminars. Prerequisites: 18 credit hours of HRM courses. 3 credits HOSPITALITY (HOS) HOS 101. INTRODUCTION TO THE HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY. An overview of the general hospitality industry, its history, extent, obstacles, and career opportunities. The various segments of the industry will be explored; hotels and resorts, food and beverage establishments, travel and tourism. Students will develop the skills and applications needed to recognize opportunities in this dynamic industry. (F). 3 credits HOS 105. FOOD SAFETY AND SANITATION. Students will learn the fundamentals of environmental health, hygiene, sanitation and food safety. They will explore the origins of food-borne illness and implementation of HACCP. Students will take a national sanitation exam recognized by The Conference for Food Protection. Prerequisite: HOS 101. (S) 1 credit HOS 110. LODGING OPERATIONS I. The student will examine operational procedures associated with the management of a hotel front office, the reservations office, concierge function, and bell stand. Basic functions of property management system software will also be taught. Prerequisite: HOS 101. (F) 3 credits HOS 201. FOOD PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS. This course will provide the student with the fundamental culinary skills and kitchen management techniques necessary for a professional hospitality manager. Proper kitchen terminology and cooking techniques will be emphasized. Prerequisite: HOS 105. (F) 2 credits HOS 205. CUSTOMER SERVICE MANAGEMENT. This course outlines the basics of customer service in the hospitality industry. Topics include anticipation of guests’ needs, understanding guests from different cultures, proactive service, and handling customer complaints. Prerequisite: HOS 101. (S) 3 credits HOS 230. HOSPITALITY INTERNSHIP I. This semester-long course will take place on-site at a working hospitality operation where the student works as an intern for no less than 300 hours. Students will rotate through at least four departments and learn the essential skills in each. Students must complete a rotation in each of the following: Rooms Division, Front-of-the-House; Rooms Division, Back-of-the- House; Food and Beverage Division, Front-of-the-House; Food and Beverage Division, Back-of-the-House. Prerequisites: HOS 105, HOS 110, HOS 201, HOS 205. (F) 4 credits HOS 301. RESORT MANAGEMENT. This course describes resort operations with an emphasis on recreation and activities. Resort organizations confront a number of dynamic challenges when attempting to seize business opportunities triggered by the change in global and domestic demand. These challenges are to maintain the quality of the product, cope with rapid changes in tastes and preferences, and overcome market volatility that affect these industries. Prerequisites: HOS 110, HOS 205. (F) 3 credits HOS 305. TOURISM. The course will provide students with an understanding of the fundamentals of the purposes and needs of tourism. The size and scope of tourism will be discussed in conjunction with shifts in the production and consumption of tourist products over time, and the interrelationships among the global, regional and local levels of the tourist industries sectors. The course will identify theories that may be applied within the context of tourism management using the analyses of several case studies. Prerequisites: HOS 101, MKT 301. (S) 3 credits Course Descriptions 183 HOS 310. LODGING OPERATIONS II. Students will examine operational procedures in the housekeeping and engineering departments and the security and loss preventions functions of a hotel. Revenue management techniques will also be explored. Prerequisite: HOS 110. (F) 3 credits HOS 315. BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT AND APPRECIATION. This course will provide the student with general knowledge of the beverage industry, particularly as it relates to beverage service in hospitality operations. Food and beverage pairings will be emphasized. Students will learn about beverage service standards, and marketing and merchandising strategies. Both alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages will be examined. Prerequisites: HRM 245. (S) 3 credits HOS 401. FOOD AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT. Students will study advanced food and beverage management in the context of running a resort or similar multi-unit operation. Topics include dining service operations, facility design, point-of-sale systems, catering/banquets, working with vendors, and menu development. Prerequisites: HRM 245, HOS 230. (F) 3 credits HOS 410. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT. This course will familiarize the student with those aspects of tourism planning necessary to develop a destination. Students will investigate both the challenges and opportunities associated with tourism development patterns. Researching past similar projects will be emphasized. The role of destination management organizations (DMO) will also be explored.  Prerequisite: HOS 305. (S) 3 credits HOS 430. HOSPITALITY INTERNSHIP II. This advanced, semester-long course will take place on-site at a working hospitality operation. The student and on-site supervisor will agree on an in-depth work experience, usually in one department where the student works as an intern for no less than 300 hours. Students will be exposed to management functions in the operation. The student will also complete a management study in the department and write a paper on the study. Prerequisites: HOS 230. (S) 4 credits HOS 435. HOSPITALITY STRATEGY. This capstone course will introduce the student to senior level policy making techniques. Goal setting, tactical analysis, and implementation strategies will all be examined. The case study method will be employed to encourage the critical thinking and decision making skills of the student. Prerequisites: HRM 234, MGT 301, MKT 301, FIN 301, DSC 430 and at least 90 earned credits (senior status). (S) 3 credits HUMAN SERVICES HMS 310. INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES. This course is one of two dedicated courses that will be offered concurrently to concentrators in Human Services. Combined with its sister course, a practical field placement and seminar, this course will teach basic counseling skills and agency based intervention principles and techniques to neophyte human service workers and counselors. The theoretical underpinnings of the discipline, as well as opportunities for experiential learning both in interactive and field settings will be stressed. Prerequisites: SOC 224, PSY 203. Corequisite: HMS 375. 3 credits HMS 375. FIELD PLACEMENT AND SEMINAR. The course consists of a required placement for the student in a local agency providing human or social intervention, under appropriate supervision, and with opportunities for group and individual supervision as the student is developing basic skills in assessing problems, developing goals, and learning techniques for intervention. Corequisite: HMS 310. 3 credits HUMANITIES (HUM) HUM 115. INTRODUCTION TO HUMANITIES. This interdisciplinary course provides students with exposure to seven fields within Caribbean Arts and Humanities: Music, Dance, Verse, Oralty, Theater, Visual Arts and Film. Students will gain exposure to the breadth of values carried in artistic and other traditional media. This course is participatory and includes performance, discussion, lecture and demonstration. Prerequisite: COM 120, ENG 120. (F, S., SUM). 3 credits HUM 210. VIRGIN ISLANDS CULTURE. A Humanities-based interdisciplinary course, designed to develop in each student a fundamental understanding of the cultural history of the Virgin Islands, the context in which it developed and the challenges presently dictating its destiny. The primary content is the evolving cultural development of the people of the Virgin Islands, focusing on linguistic factors, narrative phenomena, the media, education, art, music, religion and ethics. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits Course Descriptions 184 HUM 497-498. SENIOR HUMANITIES SEMINAR. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in various fields of the humanities. Also includes preparation of a major senior project or research paper. Meets one hour weekly. Required of all majors in the Humanities. Prerequisite: Senior standing in the Humanities. HUM 497 (F). HUM 498 (S). 1-1 credits JAPANESE (JAP) JAP 121-122. INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE. Students will develop and practice speaking and listening skills in Japanese. The course emphasizes the importance of speaking according to what is grammatically and culturally appropriate in a given setting, rather than through direct translation of what would be appropriate in your native language in a similar setting. No previous study of Japanese is required. 5-5 credits JAP 221-222. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE. Intensive practice in Japanese conversation, emphasizing development of vocabulary, grammar and usage appropriate to cultural context. Kana and kanji writing will be introduced. Prerequisite: JAP 122. 5-5 credits MANAGEMENT (MGT) MGT 100. CONCEPTS IN MANAGEMENT. This course is designed as a mini-course for non-business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in the management field. 1 credit MGT 213. SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 213). The administrative organization and management of small business with attention to sources of success and failure, records and credits, managing to sell, aspects of taxation and accounting. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101. (F, S). 3 credits MGT 301. PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 241). A study of the basic principles of business management emphasizing the decision-making approach; planning, organizing, directing, and control in the business enterprise. A history of the study of business management. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101. (F, S, SUM II). 3 credits MGT 342. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (formerly BUS 242). Personnel management principles and practices; the role of the personnel department and its program; role of the operating supervisor and executives within the program; role of behavioral sciences in the functional areas of personnel management. Prerequisite: MGT 301. (F, S). 3 credits MGT 410. LABOR MANAGEMENT RELATIONS (formerly BUS 336). A study of the historical development of labor management relations in the American economy, with emphasis on problems relating to management and unions, industrial conflicts, collective bargaining, and the legal environment. Particular stress will be placed on cases drawn from experience in the Virgin Islands. Prerequisite: MGT 342. (F). 3 credits MGT 429. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR (formerly BUS 429). A study of human behavior in an organizational context with emphasis upon the role of leadership, varieties of status systems, motivation and job design, group behavior, and analyses of organizational development change. Prerequisite: MGT 301. (S). 3 credits MGT 434. PUBLIC POLICY TOWARD BUSINESS (formerly BUS 434). This course will examine the emergent patterns of state and federal legislation and the contemporary significance of changing public policies which affect business enterprise together with an identification and analysis from the historical and legal point of view of the rights and responsibilities of management, labor and the public. Prerequisites: Senior standing and BUS 351. (F). 3 credits MARINE BIOLOGY (MBI) MBI 220. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. The evolutionary relationships, classification and life histories of major groups of marine Metazoa. Methods of collection, preservation and identification will be stressed in the laboratory sessions. Three lectures and six hours of laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (Also listed as BIO 220.) (ALT-E-STT). 5 credits Course Descriptions 185 MBI 222. ICHTHYOLOGY. The systematics, evolution and ecology of fishes with emphasis on tropical inshore coral reef fauna. Three lectures, one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (ALT- O-STT). 4 credits MBI 397. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I. Introduces basic strategies and techniques for locating and presenting scientific information. Students conduct bibliographic searches of scientific literature. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Junior standing as a marine biology major; approved study plan on file with the biology program. (F-STT). 1 credit MBI 398. JUNIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR II. Students Learn various methods for organizing materials for scientific presentation, such as preparing a poster based on a science journal article. Students are required to attend selected presentations by faculty, visiting scholars and science majors. This course presents opportunities for exposure to scientific topics not normally covered in class and for the development of scientific thinking. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Prerequisite: MBI 397 or equivalent. (S-STT). 1 credit MBI 424. MARINE ECOLOGY. Principles and procedures utilized in marine ecological research. Emphasis will be placed on the levels of organization and the interactions seen within and among marine ecosystems. Three lectures per week and three hours of laboratory which may take form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisites: BIO 223 and at least one of the following courses MBI 220, MSC 239, BIO 349 or MBI 222. (ALT-O-STT). 4 credits MBI 430. Coral Reef Biology. An in-depth study of corals and their biology, the coral reef community, evolution of coral reefs, and problems facing coral reefs today. Topics will include biological and geological structures of coral reef ecosystems; linkages between coral reefs and other ecosystems; anthropogenic impacts on coral reefs; and coral reef conservation and management. Prerquisites: BIO 223 Ecology and at least one of the following courses: BIO/MBI 220, MBI 222, BIO/MBI 349. (Also listed as BIO 430). 4 credits MBI 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS IN MARINE BIOLOGY. Selection may include marine biochemistry, ichthyology, phycology, microbiology, pollution ecology, fisheries biology, etc. Prerequisite: 16 hours of laboratory science. Specific prerequisites (depending on the topic), along with a course description, will be announced prior to preregistration time. MBI 465 (ALT-O-STT). MBI 466 (ALT-E-STT). 4,4 credits MBI 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN MARINE BIOLOGY. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits in some combination of BIO, MBI, CHE, PHY, CSC, and MAT with a minimum grade point average of 2.5. Corequisite: BIO 295. (DEM-STT). 1-4 credits MBI 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: Students must have completed at least 20 credits of BIO or MBI courses with a grade point average of 2.5. (DEM-STT). 1-4 credits MBI 497, 498. SENIOR SCIENCE SEMINAR I, II. A weekly seminar devoted to the exploration of current topics of interest in the various fields of science. Each student will present one seminar per semester. Two 50-minute sessions per week. Required of all science seniors. Prerequisite: MBI 397, 398. MBI 497 (F-STT). MBI 498 (S-STT). 1,1 credit Course Descriptions 186 MARINE SCIENCE (MSC) MSC 111. OPEN WATER SCIENTIFIC DIVING. A study of the fundamentals of the use of SCUBA for access to shallow marine coastal environments and for the study of marine organisms and ecosystems. One lecture and one three-hour training session weekly. Corequisite: A science course that satisfies the general education requirement. Prerequisites: satisfactory completion of a medical examination designed for divers and demonstration of adequate swimming capabilities. This course is designed primarily for science majors; non-science majors must have College Dean’s approval before registration. (F, S-QTT). 1 credit MSC 211. RESEARCH DIVING. Designed to give the student the fundamentals of underwater navigation, surveying, search and light salvage techniques, underwater photography, and biological sampling techniques. One lecture and one three-hour field session per week. Prerequisites: BIO 142, MSC 111 (or previous open-water certification, with at least 10 logged SCUBA dives, and successful completion of both a swim test and a SCUBA proficiency test), certification of adequate medical health for SCUBA diving. (S-STT). 2 credits MSC 239. OCEANOGRAPHY. An introduction to physical, chemical, biological and geological oceanography. Major topics include properties of ocean water, instruments and observational methods, chemistry of sea water, ocean currents, surface and internal waves, fisheries biology, marine ecology, bathymetry and marine geology, beach processes, pollution problems and management of marine resources. Three lectures and one laboratory session per week, field trips. Prerequisites: BIO 141-142. (ALT-E-STT). 4 credits MSC 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. An elective course on topics in the marine science field, designed primarily (1) to educate undergraduates with junior or senior standing in areas of special interest, and (2) to meet regional needs. Selections may include marine technology, pollution problems, marine resource management and marine affairs. May be repeated for credit provided different topic is selected. Prerequisites: To be announced with each topic. 1-4 credits MARKETING (MKT) MKT 100. CONCEPTS IN MARKETING. This course is designed as a mini-course for non-business majors. The course explores some of the major concepts in the marketing field. 1 credit MKT 301. PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING (formerly BUS 231). Introduction to marketing management and analysis; distribution, promotion, pricing, product development, consumer motivation, and market research; case problems. Prerequisite: BUS 112 or HOS 101. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits MKT 334. ADVERTISING AND PROMOTIONAL STRATEGY (formerly BUS 234). An examination of those advertising and promotional strategies directed toward the consumers of goods and services, with emphasis on planning and executing an effective campaign to achieve meaningful goals. Prerequisite: MKT 301. (F). 3 credits MKT 416. PRINCIPLES OF MERCHANDISING (formerly BUS 326). Organization, management, and operation of wholesale and retail enterprises; problems associated with store location and layout, buying, receiving, inventory and stock control, pricing and merchandising. Prerequisite: MKT 301. (S). 3 credits MKT 422. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (formerly BUS 422). Marketing techniques and programs developed and implemented on an international scale; tariffs, social and cultural restrictions, economic and political environments, and legal restrictions; the international distribution system, international decisions and international market research. Prerequisite: MKT 301. (S). 3 credits MKT 426. MARKETING RESEARCH (formerly BUS 426). An introduction to the basic steps of research procedure as they would be applied in the field of marketing. Preparation and execution of an original field investigation; interpretation of the results and their application to a business situation. Prerequisites: MKT 301 and DSC 325. (F). 3 credits Course Descriptions 187 MATHEMATICS (MAT) MAT 023-024. These two courses are designed to provide the basic skills necessary to succeed in university-level mathematics and mathematics dependent courses. They are intended only for students who have inadequate pre-university preparation in mathematics. Students whose college entrance examinations scores indicate possible weakness will take a mathematics diagnostic test on the first day of class to determine whether one or both of these courses will be required. Incoming students are encouraged to review their mathematics skills and knowledge so that they can demonstrate their preparedness for a mathematics course for credit towards a degree. MAT 023. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA CONCEPTS AND SKILLS, PART I. Conceptual understanding of numerical concepts and operations (signed numbers, fractions, decimals, percents); variables; equations; the geometric concepts of length, area, and volume. Elementary understanding of the function concept using numerical tables and graphs. Solution of first degree equations in one variable. Integer exponents; scientific notation; operations on polynomials. Emphasis is on conceptual understanding and problem solving in applications in context. (F, S, SUM). 4 non-degree credits MAT 024. INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA CONCEPTS AND SKILLS, PART 2. Elementary study of linear and quadratic functions; integer and rational exponents and radicals; solutions of equations and inequalities. Emphasis is on conceptual understanding and problem solving in applications in context. Graphical, numerical, and algebraic approaches are used throughout and skills are used both as problem solving tools and as a source of problems. (F, S, SUM). 4 non-degree credits MAT 140. COLLEGE ALGEBRA WITH APPLICATIONS. Students will be introduced to some of the basic ideas of Algebra and will apply these ideas through various projects based in industry, education, society, government, and to the natural and physical models of the world and its human environment. Logic and systematic approaches to problem solving will be emphasized including verbal, written, and symbolic descriptions of problems, approaches, and outcomes. Use of appropriate technology (e.g. Graphics Calculator) will be included within lectures and student assignments. Topics will include linear, quadratic, polynomial, discrete, exponential and logarithmic functions, reading and creating graphs, geometry, and applications of these topics. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Eng 101/RCA 021, MAT 023 and MAT 024 (or MAT 021 and MAT 022) a 490 or above SAT Math score or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits MAT 143. PRECALCULUS ALGEBRA. Fundamental concepts of college algebra and a preparation for calculus. Topics will include factoring, integer and rational exponents, simplifying algebraic expressions, solving equations and inequalities, the function notation, polynomial and rational functions, exponential and logarithmic functions, graphs of functions and applications. This course is designed for students majoring in science, engineering, and mathematics or intending to take MAT 241-242. While topics are the same as for MAT 140, there is more theoretical coverage and emphasis, a greater depth of understanding is required, and additional material on applications is included. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024 (or MAT 021 and MAT 022) or a 490 or above SAT Math score or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. (F, S; SUM I-STT). 4 credits MAT 153. COLLEGE TRIGONOMETRY. Fundamental concepts of trigonometry and a preparation for calculus. Topics will include angle measurement, the circular functions and their graphs, laws of sines and cosines, solution of triangles, solution of trigonometric equations, and inverse trigonometric functions, qxa} ications to vectors and complex numbers. Prerequisite: MAT 143. (S, SUM II; F-STT). 4 credits MAT 215. INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. Spring. Topics covered will include mathematical induction, divisibility, prime numbers, congruences, some Diophantine equations and number-theoretic functions. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 3 credits MAT 232. CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES. A calculus course with emphasis on techniques, graphs and applications rather than theory. Topics include functions; limits, continuity and rates of change; the derivative; exponential and logarithmic functions; anti-differentiation; the definite integral; and functions of several variables. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. (F, S, SUM II). 4 credits MAT 233. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS. Fall. Introduction to the basic concepts and applications of number systems; sets, mappings, and relations; logical deduction and mathematical induction; elementary counting principles; Boolean algebra; graphs and digraphs. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 3 credits Course Descriptions 188 MAT 235. INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS WITH APPLICATIONS. Students will be introduced to statistical concepts and will be required to interpret and communicate the results of statistical analyses. They will apply these concepts through projects based in local industry, education, government, society, and natural and physical models of the world and its human environment. Topics include, but will not be limited to: introduction to technology for statistical analysis; graphical and descriptive techniques for summarizing data; measures of center; measures of spread; correlation; probability; design of experiments; sampling; analyzing relationships; statistical models; and hypothesis testing. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 140 or 143 or satisfactory scores on department diagnostic examinations. (F, S, SUM II). 4 credits MAT 241-242. INTRODUCTION TO CALCULUS AND ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY I-II. Rates of change, derivatives, integration, transcendental functions, techniques of integration, determinants and linear equations, plane analytic geometry, hyperbolic functions, polar coordinates, vectors and parametric equations. Prerequisites: MAT 143-MAT 153. MAT 241 (F;S, SUM I-STT). MAT 242 (S; F, SUM II-STT). 4-4 credits MAT 257. MATHEMATICS AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course is a joint offering of the Mathematics and Education Programs. The mathematics portion (3 hours per week) is a detailed examination of the mathematical content that is prerequisite for teaching elementary school mathematics. The development of methods and materials for the teaching of elementary school mathematics (1 hour per week) will be conducted by the Education faculty. Demonstration teaching and student teaching experiences are important aspects of all segments of this course. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the auspices of the School of Education will consist of one two-hour session per week assisting selected faculty in a public elementary school with instruction in mathematics. Prerequisites: Mathematics general education requirement and EDU 250. (Also listed as EDU 257). (F-STT). 5 credits MAT 261. LINEAR ALGEBRA. Fall. A study of systems of linear equations, echelon matrices and Gaussian elimination; matrix operations, inverses and determinants; vector spaces, subspaces, linear independence, basis and dimension, orthonormal bases; linear transformations, kernel and image, matrix representations, change of basis, eigenvalues, eigenvectors and diagonalization of symmetric matrices; applications. Prerequisite: MAT 241 (may be taken concurrently). 4 credits MAT 301. MODERN GEOMETRY. Fall, even years. A rigorous treatment of the basic concepts of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry including Euclid’s axioms, Hilbert’s axioms, hyperbolic geometry, Riemannian geometry, models, and the historical and philosophical implications of the study of non-Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: MAT 242. 3 credits MAT 325. NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. Fall. Representation of numbers and rounding error; numerical solution of equations; quadrature; polynomial and spline interpolation; numerical approximation of functions; numerical solution of initial and boundary value problems. Prerequisites: MAT 261 (previously or concurrently) and knowledge of a programming language. 3 credits MAT 332. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS. Spring, even years. A mathematically rigorous treatment of statistics. Topics will include probability distributions for discrete and continuous random variables, expected values, point and interval estimators, hypothesis testing, least-squares estimators and nonparametric tests. Prerequisites: MAT 242. 3 credits MAT 341-342. INTERMEDIATE CALCULUS I (Fall) and II (Spring). Polar coordinates, conic sections, indeterminate forms, improper integrals, Taylor’s formula with remainder, sequences and series, vectors and analytic geometry in two and three dimensions, partial differentiation, directional derivatives, gradients, extrema, line integrals, multiple integration and applications. Prerequisite: MAT 242. 3-3 credits MAT 344. PROBABILITY. Fall, odd years. Probabilities of events on discrete and continuous sample spaces; random variable and probability distributions; expectations; transformations; simplest kind of law of large numbers and central limit theorem. The theory is applied to problems in physical and biological sciences. Prerequisites: MAT 242. 3 credits MAT 346. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Spring. Solutions of ordinary differential equations; LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: MAT 342 (may be taken concurrently). 4 credits MAT 348. COMPLEX VARIABLES. Spring, odd years. This course serves as an introduction to the theory of complex variables, covering the beginning topics considered standard for the subject. Topics include Course Descriptions 189 the algebra of complex numbers, geometry of the complex plane, elementary functions, Taylor and Laurent series, residue calculus, and conformal mapping. Corequisite: MAT 341. 3 credits MAT 352. MATHEMATICAL MODELING. Fall, odd years. Mathematical modeling of physical systems with examples drawn from diverse disciplines such as traffic flow, biology. Prerequisite: MAT 261. 3 credits MAT 361. BIOINFORMATICS. In this interdisciplinary course, students learn a variety of computational techniques to distill information from biological data. Students apply these techniques to genome-scale data sets to investigate questions in biology. Three hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: All students must have passed BIO 141-142 and CSC 117-118 and MAT 143-153; in addition, all students must have passed either (BIO 245 and BIO 223) or (8 credits of 200-level CSC courses) or (MAT 233 and MAT 261). (Also listed as BIO 361 and CSC 361). (S-DEM). 4 credits MAT 362. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I. Fall, odd years. A study of the elementary properties of groups, rings and fields. Definitions, properties and proofs will be emphasized. Prerequisites: MAT 261 and MAT 215 or MAT 233. 3 credits MAT 386. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF MATHEMATICS. Spring, odd years. A survey of mathematics in its historical and cultural milieux. Prerequisite: MAT 241-242. 3 credits MAT 397, 398. JUNIOR MATHEMATICS SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to mathematics majors will be presented by faculty, visiting scholars, senior mathematics majors, and junior mathematics majors. An opportunity for exposure to mathematics not normally covered in class and for the development of mathematical thinking. Prerequisite: Junior mathematics major. Corequisite: MAT 341. 1/2, 1/2 credits MAT 441. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS I. Spring, odd years. An introduction to mathematical analysis. Rigorous treatment of limits, continuity, and differentiation analysis. Prerequisite: MAT 341. 3 credits MAT 442. INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS II. Fall, odd years. A continuation of Mat 441. Rigorous treatment of integration, infinite series, and function sequences. Prerequisite: MAT 441. 3 credits MAT 458. TOPOLOGY. Fall, even years. Sets, closed sets, open sets, homeomorphisms and continuous mappings, connectedness, compactness. An introduction to homology theory. Corequisite: MAT 341. 3 credits MAT 461. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. Spring, even years. Selected topics in algebra, including groups, integral domains, fields, field extensions and module theory. Prerequisite: MAT 362. 3 credits MAT 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Dependent upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. Topics may include advanced study in linear algebra, complex analysis, geometry, real analysis, mathematical probability, statistics, or mathematical education. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits MAT 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: MAT 341 with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1-4 credits MAT 497, 498. SENIOR MATHEMATICS SEMINAR I, II. Topics of interest and importance to mathematics majors; an oppoppunity for development of independent skills. Prerequisites: MAT 397, MAT 398 and senior mathematics major. Corequisite: MAT 441. 1,1 credit MAT 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Reading and problem-solving in a non-elementary area of mathematics not otherwise available for the student. May be repeated for credit provided different topics are studied, but a student may not accumulate more than five credits. A written proposal must be submitted by the student. Prerequisites: Permission of a full-time faculty member and approval of the Mathematics Coordinator. 1-3 credits Course Descriptions 190 MILITARY SCIENCE AND LEADERSHIP (MSL) MSL 101. FOUNDATIONS OF OFFICERSHIP. Introduces students to issues and competencies that are central to a commissioned officer’s responsibilities. Establishes framework for understanding officership, leadership, and Army values followed and “life skills” such as physical fitness and time management. (F). 1 credit MSL 102. BASIC LEADERSHIP. Establishes foundation of basic leadership fundamentals such as problem solving, communications, briefings and effective writing, goal setting, techniques for improving listening and speaking skills and an introduction to counseling. Prerequisite: MSL 101. (S). 1 credit MSL 201. INDIVIDUAL LEADERSHIP STUDIES. Students identify successful leadership characteristics through observation of others and self through experiential learning exercises. Students record observed traits (good and bad) in a dimensional leadership journal and discuss observations in small group settings. Prerequisite: MSL 102. (F). 2 credits MSL 202. LEADERSHIP AND TEAMWORK. Students examine how to build successful teams, various methods for influencing action, effective communication in setting and achieving goals, the importance of timing the decision, creativity in the problem solving process, and obtaining team buy-in through immediate feedback. Prerequisite: MSL 201. (S). 2 credits MSL 301. LEADERSHIP AND PROBLEM SOLVING. Students conduct self-assessment of leadership style, develop personal fitness regimen, and learn to plan and conduct individual/small unit tactical training while testing reasoning and problem-solving techniques. Students receive direct feedback on leadership abilities. Prerequisite: MSL 202 or previous military experience in the Army or in the National Guard or successful completion of the 28-day training camp in Fort Knox, Kentucky. (F). 3 credits MSL 302. LEADERSHIP AND ETHICS. Examines the role communications, values, and ethics play in effective leadership. Topics include ethical decision-making, consideration of others, spirituality in the military, and survey Army leadership doctrine. Emphasis on improving oral and written communication abilities. Prerequisite: MSL 301. 3 credits MSL 401. LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT. Develops student proficiency in planning and executing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and mentoring subordinates. Students explore training management, methods of effective staff collaboration, and developmental counseling techniques. Prerequisite: MSL 302. (F). 3 credits MSL 402. OFFICERSHIP. Study includes case study analysis of military law and practical exercises on establishing an ethical command climate. Students must complete a Senior Leadership Project that requires them to plan, organize, collaborate, analyze, and demonstrate their leadership skills. Prerequisite: MSL 401. 3 credits MUSIC (MUS) Music Theory MUS 101-102. SIGHT SINGING/EAR TRAINING I-II. The study of basic sight singing/ear training/diction of isolated rhythms, intervals, single melodic lines, and melodic rhythmic passages for three and four part harmonies. Prerequisite: The successful completion of the Music Theory Entrance Examination or MUS 124. Corequisites: MUS 103-104. 1-1 credits MUS 103-104. MUSIC THEORY I-II. The study of functional harmony including scales, modes, intervals, chords, sight-seeing, melodic-harmonic dictation and elementary compositional techniques. Prerequisite: Successful completion of placement exam in music theory or MUS 124. 3-3 credits MUS 124. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. Nature of music expression and elements of music including rhythm, melody, harmony, form and color. 3 credits MUS 201-202. MUSIC THEORY III-IV. The use of non-harmonic tones, modulation, the sequence, chromatically altered chords, sevenths, extended tertian harmonies, and the study of harmonic progression. Prerequisite: MUS 104. 3-3 credits Course Descriptions 191 MUS 224. MUSICIANSHIP. A course designed to develop an introductory level of musical sensitivity, imagination, and practical skills through a variety of individual exercises in singing, playing, and listening to develop perception and rudimentary control of the elements of music. 3 credits MUS 302. FORM AND ANALYSIS. A study and analysis of music literature including a review of music materials and their functions in musical form. Prerequisite: MUS 202. 2 credits MUS 401. ORCHESTRATION AND ARRANGING. A study of the fundamentals of writing for vocal and instrumental ensembles including voicings, instrumentation, registration and the technical limitations of various orchestral instruments. Prerequisite: MUS 302. 3 credits Music History and Literature MUS 206, 207. MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE. A survey of the major style periods in Western art music from antiquity to the 20th century. Chronological examination of works by principal composers. Outstanding stylistic characteristics in each period are differentiated against the backdrop of historical and sociological development. Prerequisite: MUS 104. 3,3 credits MUS 290. MUSIC LAW. Examination of the United States code pertaining to copyright. Basic principles of music contracts and taxation as they relate to the creative musician. Study of American Federation of Musicians’ regulations as they relate to the performing and non-performing musician. 2 credits MUS 363. WORLD MUSIC. A survey course that explores indigenous music and contemporary popular music of diverse world cultures. World Music considers the function of music (religious and non-religious) and the related forms of artistic expression of different geographical regions, countries and ethnic groups. 3 credits MUS 364. SURVEY OF CARIBBEAN MUSIC. This course will explore the most important musical traditions of the Caribbean. It will concentrate on stylistic differences and similarities in the music of the different islands. Students will examine the influence that cultural differences have on musical expression and diversity. 3 credits MUS 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in music and related disciplines. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits Music Education/Education MUE 311. CONDUCTING TECHNIQUES. A study in fundamental conducting techniques; observation and practice in conducting choral and instrumental ensembles including problems in score reading and transposition. 3 credits MUE 312. TEACHING MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. A study of the general music curriculum, material, activities and vocal music instruction for primary and intermediate grades. For music majors only. (Also listed as EDU 312.) 3 credits MUE 321. BRASS AND PERCUSSION METHODS. Fundamentals of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments to students in elementary and secondary school instrumental music programs. 2 credits MUE 322. WOODWIND METHODS. Fundamentals of playing and teaching woodwind instruments to students in elementary and secondary school instrumental music programs. 2 credits MUE 411. TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. A study of the music curriculum, methods and materials in junior and senior high school general music, vocal and instrumental music programs. Instruction in music theory and literature at the senior high school level emphasizing the use of instructional and program objectives. For music majors only. (Also listed as EDU 411.) 3 credits MUE 412. STUDENT TEACHING AND SEMINAR IN MUSIC. Provides observation, participation and direct teaching-learning situations in various phases of elementary and secondary school music and music- related activities under the joint supervision of a University music instructor and public school classroom teacher. Prerequisites: MUS 312 and MUS 411 with a minimum grade of “C” in each. 6 credits Course Descriptions 192 Music Performance MUS 132. CONCERT BAND. The study and performance of standard and contemporary literature for concert band. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 133. JAZZ ENSEMBLE. Study and performance of standard and experimental literature from all styles of the Afro-American idiom. Emphasis on Caribbean, jazz and jazz/rock styles. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit MUS 134. STEEL BAND ENSEMBLE. A review of the historical background of pan and the study and performance of standard and contemporary literature for steel band with emphasis on Caribbean and West Indian repertoire. Prerequisites: Knowledge and skill on the steel pan, and admission by audition. 1 credit MUS 140. CLASS STEEL PAN. The student examines techniques and methods essential to the mastery of the steel pan. Emphasis will be placed on the historical and artistic development of the instrument as a performance medium, ensemble participation, and skills related to reading music. 1 credit MUS 151-152. CLASS GUITAR. Basic instruction in guitar performance for beginners and intermediate guitarists. The courses are designed for non-music majors and community residents interested in studying folk and popular guitar styles. 1-1 credit MUS 161-162, 261-262, 361-362, 461-462. APPLIED MUSIC. Vocal, keyboard and instrumental instruction in the student’s principal area of music study. The areas of instruction are as follows: voice, piano, woodwinds, brass and percussion. One hour lesson per week. Courses must be taken in sequence. Open to all students. 2-2, 2-2, 2-2, 2-2 credit MUS 173-174, 273-274. SECONDARY PIANO. Instruction in elementary piano technique. All major and minor scales in four octaves in addition to major and minor chords and arpeggios. Required of voice and instrumental majors. Courses must be taken in sequence. Open to all students. 1-1, 1-1 credit MUS 175-176, 275-276. SECONDARY VOICE. Instruction in elementary voice technique. Study of vocal anatomy, development of proper breathing, breath control and posture in addition to all vowels and consonants. Required of piano majors. Courses must be taken in sequence. Open to all students. 1-1, 1-1 credit MUS 177-178. SECONDARY BRASS. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate brass performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and brass performance. 1-1 credit MUS 179-180. SECONDARY WOODWIND. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate woodwind performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and woodwind performance. 1-1 credit MUS 185-186. SECONDARY PERCUSSION. The student will study the techniques and methods of elementary to intermediate percussion performance. The student will be exposed to the theoretical and practical aspects of music and percussion performance. 1-1 credit MUS 181-182. CLASS PIANO I-II. Instruction in fundamentals of keyboard performance consisting of scales, chords, arpeggios and basic piano literature. For non-music majors. 1-1 credit MUS 183. CLASS VOICE I. A course for the non-music major interested in learning basic vocal theory aiming to master basic fundamentals in singing which includes learning to recognize and solve vocal problems. 1 credit MUS 184. CLASS VOICE II. A course for the non-music major interested in learning performance techniques. 1 credit MUS 242. CONCERT CHOIR. The study and presentation of standard and contemporary choral literature for mixed voices. Choral training and performances at concerts, University ceremonies and functions. Three hours per week. Prerequisite: Audition. (May be repeated for credit.) 1 credit Course Descriptions 193 MUS 281.CLASS PIANO III. Designed to serve as a continuation of MUS 182. Instruction will be given on the intermediate level in keyboard performance and music theory through the study of scales, chords, arpeggios, music terms and selected piano literature. For non-music majors. Prerequisite: MUS 182. 1 credit MUS 282. CLASS PIANO IV. Designed to serve as a continuation of Music 281. Instruction will be given on the advanced level in keyboard performance and music theory through the study of scales, chords, arpeggios, music terms and selected piano literature. For non-music majors. Prerequisite: MUS 281. 1 credit MUS 283. CLASS VOICE III. A course for the non-music major interested in learning the components of artistry in singing. 1 credit MUS 284. CLASS VOICE IV. A course for the non-music major interested in becoming familiar with and examining song literature for different voice types. 1 credit NATURAL SCIENCE (NSC) NSC 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL SCIENCE I. A review of the underlying concepts common to all of the natural sciences, with emphasis on the interrelationships of natural phenomena. Principles and applications from astronomy, chemistry, earth sciences and physics will be considered. 3 hours lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: ENG 101/RCA 021 or a satisfactory score on the placement exam, or SAT exemption. Corequisite: MAT 141 or MAT 143. 4 credits NSC 102. FOUNDATIONS OF NATURAL SCIENCE II. An introduction to living systems with a focus on the molecular basis of life, the diversity of living organisms, the mechanism of species changes and the ecology of natural populations and communities. Further emphasis will be placed on the natural history of the Caribbean region and current topics in human biology. Three lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: NSC 101 or CHE 151 or PHY 211 or PHY 241. 4 credits NSC 103. OCEANS AND MAN. An introduction to the physical, chemical and biological aspects of the ocean with emphasis upon the interrelationship between man and the ocean. Three lectures and 3 hours of laboratory weekly. Some lab sessions may take the form of scheduled field trips. Prerequisite: NSC 101 or CHE 151 or PHY 211 or PHY 241. 4 credits NSC 104. ASTRONOMY. A study of the properties and theories of evolution of the earth, sun, solar system, galaxy and universe with emphasis on the experimental techniques employed by astronomers. Three lecture hours and three hours of laboratory weekly. Astronomical observations will constitute an important part of the laboratory exercises. Prerequisite: MAT 140 or MAT 143. 4 credits NSC 200. TOPICS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. Current topics in various scientific fields primarily for non- majors. The specific topic of each course will be listed in the class schedule. Topics might include galaxies, current geological processes, Caribbean biogeography, molecular structure, oil and its by-products, man and the environment, human biology, resources and man. May be repeated for credit provided different topics are selected. Prerequisite: One year of science. 3 credits NURSING (NUR) NUR 100. MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY. This course is designed to include the basic structure of medical words, including prefixes, suffixes, roots, combination forms and plurals. Pronunciation, spelling and definitions of medical and pathophysiological terms related to all body systems are emphasized. (F-STX). 1 credit NUR 104. DRUG DOSAGE CALCULATION. This course presents concepts necessary for the calculation and administration of oral and parenteral medication dosages. Two lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: MAT 023 and BIO 151 with a grade of “C” or better. (S-STX). 2 credits NUR 120. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING. This introductory course is designed to acquaint the student with the philosophy and conceptual framework of the nursing program. Foci of the course will be on the history Course Descriptions 194 of nursing, the nursing process, man and his environmental interaction as a dynamic unit, life events as they affect clients’ movement toward their optimal potential, and the communication process. Definitions of nursing are explored in order to increase the student’s understanding of the nurse’s diverse roles in providing health care. Prerequisite CHEM 111. (S-STT). 2 credits NUR 121. CONCEPTS OF NURSING. Intended for graduate or registered nurses entering the BSN program, the course is designed to prepare the student to utilize concepts of communication, professionalization and the nursing process as they relate to the conceptual framework of the curriculum. Focus will be on health, man and man’s environmental interactions. Students will reflect on their experiences in order to explore a definition of nursing. This exploration will serve as a basis for examining the evaluation and projected expectations of nursing roles in terms of professional practice. Prerequisite: Graduate or registered nurse status. (AR-STT). 2 credits NUR 131. NURSING SKILL ACQUISITION. This associate degree nursing course introduces the student to all the assessment, therapeutic and collaborative-teaching skills identified by the faculty to be the responsibility of the registered nurse. This is a campus nursing skill lab course in which the student is introduced to the art of nursing. Two lecture hours and 6 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: SSC 100, FDS 100, WAC 011/ENG 100, RAC 021/ENG 101, PSY 120, BIO 151-152, NUR 100, NUR 104 with a grade of A- (90%) or better, Computer Literacy Examination, BCLS certification. Corequisites: NUR 132, BIO 240. (F-STX). 4 credits NUR 132. INTRODUCTION TO THE NURSE-CLIENT SYSTEM. This associate degree nursing course introduces the multiple roles of the nurse within a system’s theory framework. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of the nurse as provider of care and the use of the nursing process to maintain or improve client health. Focus is on the elements of the internal and external environment which can affect health and how these can be assessed and modified. Pharmacology and nutrition are introduced as two important factors which can influence health. Nursing is explored in a variety of health care delivery systems, including community-based and acute care se|tings. 3 lecture hours and 3 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: SSC 100, FDS 100, WAC 011/ENG 100, RAC 021/ENG 101, PSY 120, BIO 151-152, NUR 100, NUR 104 with a grade of A- (90%) or better, Computer Literacy Examination, BCLS certification. Corequisites: NUR 131, BIO 240. (F-STX). 4 credits NUR 142. NCS: ADULT I. This associate degree nursing course focuses on introductory concepts for the nursing care of adult clients with environmental factors affecting selected aspects of their health. A systems approach to the client/environment is utilized in both a classroom and clinical application setting. 5 lecture hours and 12 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 131, NUR 132, BIO 240. Corequisite: PSY 202. (S-STX). 9 credits NUR 207. HUMAN NUTRITION. This foundation course groups the various aspects of the science of nutrition into major areas: from basic nutritional science through discussions of the safety and adequacy of the food supply, interrelations of nutrients and metabolism, malnutrition during physiologic stress, nutrition in the prevention and treatment of disease and the application of nutrition practice. This course is designed for the nursing curriculum. However, the scientific facts of basic nutrition can be effectively utilized by students of other disciplines. Prerequisites: NUR 120, CHE 112. (F-STT). 2 credits NUR 208. FUNDAMENTALS OF NURSING. Fundamentals of Nursing introduces the student to the implementation of the nursing process with the well client. Focus is on the development of therapeutic nurse/client relationships and the learning of basic knowledge. The student will learn to initiate and execute the nursing process with the goal of fostering the client’s independence and maximizing his current state of health. The student is introduced to basic clinical nursing skills. Attention is also given to developing professional behaviors. The student will interact in a variety of settings with clients who are experiencing wellness and/or minimal alterations in their health states. Three and a half hours lecture and seven and a half hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 120, CHE 112, ENG 120. Corequisites: PSY 202, BIO 261, NUR 207, NUR 209, and current CPR certification. (F-STT). 6 credits NUR 209. HEALTH ASSESSMENT. Develops knowledge and skills necessary to conduct a physical assessment of an adult client. Will focus on data collection with emphasis on skills of history taking, inspection, auscultation, palpation and percussion. One hour lecture and three hours clinical laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 120, NUR 121. Corequisite: BIO 261, NUR 208 or Exempt status. (F-STT). 2 credits Course Descriptions 195 NUR 228. NURSING ROLES WITH THE CHILDBEARING FAMILY. Presents theory essential to giving nursing care to families as they move through the childbearing cycle. Students will provide nursing care to mothers and neonates as they experience alterations in health states. Students will be given the opportunity to provide nursing care to families in a variety of health care settings, including the hospital, prenatal, postpartum/family planning, and newborn clinics. Clinical skills will be the focus of the campus lab. Three hours lecture and nine hours clinical laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 208, NUR 209. Corequisites: BIO 262, PED 113 or current CPR certification. (S-STT). 6 credits NUR 229. PHARMACOLOGY IN NURSING. The focus in this course is the instruction of clinical pharmacology and drug therapy for client care management. Students are taught the principles of pharmacology and its application to the nursing process. Three hours lecture each week. Prerequisite: NUR 208. (S-STT). 3 credits NUR 242. NCS: ADULT II. This associate degree nursing course presents advanced concepts necessary for the nursing care of the adult client who has complex or multiple environmental factors negatively impacting his health. There is a theoretical and clinical component with the student assuming responsibility for the nursing care of an increased number of clients in a variety of settings. Two lecture hours and 12 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: NUR 142. (F-STX). 6 credits NUR 243. NCS: CHILDBEARING FAMILY. This associate degree nursing course focuses on the knowledge and concepts necessary for the care of the childbearing family who is experiencing normal pregnancy, childbirth and neonatal adaptation to extrauterine life. The concept of anticipatory guidance and the role of the nurse as a teacher are emphasized. 2.5 lecture hours and 4.5 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: NUR 242. (S-STX). 4 credits NUR 244. NCS: MENTAL HEALTH. In this associate degree nursing course, the student utilizes the nursing process and therapeutic communication to care for clients with common environmental factors affecting their mental health. Special emphasis is given to the role of manager of care, including advocacy and collaboration, in acute care and community mental health settings. The role of manager in the mental health care delivery system is introduced. As member within the discipline, students explore the legal and ethical framework in the mental health setting. 2.5 lecture hours and 4.5 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: NUR 142. Corequisite NUR 242. (F-STX). 4 credits NUR 245. NCS: CHILD. This associate degree nursing course presents pediatric concepts applied in caring for the child/family as the child progresses through the different stages of development and is, therefore, vulnerable to complex factors that may affect health. The student assumes accountability for the nursing care of children/families in a variety of settings. 2.5 lecture hours and 4.5 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 242, NUR 244. Corequisites: NUR 243, NUR 246. (S-STX). 4 credits NUR 246. NCS: MANAGEMENT. This associate degree nursing course emphasizes the nurse’s role as manager of care. The student(is introduced to the knowledge and skills required for the provision of integrated cost-effective care to clients by coordinating, supervising and/or collaborating with members of the multi-disciplinary health care team. 1 lecture hour and 3 clinical laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: NUR 242, NUR 244. Corequisites: NUR 243, NUR 245. (S-STX). 2 credits NUR 308. NURSING ROLES IN ADULT CARE I. Focuses on the nurse’s role as caregiver through the use of the nursing process in assessing and managing care of adult patients with medical and surgical problems. Laboratory experiences are gained in acute care settings. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory each week. Prerequisites: NUR 228, NUR 229. Corequisite: BIO 301, PED 113 or current CPR certification. (F-STT). 5 credits NUR 309. NURSING ROLES IN PEDIATRIC CARE. Focuses on the nurse’s role as caregiver with clients who range in age from infancy through adolescence experiencing acute and chronic health care problems. Clinical experiences will be in the hospital and clinic settings. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory each week. Prerequisites: NUR 228, NUR 229. Corequisite: BIO 301, PED 113 or current CPR certification. (F-STT). 5 credits NUR 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to Course Descriptions 196 client needs and responses to care. This course satisfies the required social science electives in the BSN paradigm. Prerequisite: ENG 201 (Also listed as SOC 310, SWK 310 and PSY 310). (F,S). 3 credits NUR 318. NURSING ROLES IN MENTAL HEALTH. This course focuses on the nursing care of clients of all age groups with psychological disturbances. In addition, the nurse’s role in the promotion of mental health will be addressed. Psychodynamics of specific client behaviors will be identified and analyzed. Clinical experiences will be in a variety of mental health settings. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: NUR 308 or NUR 309. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certification. (S-STT). 5 credits NUR 319. NURSING ROLES IN ADULT CARE II. Focuses on nursing management of the middle-aged and older adult. There will be an emphasis on chronic conditions and rehabilitation. Students will explore how aging affects the physical, psychosocial and spiritual aspects of health. Clinical experiences will be in acute and extended care facilities. Three hours lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 308 and NUR 309. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certification. (S-STT). 5 credits NUR 417. NURSING ROLES IN ADULT CARE III. Focuses on nursing management of complex medical/ surgical conditions. There will be an emphasis on acute conditions that affect clients from all age groups. Students will have the opportunity to practice nursing interventions in a variety of acute and critical clinical settings. Three and a half hour lecture and seven and a half hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 318 and NUR 319. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certification. (F-STT). 6 credits NUR 418. NURSING ROLES IN COMMUNITY HEALTH. Focuses on the study of the family and the community as societal groupings and as consumers of health care services. Population aggregates will be analyzed in order to facilitate the application of the nursing process to various families and communities. Clinical experience will be in distributive care settings. Three and a half hours lecture and seven and a half hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 318 and NUR 319. Corequisite: PED 113 or current CPR certification. (F-STT). 6 credits NUR 419. NURSING RESEARCH. The basic research process will be identified and described. Application of the basic research steps to the formulation and execution of research projects in the nursing literature will be studied. Students will be expected to utilize their knowledge of the research process and basic statistics to critique nursing studies and independently identify nursing research problems. Prerequisites: All 300-level Nursing courses Corequisite: MAT 235. (S-STT). 3 credits NUR 422. ISSUES IN NURSING. Will focus on professional issues including ethical, moral and legal aspects as they relate to nursing practice. The basic aim is to acquaint the student with those situations in which the nurse’s functions and responsibilities are affected by one’s values and contemporary society. The course will assist the student in gaining a self awareness of those beliefs and attitudes which will impinge upon his or her performance as a member of the nursing profession. Prerequisite: All 300-level Nursing courses. (S-STT). 2 credits NUR 424. NURSING LEADERSHIP/CLINICAL ELECTIVE. Various nursing leadership roles appropriate for the beginning professional practitioner will be identified and examined. Topics relevant to the nurse’s enactment of specific leadership roles will be discussed. The clinical elective experience will provide an opportunity for the student to enact the role as a nurse leader to effect positive alterations within health care delivery. Roles may include those of charge nurse/clinical manager, teacher, staff developer, consumer advocate, small group leader, investigator or change agent. The student and professor jointly will select an appropriate setting in which course objectives can be fulfilled. Two hours lecture and nine hours laboratory per week. Prerequisites: NUR 417, NUR 418. Corequisites: PED 113 or current CPR certification. (S-STT). 5 credits NUR 465. SELECTED TOPICS. Topics will address areas of study of interest in nursing, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisites will be announced with each topic. (AR-STT). 1-4 credits PERSONAL LIFE (PLS) PLS 200. SELF MANAGEMENT: WELLNESS AND RISK. This course is taught from the interdisciplinary view of nursing, physical education and psychology focusing on the development of the whole person. The central theme of the course is the concept of balance. This is a general education course required for baccalaureate students. It introduces concepts related to physical and psychosocial health and wellness. Course Descriptions 197 Specific content areas include high risk behaviors such as alcohol, other substance use and sexuality issues. Wellness perspectives such as fitness, nutrition and stress management are presented. The course emphasizes the evaluation of these concepts in relation to the individual’s own life style and supports the student as he/she explores their own behaviors. Prerequisites: FDS 100, WAC 011, RCA 021. 2 credits PHILOSOPHY (PHI) PHI 200. CRITICAL THINKING. Students examine the basic principles of critical thinking with an emphasis on the use of criteria to evaluate issues; the development of extensive experience in constructing, analyzing, evaluating, and presenting oral and written arguments. Students discover different ways of knowing and exploring philosophical concepts through a variety of interdisciplinary literatures, and apply these concepts in the study of contemporary issues of society in everyday contexts, especially as promulgated in the mass media. Corequisite: ENG 201. (F, SUM). 3 credits PHI 231. INTRODUCTION TO EPISTEMOLOGY AND LOGIC. An introduction to various theories concerning the nature, extent and limitations of human knowledge. A study of the methods and principles used to distinguish logical from illogical thinking. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits PHI 232. INTRODUCTION TO METAPHYSICS AND HUMAN VALUES. An introduction to various ideas concerning the nature of reality and the foundation, meaning and purpose of human values. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 3 credits (Note: Either of the above courses satisfies the general education requirement in Philosophy.) PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH (PED) PED 100-159. The PED 100-159 physical education courses are designed to provide health instruction, knowledge and application of fundamental movement and skills that may facilitate participation in an activity which the student can use after leaving the university. Note: Classes meet one hundred minutes weekly during fall and spring semesters and 200 minutes during the summer session(s). PED 200-259. The PED 200-259 activity courses are advanced classes designed as a continuation of the noted activity. All 1/2 credit PED 100. Swimming/ Snorkeling. Instruction in the mechanics of strokes, snorkeling and water safety designed to meet the needs and interest of beginning swimmers and individuals new to snorkeling. PED 110. Aerobics. Continuous and rhythmic movement to music designed to strengthen the heart, lungs and cardiovascular systems. PED 111. Cardio & Muscular Conditioning. Theory and practice in the proper techniques of weight training and flexibility development with a special emphasis on endurance/cardiac training. PED 112. Strength Training. Theory and practice in the proper techniques of weight training, muscular endurance, and flexibility development. PED 120. Caribbean Dance. Aerobic workout using modern dance techniques performed to various Caribbean music. PED 121. Middle Eastern Dance. Instruction in the fundamentals of Middle Eastern dance incorporating such aspects as isolation of body areas, arm patterns, veil work and basic dance choreography. PED 130. Archery. Instruction and practice in the basic skills, rules, and fundamentals of target shooting. PED 131. Bowling. Instruction in the basic skills, rules and strategies needed to bowl. PED 132. Fencing. Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of beginning fencing. PED 133. Golf. Instruction in the basic skills, rules, and strategies necessary to play golf. PED 134. Table Tennis. Instruction in the rules and fundamental skills with an emphasis on game situations. Course Descriptions 198 PED 135. Tennis. An introductory course emphasizing ground strokes, net play and serves. Game situations and strategies in singles and doubles play. PED 140. Basketball. Introductory to basic knowledge and skills in basketball with emphasis on game situations. PED 141. Alternative Sports. Instruction and practice of non-traditional sports like Ultimate Frisbee, Broom Ball, Indoor Soccer and Paint Ball. PED 142. Volleyball. Introduction to basic knowledge and skills in volleyball with emphasis on game situations. PED 143. Softball. Introduction to basic knowledge and skills in softball with emphasis on game situations. PED 150. Tae-Kwon-Do. Introduction to basic knowledge and skills in Tae-Kwon-Do with emphasis in self-defense. Note: The following course cannot be used to meet the general education PE requirements. PED 170. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. Instruction in Basic Life Support and cardiopulmonary resuscitation for healthcare providers using American Heart Association approved techniques for victims of all ages. Students who meet American Heart Association standards will receive certification cards. This course cannot be used to meet the general education PE requirements. 1/2 credit PED221. Advanced Middle Eastern Dance. Advanced Middle Eastern Dance techniques and introduction of zills (finger cymbols) within dance. Prerequisite: PED 121 or equivalent. PED 233. Advanced Golf. Advanced golf techniques with emphasis on strike play. Prerequisite: PED 133 or equivalent. PED 235. Advanced Tennis. Advanced tennis techniques with emphasis on match play. Prerequisite: PED 135 or equivalent. PED 242. Advanced Volleyball. Advanced skills and techniques are presented with an increased emphasis on understanding and playing the game. Prerequisite: PED 142 or equivalent. PED 265/266. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in Physical Education, Health and Recreation. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be re- peated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 1/2 - 2 Credits PHYSICS (PHY) PHY 211-212. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS I-II. An introduction to mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. A terminal course in physics for nonphysical science majors. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites: MAT 153. PHY 241 may substitute for PHY 211 as a prerequisite for PHY 212. 4-4 credits PHY 241-242. GENERAL PHYSICS I-II. An introduction to mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics, with strong emphasis on a rigorous mathematical development of the science. Serves as a prerequisite for more advanced courses in the physical sciences and engineering. Four lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MAT 241-242 (may be taken concurrently). (VAR). 5-5 credits PHY 311. CLASSICAL MECHANICS I. Statics and dynamics of systems of structureless particles and of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, gravitation and the Kepler problem. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PHY 242. Corequisite: MAT 342. 3 credits PHY 312. CLASSICAL MECHANICS II. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations of classical mechanics, rotation of rigid bodies, theory of small vibrations. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 311 and MAT 346 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 321. ELECTROMAGNETISM. Advanced study of electromagnetic phenomena. Electrostatic fields from Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, magnetic fields, effects of dielectric and magnetic materials, Course Descriptions 199 electromagnetic induction, Maxwell’s equations, propagation and radiation of electromagnetic waves. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MAT 346 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 341. MODERN PHYSICS. The fundamental concepts of relativity and quantum physics. Application to atomic structure and spectra, blackbody function; solid-state physics, nuclei and elementary particles. Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHY 242 and MAT 342 which may be taken concurrently. 3 credits PHY 351. MODERN PHYSICS LABORATORY. Introduces the student to experimental research in physics. Crucial experiments in modern physics. Three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHY 341 which may be taken concurrently. 1 credit PHY 495. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN PHYSICS. Provides an opportunity for students, under the guidance of a faculty supervisor, to pursue scholarly research or study in areas associated with their academic field but outside of prescribed courses. Student and the prospective supervisor should develop and submit for approval a proposal to the Dean at least one month prior to the start of the course. For each hour of academic credit to be awarded, the student must have three hours of lab or study per week and one hour of consultation per week with the supervisor. Student may register for repeated enrollment in this course up to the maximum of six credits. Proposals must also include an evaluation plan. Prerequisite: PHY 242 with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1-4 credits PHY 496. INTERNSHIP/FIELD STUDIES. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for activities conducted outside of the University. Field studies, internships, summer research programs and career-related employment activities can qualify for credit under this course. Written proposals for such work must be developed by the student and the prospective field/employment supervisor and submitted to a College committee. Proposals must be submitted at least one month prior to the start of the course. The amount of academic credit to be earned will be determined by the committee based on the duration and quality of the experience, with a maximum of four credits through repeated enrollment. Prerequisite: PHY 242 with a minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.5. 1-4 credits POLITICAL SCIENCE (POL) POL 120. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE. Introduces students to Political Science. It examines the various forms politics takes in relation to the state, political institutions and individuals, in an effort to understand the world at large and one’s position in it. Prerequisite: Successful completion of the English placement exam or ENG 100/WAC 011, or SAT exemption. (S). 3 credits POL 121-122. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL AND SOCIAL THOUGHT. An examination of ideas, concepts and theories about politics and political systems, and about individual and group relationships in society, with emphasis on the ways in which the social sciences enable us to think more clearly and accurately about our social environment. Prerequisite: POL 120. POL 121 (F). POL 122 (S). 3-3 credits POL 129. INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. Designed to acquaint students with the basic principles and concepts associated with administrative management and the execution of public policy, the organization and functioning of public institutions and the implementation of policy decisions in the public arena. A survey course designed to promote interest and understanding of basic management practices and administrative procedures applicable to the public section. It is concerned with the processes by which bureaucratic organizations function. Prerequisite: POL 120. (F, S). 3 credits POL 151-152. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. A study of the development of the constitution; political parties; civil liberties; the nature and functions of the legislative, executive and judicial branches of the federal government; structure and functions of state and local governments; relation between federal and state and local governments. Prerequisite: POL 120. POL 151 (F). POL 152 (S). 3-3 credits POL 321. CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS. A study of the development of penal philosophies from revenge to rehabilitation. The structure of the American correctional system including probation, institutionalization and parole with consideration of current alternatives to incarceration. Survey of techniques, strategies and problems encountered in correctional counseling. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as CJU 321.) (F). 3 credits Course Descriptions 200 POL 340. CARIBBEAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. A comparative study of development, structure and processes of government and politics of the Caribbean Islands, with special reference to problems of national integration, political identity, constitutional independence and political ideology, and to the various solutions to these problems which have been adopted. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S). 3 credits POL 341. AFRICAN POLITICS. A comparative study of the development, structure and processes of government and politics on the African continent. As such, it will look at the African political system prior to the arrival of Europeans, the colonial era, and the post-colonial era. The major political issues, ideologies, and the unique development of the principal political institutions will be examined. Case studies will focus on individual nations within each of the five regions of the continent (i.e., North, South, East, West and Central). Prerequisite: POL 120. (F). 3 credits POL 351. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT. A comparative study and analysis of the governments of Great Britain and the USSR. Attention is also given to the politics and governments of developing countries. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S). 3 credits POL 352. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS. A study of politics among nations. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S). 3 credits POL 401. U. S. VIRGIN ISLANDS GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. An examination of the government and politics of the U. S. Virgin Islands. Emphasis is placed on the social and cultural context of the political process. The major institutional components of the political structure are examined, including the Organic Acts, the major branches of government, political parties, and federal-territorial relations. Outstanding political issues and possible political changes are discussed. Prerequisite: POL 120. (S). 3 credits POL 405. COMPARATIVE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEMS. This course is a study of the variations in patterns of corruption and political crimes as well as patterns of law enforcement and adjudication among political systems: democratic, communist and modernizing. This course introduces students to a global, comparative approach to the study of crime and penal sanctioning. Students will survey transnational crimes such as human trafficking and terrorism and learn how different countries respond. This course will cover a wide range of topics over a large number of countries. Prerequisites: ENG 120, CJU 110, POL 120. (Also listed as CJU 405). 3 credits. POL 496. PRACTICUM IN POLITICAL SCIENCE. Opportunities for supervised field work experience in areas related to government and politics, with emphasis on the linkage between course work and practical application. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing and Political Science concentration. (S). 3 credits POL 498. POLITICAL SCIENCE SEMINAR. An examination of methodological controversies concerning the nature and methods of Political Science and recent major work in the various areas of the discipline. The course is designed to help prepare advanced students for graduate traininG. Prerequisites: 6 credits of lower level and 6 credits of upper-level Political Science courses. (F). 3 credits PROCESS TECHNOLOGY (PRT) PRT 101. INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS TECHNOLOGY. An introduction to chemical and refinery plant operations. Topics include process technician duties, responsibilities, and expectations: plant organization; plant process and utility systems; the physical and mental requirements of the process technician; an overview of a typical process plant; identification of process equipment; the purpose of equipment; safety, health, and environmental components; and the roles, responsibilities and work environment. Prerequisite: Successful completion of MAT 023 and MAT 024, or satisfactory SAT Math score, or a satisfactory score on the mathematics diagnostic examination. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 110. BASIC ELECTRICITY THEORY. Provides instruction in understanding and designing direct- current and alternating-current electrical circuits. Topics include voltage, current, resistance, Ohm’s Law, magnetism’s relationship with electricity, inductance and capacitance, and multi-phase electrical systems. Corequisite: MAT 140. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 121. INSTRUMENTATION I. The first course of a two-semester sequence which involves the study of the instruments and their integration into instrument systems used in petroleum refining, petrochemical Course Descriptions 201 and chemical processing, including terminology, symbols, data highways, input-output, and basic troubleshooting. Corequisite: MAT 140. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 122. INSTRUMENTATION II. The second course of a two-semester sequence which involves the study of the instruments and their integration into instrument systems used in petroleum refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, including terminology, symbols, data highways, input-output, and basic troubleshooting. Prerequisite: PRT 121. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 125. INDUSTRIAL PROCESS. A study of the various processes employed in the oil refining, chemical, distillation, water and waste water treatment industries with an emphasis on processes utilized by local industry. Prerequisites: COM 120, MAT 140, and PRT 101. 3 credits PRT 130. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY I – EQUIPMENT. Provides instruction in the use of common process equipment including drums, reactors and other processing vessels; pumps, compressors, blowers, fans and other rotating equipment; flow, temperature, pressure and other instrumentation; relief valves, Automatic Shutdown Devices and other safety protection equipment. The course will include the identification, terminology and basic functions of these process equipment components and the scientific principles associated with them. Prerequisite: PRT 101. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 225. SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT. Develops the knowledge and skills that will reinforce the attitudes and behaviors required for safe and environmentally sound work habits. Emphasis is on safety, health and environmental issues in the performance of all job tasks and regulatory compliance issues. Also included are the components of a typical plant safety and environmental program; the role of a process operator in relation to safety, health, and environment; and identification and use of safety, health and environmental equipment. Prerequisite: PRT 130. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 231. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY II – SYSTEMS. Explores the interrelation of process equipment and process systems and the application of relevant scientific principles to the process environment. Course topics will include construction of process systems from basic equipment, analysis of process systems, system control under normal operating conditions, and recognition of abnormal conditions. Prerequisite: PRT 130. (F, S). 2 credits PRT 232. PROCESS TECHNOLOGY III – OPERATIONS. Combines systems into operational processes with emphasis on operations under various conditions. Topics include typical duties of an operator, combining systems into operating processes; describing a process technician’s role during plant operations; writing operating procedures, and demonstrating the application of operating procedures. Prerequisite: PRT 231. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 240. PROCESS TROUBLESHOOTING. Provides instruction in the different types of troubleshooting techniques, procedures, and methods used to solve process problems. Topics include application of data collection and analysis, cause-effect relationships, reasoning, the steps in troubleshooting models; the use of troubleshooting tools, and the troubleshooting techniques used to solve process problems. The application of computerized process control is a major part of this course. Prerequisite: PRT 231. Corequisite: PRT 232. (F, S). 3 credits PRT 275. INTERNSHIP. Provides an opportunity for students to earn academic credit for on-the- job technical training at industrial process plants in a supervised work setting. These activities will be conducted in restricted locations onsite within the industrial process plant. Students will work alongside field experts in daily activities that will supplement courses in process troubleshooting and process operations. Individual assignments will be made by the end of the third semester by the Process Technology Coordinator after consulting with the Process Technology Instructors. Prerequisite: Good Academic Standing. Corequisite: PRT 232. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits PSYCHOLOGY (PSY) PSY 120. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. A broad overview of the field of psychology. Such topics as basic human neurophysiology, child development, principles of learning, social psychology, abnormal behavior, personality development and approaches to clinical intervention will be covered. Prerequisites: A satisfactory grade on the English and reading placement exams or the satisfactory completion of ENG 100/ WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021 or SAT exemption. (F, S, SUM I). 3 credits Course Descriptions 202 PSY 202. LIFE SPAN DEVELOPMENT. An introduction to human development throughout the life cycle. Using a topical approach, biological, physical, personality and social processes will be examined from the prenatal period through late adulthood. The impact of the life span perspective on developmental theory and research methodology will be emphasized. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (F, S, SUM II). 3 credits PSY 203. INTRODUCTION TO PERSONALITY. Provides a broad introduction to the contemporary field of personality psychology. Genetic, environmental, social and cultural influences on personality are discussed, and the major personality theorists and assessment methods are introduced to the student. Empirical findings are stressed in the examination of topics such as personality types and traits, motivation and achievement, concepts of the self, sex roles, perceived control and responsibility, love, altruism and aggression. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (F). 3 credits PSY 223. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A study of the individual’s behavior and experience in social situations. Topics will include: the dynamics of groups; social roles, attitudes and values, communication, prejudice and mass behavior. Caribbean approaches to these topics will be stressed. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (Also listed as SOC 223.) (S). 3 credits PSY 240. BIOPSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the biological and neurological bases of behavior. Topics in the brain structure and organization, the neural mechanisms of behavior, the process of evolution and adaptation, the study of genetics, the visual, perceptual, and sensorimotor systems, and the regulation and control of homeostatic processes and the influence of biology on cognitive and emotional functioning will be studied. Both normal and abnormal behavior will be explored. The laboratory component of the course will vary from week to week, and will be related to the particular area of biopsychology on which the class is 7orking at any given time. Prerequisites: PSY 120, SCI 100. (S). 4 credits PSY 301. HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY. A survey of the history of the field, its major systems and methods. Contemporary issues and trends will be examined in terms of their roots in the history of the study of human behavior. Prerequisites: PSY 120, limited to juniors and seniors majoring in psychology. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 302. CULTURE AND BEHAVIOR. An examination of the mutual relevance of psychology and anthropology to the understanding of human behavior. Conceptual and methodological issues will be emphasized in the substantive areas of cross-cultural research such as the cognitive processes, socialization and personality development, as well as its application to social issues, mental health and intercultural communication. Prerequisite: PSY 120 and PSY 202. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 304. COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY. An introduction to the theoretical and experimental foundations of mental processes including consciousness, perception, learning, memory and thinking. Current approaches such as information-processing and cognitive science will be examined. Prerequisite: PSY 202. (F-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 308. HELPING SKILLS. A practical, skill-based introduction to helping behaviors that can be used in any setting in which students may later work. These include active listening, reflection, non-verbal behaviors, assessment and interviewing, goal-setting and change techniques. The course is designed to give students an understanding of the theory behind helping skills, and provide an opportunity for students to observe and practice these skills in role play and simulations. Prerequisite: PSY 202, PSY 203 and junior or senior standing. (F). 3 credits PSY 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisite: ENG 201 (Also listed as SOC 310, SWK 310 and NUR 310). (F,S). 3 credits PSY 312. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. Provides a theoretical, historical, and applied perspective on the psychology of learning. It investigates the ways in which organisms (human and non-human) change their behavior as a result of experience. The course is designed to give students an understanding of the basic concepts of classical, operant, and observational learning. Also, it allows students to apply these concepts in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits Course Descriptions 203 PSY 315. HUMAN SEXUALITY. Provides factual information on the topic of human sexuality, integrating perspectives from biopsychology, human development, sociology and health to provide a comprehensive understanding of contemporary sexuality. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 321. CHILD DEVELOPMENT. Covers topics important in child development including prenatal development, infancy, early experience, learning, emotional development, language, cognitive development, moral development, sex-role acquisition, personality and social development including role of family, peers, school and mass media in the socialization process. Prerequisite: PSY 202. (S-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 322. ADULT DEVELOPMENT. Will focus on issues in adulthood and aging. Topics covered include the emergence of adult roles, marriage and family life, predictable life crises, role of work, retirement and leisure, special issues in aging, and the psychological aspects of death, dying and bereavement. Prerequisite: PSY 202. PSY 321 is strongly recommended. (F-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 323. PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD AND ADOLESCENT. Will survey the behavior needs and characteristics of those children who deviate significantly from the average to require special attention to develop their potential. Emphasis will be placed on assessment, patterns of adjustment and some therapeutic strategies. Prerequisite: PSY 321. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 325. ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT. Provides expanded, in-depth coverage of the adolescent period in development. In particular, issues of family, relationships, self-concept and identity, delinquency and psychological disorder, and societal risk factors will be covered. Prerequisite: PSY 202. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 327. PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN. This course will provide an overview of contemporary theory and research as it applies to sex and gender differences in biology, development, socialization, cognition, interpersonal relationships, and psychological disorders. Prerequisites: PSY 202, 203. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 332. INDUSTRIAL-ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. This course presents a general introduction to the field of industrial and organizational psychology, focusing on the structure and function of organizations and the role they play in our lives. Students taking this course will develop an understanding of organizational processes, culture, behavior and productivity, and will be given both a theoretical and applied approach to the field. Prerequisites: PSY 202. (S-ALT-E). 3 credits PSY 340. BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCES. This course involves the study of specialized areas of central importance in the broad field of the behavioral neurosciences; these topics may vary and will be announced at the beginning of each semester. Topics are likely to include the behavioral neurobiology of eating disorders, schizophrenia, addictions and psychopharmacology, aging, anxiety, ADHD, and bipolar disorder, as well as behavioral neurogenetics and genomics, and cognitive neuroscience. Prerequisite: PSY 240. 3 credits PSY 345. INTRODUCTION TO FORENSIC SCIENCE. Forensic science is concerned with the analysis of physical evidence associated with the crime scene, the victim(s) and/or the suspect(s). This course will introduce students to the concept of forensic science, forensic psychology in the court system, the investigation of crime scenes and the analysis of evidence, specifically the identification and characterization of biological fluids and stains, DNA, terrorism, and the federal rules of evidence which relate to the admissibility of evidence. Depending on the availability of guest lecturers who are considered experts in their area of specialty, other areas of forensic science to be discussed may include but are not limited to medicolegal investigation of death, entomology toxicology, odontology, trace evidence such as hair, fiber, glass, paint or soils, fingerprints, impressions such as footwear and tire, firearms and tool marks, accident reconstruction, forensic psychology and/or psychiatry, and white-collar crime. Weekly laboratory exercises will provide students with a deeper understanding of the methods of analysis of evidence. Prerequisite: CJU 110. (Also listed as CJU 345.) (F). 4 credits PSY 348. SENSATION AND PERCEPTION. This course is an introduction to sensory systems and perceptual processes, with a primary emphasis on humans. Each major sensory modality (including visual, auditory, somatosensory, olfactory, and gustatory systems) will be explored from the physical stimuli, sensory anatomy and physiology, brain processing to how experience and age influence the sensory systems. Prerequisite: PSY 240. 3 credits PSY 349. FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY. This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of psychology and law, emphasizing how theory and research in psychological science is used to enhance Course Descriptions 204 the gathering and presentation of evidence, improve legal decision-making, prevent crime, rehabilitate criminals, and promote justice. Topics such as DNA and forensic identification, criminal profiling, lie detection, eyewitness testimony, the insanity defense, workplace law, and the death penalty will be considered. Prerequisites: PSY 120, CJU345/PSY345, PSY 203. (Also listed as CJU 349.) 3 credits PSY 350. DRUGS, BEHAVIOR, AND SOCIETY. This course will develop within successful students an in-depth, factual, objective understanding of the use and misuse of legal and illegal drugs in contemporary society, and in sports, as reported in the media, as well as with associated historical antecedents. Approaches to both treatment and prevention of addictions will be studied, in addition to the pharmacological activity and long-term effects of various types of drugs (including alcohol). Prerequisite PSY 120 and/or Junior standing and/or permission of the instructor. (F-ALT-O). 3 credits PSY 432. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. The study of personality development emphasizing the normal individual and his adjustment to his environment. Theories of personalities and techniques of measuring personality will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 202 and PSY 203. (DEM). 3 credits PSY 433. INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING AND PSYCHOTHERAPY. Will survey the major approaches to counseling and psychotherapy. Theoretical and research finding will be critiqued. Emphasis will be placed on selection and implementation of therapy for different reference groups. Prerequisites: PSY 203 and PSY 434. (F). 3 credits PSY 434. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Emphasizes the dynamics of mental illness; diagnostic methods for classifying and understanding the degree of individual maladjustment; levels and focuses of therapeutic intervention. Prerequisite: PSY 203. (S). 3 credits PSY 435. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. Focuses on the nature and value of psychological instruments, particularly those relevant to an academic setting. Critical topics such as cultural relativity, ethics and research considerations will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSY 202, PSY 203 and MAT 235. Strongly recommended: PSY 434. Limited to juniors and seniors. (DEM). 3 credits PSY 440. APPLIED RESEARCH METHODS. An introduction to research methods used in the study of behavior, both experimental and non-experimental. The scientific method, including ethics, principles and methods of research design, data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and report writing and covered. The student will have hands on experience both in groups and individually in conducting research studies. Prerequisite: SSC 328. (F). 3 credits PSY 465-466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in Psychology, especially those that may be of regional importance, or will introduce the student to evolving specialties in the field. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (DEM). 3-3 credits PSY 496. PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY. Individualized and supervised field work experience in the areas of school, developmental, clinical, social and industrial psychology. Major emphasis on integration of theory and practice, also personal and professional development. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: PSY 120, PSY 202, and PSY 203; for clinical areas, also PSY 434 and PSY 433; for human service areas, also HMS 310 (Introduction to Human Services), HMS 375 (Field Placement and Seminar), PSY 434 and PSY 433; for school counseling and developmental areas, also PSY 321 and PSY 325 (Adolescent Development); for social/organizational areas, also PSY 223 and PSY 332 (Industrial/ Organizational Psychology). Senior standing is required. (S). 3 credits SCIENCE (SCI) SCI 100. THE NATURAL WORLD: THE CARIBBEAN. A topical examination of the natural world of the Caribbean. Included will be considerations of elements of Caribbean life associated with the natural world with emphasis on their roots in the Natural Sciences. The approach is interdisciplinary with a variety of learning strategies employed. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. This course is half of the two-part Freshman Year General Education Curriculum. (F, S). 3 credits SCI 200. CHANGES IN THE NATURAL WORLD. Students learn to use the vocabulary and concepts underlying the scientific view of the natural world. An exploration of cosmology and biological principles Course Descriptions 205 provide a contrast with mythology and a framework within which to understand the scientific explanations of change and evolution in physical systems and living organisms. Students learn to relate to emerging scientific applications and to the overall organization of scientific knowledge. Laboratory exercises establish the principles of observation and analysis as a basis for scientific theory. This course partially satisfies the general education requirements for a BA degree. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisite: SCI 100 (except in the case of a student admitted into a degree program with 24 or more credits), ENG 120. Corequisite: MAT 140. (F, S). 3 credits SCI 210. INTRODUCTION TO METEOROLOGY. The course is designed to provide students with a fundamental understanding of weather phenomena. The students will understand meteorological measurements of the atmosphere and be able to interpret weather developments from these measurements. In addition, this course provides the foundation for further studies in the field of meteorology. Students participating in this course must have acquired skills of sending and receiving attached documents by email and must be familiar with web browser navigation. Students are expected to access web resources on the Internet daily. It is strongly recommended that students have a computer with availability to the Internet. Prerequisites: ENG 120, SCI 100 (for those students required to take SCI 100). Corequisite: MAT 140 or 143. (F, S). 4 credits SCI 220. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This multidisciplinary course will cover basic concepts of geographic information systems (GIS) and will combine an overview of the general principles of GIS with analytical use of spatial information. Students will learn GIS techniques to collect, organize, analyze and present data. Students will apply these techniques to conducting “spatial inquiry.” (Also listed as CJU 220 and SSC 220). 3 credits SCI 301. APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES FROM THE NATURAL WORLD. The application of key scientific principles to selected aspects of our immediate surroundings, and an interdisciplinary examination of the technology used to manipulate those surroundings. A variety of teaching techniques, including laboratory exploration, will be employed. Two hours of lecture and three hours of lab per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140 or 143. (F, S, SUM). 3 credits SCI 360. SCIENCE AND THE ELEMENTARY TEACHER. This course, a joint offering of the Science and Teacher Education programs, is designed for elementary education majors. It will give students an opportunity to actively participate in the construction of scientific knowledge by engaging them in critical thinking and original research projects in the natural sciences. Additionally, the course will expose students to science teaching reform, standards in science teaching, and the theories of teaching and learning in science. During the semester, concurrent field experiences under the supervision of the School of Education in conjunction with the Math program will consist of two hours weekly. Prerequisites: EDU 250. (Also listed as EDU 360). (F). 5 credits SCI 497. A twice-weekly interdisciplinary capstone seminar encompassing mathematics, marine biology, computer science, chemistry, bioinformatics, biochemistry, and biology. Each student will present one seminar. Provides one of the two semesters of Senior Science Seminar required by all science and mathematics majors. SCI 497 may be taken concurrently with other junior or senior science or mathematics seminars only with the special permission of the Dean of CSM. Pre-requisites: BIO 397-398 or CHE 397-398 or CSC 397-398 or MAT 397 or MBI 397-398. 1 credit SOCIAL SCIENCE (SSC) SSC 100. AN INTRODUCTION TO THE SOCIAL SCIENCES: A CARIBBEAN FOCUS. A topical examination of the social dimensions of Caribbean cultures from the origins of human habitation to the present. Its interdisciplinary approach will emphasize the perspectives of the various social sciences, with attention also given to the arts of the Caribbean. A variety of teaching and learning strategies will be utilized. Corequisite: ENG 100/WAC 011, ENG 101/RCA 021, unless exempted by SAT or placement tests. (F, S). 3 credits SSC 113. CLARIFICATION OF THE SOCIAL SELF. In this course the student will explore communication and listening, conflict-resolution, assertiveness and decision-making as they apply to individuals in an interpersonal context. Values clarification and ethical decision-making exercises will be used in structured and unstructured group learning activities as well as readings and discussion. Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of English and Reading placement tests, SAT exemption, or completion of ENG 100/WAC 011 and ENG 101/RCA 021. 3 credits Course Descriptions 206 SSC 154. METHODOLOGY OF INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES. Directed at preparing the student for interdisciplinary studies within the social sciences. Deals with the basic methodologies of such programs. The course includes identification and exploration of the nature and scope of selected local problems, the design, strategy, and evaluation of research projects from the point of view of application of results. 3 credits SSC 220. INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. This multidisciplinary course will cover basic concepts of geographic information systems (GIS) and will combine an overview of the general principles of GIS with analytical use of spatial information. Students will learn GIS techniques to collect, organize, analyze and present data. Students will apply these techniques to conducting “spatial inquiry.” (Also listed as CJU 220 and SCI 220). 3 credis SSC 327-328. QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. Techniques and methods of measurement, analysis, interpretation and explanation of statistical data. Topics include frequency distributions and graphic presentation, measures of central tendency and dispersion, the normal and binomial distributions, probability theory, hypothesis testing, point and interval estimation, measures of association and regression, goodness-of-fit tests and analysis of variance; sampling and research design; questionnaire construction. Emphasis is placed on the interrelationships between theory and applied research. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MAT 140 - 235. SSC 327 (F). SSC 328 (S). 4-4 credits SSC 497-498. SOCIAL SCIENCES SENIOR SEMINAR. A periodic seminar which explores current topics in the various fields of the Social Sciences. The first semester will be devoted to a period of instruction in Social Sciences research methodology, followed by written and oral presentation of a research proposal by the student. In the second semester, students will write their research papers and make an oral presentation of the results of their work. A schedule of meetings will be established at the first meeting of each semester. Prerequisites: SSC 327-328 and senior standing in the Social Sciences. SSC 497 (F). SSC 498 (S). 1-1 credit SSC 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Advanced students who have acquired adequate academic skills may, with the assistance of faculty members, propose a semester program of independent reading, research and reporting to be conducted under the mentorship of one or more full-time Social Science faculty members. Acceptance of the proposal should be obtained from the faculty members who will supervise and from the Dean at least one month prior to the beginning of the semester. (F, S). 1-3 credits SOCIAL WORK (SWK) SWK 224. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE. Examination of the social welfare problems and needs of the Virgin Islands, Caribbean and mainland United States; the network of agencies and programs to meet these needs; the gaps and limitations of services; the roles of professional social workers in providing social welfare services. (Also listed as SOC 224). (S). 3 credits SWK 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisite: ENG 201 (Also listed as SOC 310, NUR 310 and PSY 310). (F,S). 3 credits SWK 325. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. Historical development of public and private social welfare and the profession of social work in the context of economic, philosophical, social and other forces. In addition, major changes in governmental social philosophy, welfare programs and issues in social welfare and social work are examined with the use of analytic and evaluation paradigms. Participant observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. (Also listed as SOC 325). (S). 3 credits SWK 331. SOCIAL WORK METHODS I. An introduction to basic social work practice utilized by professional social workers in their interventions with any social system. The focus of this course is on people with problems and perceptions of their functioning, relevant systems, and the helping process, including time phases, the worker and the kinds of helping roles, the client in the situation, communication skills, objectives and goals, and values and self-awareness. The values and ethics of the profession are examined in relation to social needs and the context of practice. The social agency context of sanctions, Course Descriptions 207 Course Descriptions organization and accountability are examined. The variety of social work practice in relation to social problems and human need will be considered. This foundation knowledge is further developed in Social Work Methods II, III and IV. Prerequisite: SWK 224. (S). 3 credits SWK 334A - 334B. HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND THE SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT. This two-semester course analyzes theories of human behavior in the social environment from a life span developmental approach. The content of these courses is designed to increase the students’ potential for effective generalist social work assessment and interventions with individuals, families, groups, social systems and communities. The course also strives to build students’ appreciation for and understanding of the ramefications of the “person-in-environment” principle that primarily takes into consideration the social, biological and psychological influences of the environment. Students will examine the effects of social structures, social policies and cultural patterns on individuals at all stages of life. 3-3 credits SWK 335. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY. An intensive overview of the major concepts, programs and contemporary issues in social gerontology and their relationships to social welfare and other human services. Topics include health care, income maintenance, social security benefits, crime, media, social networks and others. Prerequisite: SOC 121 or Special 131E (Gerontology Institute). (Also listed as SOC 335). (S). 3 credits SWK 425. SOCIAL WORK METHODS III. Utilizing a systems approach, assessment and the beginning phase of practice are examined. An emphasis is placed on the generic practice process and beginning engagement skills with individuals, families, groups and local communities, including observation, data collection, interviewing and assessment. A further emphasis is placed on the worker’s skill in facilitating direct services for people in the context of social work purposes. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 427). (S). 3 credits SWK 426. SOCIAL WORK METHODS IV. A continued development of social work generic practice. The middle and termination phases of practice with individuals, families, groups and local communities are stressed. Attention is paid to short-term interventions for work with individuals and families, particularly in regard to delivering social services in relation to functional and dysfunctional processes both in societal systems and client systems. Special attention is paid to task-oriented groups, including agency work groups and interventions on local community levels. Team and interdisciplinary aspects of professional practice are examined. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 428). (F). 3 credits SWK 427. FIELD INSTRUCTION II AND FIELD SEMINAR. Builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in SWK 333 and requires the student to integrate the content of SWK 425 in a practicum basis. A minimum of two days per week is required. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is also required. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 425). (S). 6 credits SWK 428. FIELD INSTRUCTION III AND FIELD SEMINAR. Builds upon the knowledge and experience gained in Social Work 427 and requires the student to integrate the content of SWK 426 in a practicum basis. A minimum of two days per week is required. Concurrent participation in a regular field instruction seminar is also required. (Must be taken concurrently with SWK 426). (F). 6 credits SWK 430. SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICIES, PROGRAMS, ISSUES. An analysis of social welfare programs, policies and issues in regard to selected major areas of social welfare need in the United States, the Virgin Islands and the Caribbean. Issues, strategies and programs in the delivery of social welfare services in a multi-cultural, multiracial context are examined, including the implications for professional priorities and decision-making. Prerequisite: SOC 121 (Also listed as SOC 430.) (F). 3 credits SWK 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes the study of areas of special interest in social work. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. (SUM). 3,3 credits SOCIOLOGY (SOC) SOC 121. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. Analysis of the basic perspectives, concepts and methods used in studying societies. Society and culture: diversity and uniformity, society and the individual. Social organization: primary groups, family, kinship and marriage, stratification, racial and ethnic groups, communities. Social institutions: religious, educational, scientific, political, economic. Population and society: deviancy, conformity, social change. (F). 3 credits 208 Course Descriptions SOC 124. SOCIAL PROBLEMS. A study of conditions in society. Problems of the life cycle: adolescence, education, work, the aged. Problems of deviance: delinquency, crime, mental illness. Problems of the nation: race relations, poverty, housing. World problems: population, war, new nations. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 223. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. A study of the individual’s behavior and experience in social situations. Topics will include: the dynamics of groups; social roles, attitudes and values, communication, prejudice and mass behavior. Caribbean approaches to these topics will be stressed. Prerequisite: PSY 120. (THI). 3 credits SOC 224. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WELFARE. Examination of the social welfare problems and needs of the Virgin Islands, Caribbean and mainland United States; the network of agencies and programs to meet these needs; the gaps and limitations of services; the roles of professional social workers in providing social welfare services. (Also listed as SWK 224). (S). 3 credits SOC 236. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY. A thorough examination of the significance of marriage and the family today, the family life cycle, dating and mate selection, love, marital and sexual adjustment, divorce and desertion, remarriage. (S). 3 credits SOC 255, 256. AFRICAN CIVILIZATION. Historical survey of the several major culture areas of continental Africa. Comprises a comparative study of the ways by which the several African peoples treated have handled the basic problems of human existence: origin, survival, self-realization and destiny. (Also listed as ANT 255, 256 and HIS 255, 256). 3,3 credits SOC 257, 258. THE BLACK EXPERIENCE IN THE NEW WORLD. A study of the slave trade, the conditions of slavery, and the process of Black acculturation in the New World since emancipation. SOC 256 is recommended as a preparatory course. (Also listed as ANT 257, 258 and HIS 257, 258.) 3,3 credits SOC 310. INTRODUCTION TO RACIAL AND ETHNIC HEALTH DISPARITIES IN HEALTH CARE. This course will address areas of study of interest in nursing, other health care professions and the social sciences, including health policy, management of care, health care delivery and other topics related to client needs and responses to care. Prerequisite: ENG 201 (Also listed as NUR 310, SWK 310 and PSY 310). (F,S). 3 credits SOC 315. VICTIMOLOGY. This course focuses on the victim and will expose students to a new study within the criminal justice field, Victimology. Students will study different types of victimization, and roles of and ethics related to the criminal justice practitioner. Students will access sources of information regarding crime victims from the UCR and the NCVS. This course will also examine victim allocution and victim-impact statement. An analysis of the different types of punishment and justice will be discussed. Prerequisites: CJU110, ENG 120. (Also listed as CJU 315). 3 credits SOC 325. SOCIAL WELFARE AS A SOCIAL INSTITUTION. Historical development of public and private social welfare and the profession of social work in the context of economic, philosophical, social and other forces. In addition, major changes in governmental social philosophy, welfare programs and issues in social welfare and social work are examined with the use of analytic and evaluation paradigms. Participant observational learning experiences are a part of the requirements of this course. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SWK 325) . 3 credits SOC 332. COMPARATIVE INSTITUTIONS. The comparative study of institutions such as the family, stratification, and kinship, with emphasis on structure and function. Data will be presented from selected cultures of Indonesia, the Caribbean, the USSR, India, and Polynesia. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 333. CRIMINOLOGY. The study of criminal and delinquent behavior including its variations, ramifications, explanations and measures of prevention, control and treatment. (Also listed as CJU 333). (F). 3 credits SOC 335. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY. An intensive overview of the major concepts, programs and contemporary issues in social gerontology and their relationships to social welfare and other human services. Topics include health care, income maintenance, social security benefits, crime, media, social networks and others. Prerequisite: SOC 121 or Special 131E (Gerontology Institute). (Also listed as SWK 335). 3 credits 209 Course Descriptions SOC 345. RACE AND ETHNIC RELATIONS. An analysis of the concept of race, race differences, prejudice, conflict, annihilation, stratification, segregation, pluralism, assimilation, reactions to minority status. 3 credits SOC 355, 356. CULTURAL HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. Deals with the cultural history of the West African Sudan: the area between 7 and 17 degrees north latitude and extending from the northwestern border of Nigeria to the Atlantic Ocean. The period covered extends from the 7th to the 19th centuries which permits a discussion of the rise and flowering of the various peoples involved: Ghana, Mali, Sosso, Songhay, Wolof- Serer and the Fulani. (Also listed as ANT 355, 356 and HIS 355, 356). 3,3 credits SOC 381. CONTEMPORARY CARIBBEAN SOCIETY. An analysis of society in the contemporary Caribbean, using comparative studies of social structure, race, color, class, religion, family, personality, etc., to discuss problems of social cohesion and social change. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 382. SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT. Examines the concept, nature and context of development and underdevelopment in the international system, using the Caribbean and Latin America as areas of focus. Includes an analysis of the relationship between various institutional areas and developments. Prerequisite: SOC 121. 3 credits SOC 430. SOCIAL WELFARE: POLICIES, PROGRAMS, ISSUES. An analysis of social welfare programs, policies and issues in regard to selected major areas of social welfare need in the United States, the Virgin Islands and the Caribbean. Issues, strategies and programs in the delivery of social welfare services in a multi-cultural, multiracial context are examined, including the implications for professional priorities and decision-making. Prerequisite: SOC 121. (Also listed as SWK 430). 3 credits SOC 469. PRACTlCUM IN SOCIOLOGY. Provides supervised experiences in applying the tools and theories of sociological analysis to community problems and policy issues. A comprehensive program must be submitted to the Dean no later than the sixth week of the semester prior to the semester in which the field work is to be undertaken. Prerequisites: Senior standing and a Sociology concentration, with at least 12 credits in the concentration. 3 credits SPANISH (SPA) SPA 131. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. This course is designed to develop a basic level of competence in understanding and an acceptable level of competence in communicating in standard Spanish. Its learning activities draw upon the broad range of state-of-art facilities and techniques, including videos, computer-assisted language practice and multi-media supported drills. This first course lays the foundation in phonology, vocabulary and grammar for effective command of the other two in this sequence. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits SPA 132. FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH II. This course is designed to develop in the second language learner a higher elementary level of competence in understanding and communicating orally and in writing standard Spanish. The learning program is based on state-of-the-art videos, computer-assisted language activities and practice provided by multi-media resources. This second course builds upon the foundation laid by the introductory elementary course and continues to develop phonology, vocabulary and grammar in preparation for the intermediate and more advanced stages of the language. The development of language functions moves from ritualistic expressions to more complex usages in conversation. Prerequisite: SPA 131 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits SPA 141. ALTERNATE FUNCTIONAL ELEMENTARY SPANISH I. This course is designed for students who have had previous knowledge of Spanish and who wish to develop a higher level of oral competency in the language, have a greater command of grammar and a broader grasp of the Hispanic cultural dimension. 3 credits SPA 231. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. Grammar review, drills in translation, intensive practice in hearing and in speaking Spanish. Practical vocabulary and conversation will be stressed. Prerequisite: SPA 132 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. (F, S, SUM). 4 credits SPA 235. SPANISH FOR LAW ENFORCEMENT. This is an intermediate Spanish course designed to strengthen students’ knowledge of basic Spanish and add the concepts of the intermediate class while at the same time providing vocabulary specific to law enforcement agents. Through skits and role-play, students will be placed in situations where they will use the vocabulary learned to carry out certain functions performed by law enforcement agents. Prerequisites: CJU 110, SPA 131 and 132. 4 credits 210 Course Descriptions SPA 305. ORAL SPANISH. Conducted entirely in Spanish. Intensive oral practice; pronunciation, vocabulary, reading, comprehension, conversation, short speeches and group discussion. Some use of audio aids. Prerequisite: SPA 231. 3 credits SPA 306. ADVANCED CONVERSATION. Conducted entirely in Spanish, and designed to develop fluency and correctness in the spoken language by means of prepared and impromptu discussions on topics of cultural and current interest. Prerequisite: SPA 231. 3 credits SPA 311. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. A groundwork is laid for studies in the development of the Romance languages. Some essential and practical concepts and applications of descriptive linguistics are studied. Methodologies for recording and analyzing languages are explored. Reading and reports are initiated on the histories of the Spanish language. Prerequisite: SPA 231 or successful completion of the appropriate CLEP test. 3 credits SPA 312. ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. The development of grammatical structures and lexicons of Spanish out of the Latin language is the subject of detailed study. The roles of sociolinguistics contact phenomena are also brought into perspective as agents of language change. Theories on language origins and language change are evaluated, particularly in the light of creole developments. Prerequisite: SPA 311. 3 credits SPA 321. STUDIES IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND STYLE. Taught in Spanish. An approach to advanced grammar through contemporary readings in various fields. Extensive practice in translation and written and oral expression. 3 credits SPA 322. ADVANCED STUDIES IN SPANISH LANGUAGE AND STYLE. Taught in Spanish. Intensive exercise in composition and oral expression. Prerequisite: SPA 321. 3 credits SPA 331. SPANISH LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION TO THE 18th CENTURY. Taught in Spanish. The purpose of this course and SPA 332 is to study works representative of the most significant currents in Spanish literature. The lectures will stress the interrelation of Spanish literature with general development in the Spanish speaking world. Selected texts will be analyzed and discussed. May be taken independently of SPA 332. 3 credits SPA 332. SPANISH LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION FROM THE 18th CENTURY TO THE PRESENT. See SPA 331. May be taken independently of SPA 331. 3 credits SPA 433. SPANISH LITERATURE OF THE GOLDEN AGE. Taught in Spanish. A discussion of the principal authors of the 16th and 17th centuries from Garcilaso to Quevedo. 3 credits SPA 434. CONTEMPORARY SPANISH LITERATURE. Taught in Spanish. Representative authors from the generation of 1898 to the 1927 group: Unamuno, Azorin, Ortega, Miro, Garcia Lorca, Salinas, Guillen, and others. 3 credits SPA 435. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE I. Taught in Spanish. A study of the significant literary works produced in Spanish America from the colonial period to 1888. May be taken independently of SPA 436. 3 credits SPA 436. SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE II. Taught in Spanish. Stresses the coming of age of Spanish-American literature: Ruben Dario and modernismo; the development of the essay and the novel; significant literary works produced in the post modernistic period, from 1918 to the present. May be taken independently of SPA 435. 3 credits SPA 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest in history of the language or the literatures of Spain and Latin America, including such topics as the romantic movement in Spain, the modern novel or literary criticism as such. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under various topics. Preraquisite: Any Spanish course at the 300 or 400 level. 3,3 credits SPA 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual research under the direction of a member or members of the department. The students report in weekly conferences to their research advisor and present such papers 211 Course Descriptions as may be prescribed. Prerequisites: Advanced standing; completion of at least six hours of Spanish beyond the 200 level; cumulative grade point average of 3.00; consent of the Dean. A proposal must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits THEATRE (THE) THE 110. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE. Surveys historical development and dramatic literature of the Greek, Roman, Medieval and Elizabethan periods, along with an examination of representative American, Caribbean and African plays. The student is also exposed to an overview of the technical aspects of a production. 3 credits THE 210. THEATRE SERVICE. The study of the basic theories of scene design, stage lighting, costume design, stage management and construction techniques applicable to stage settings. Three hours of instruction and full participation in one production per semester. 4 credits THE 211, 212, 213, 214. THEATRE PRODUCTION. The art of play production is studied from the practicum state of participation in a University of the Virgin Islands mainstage and/or studio productions. The technical assignment will be in one of the following areas: technical director, designer, lighting technician, wardrobe, stage manager. Work duties will be assigned by the technical advisor of a production if this is a technical position or rehearsals by the director if the student is cast in a major acting role. This course may be repeated four times for credit. The students will be encouraged to choose a different area for each repeat of the course. Prerequisite: THE 110. 1,1,1,1 credit THE 220. BASIC STAGE MOVEMENT. This course emphasizes basic physical conditioning for phe actor. It will enable a student to learn about gesture, the physical manifestation of emotion, and to become more relaxed and poised in front of an audience. The students will examine the styles and forms of period movement and their expression in relation to needs of the theatre. 3 credits THE 312. DIRECTING STAGE PRODUCTIONS. The study of the basic theories of stage directing including the director’s preliminary investigation, script selection, script analysis, casting and staging techniques. 3 credits THE 315. THEATRE IN THE CARIBBEAN. This course will explore theatre in the English-speaking Caribbean starting from the Bahamas, Cayman Islands, U. S. and the British Virgin Islands, to Trinidad and Tobago, including Guyana. Students will study various forms of theatre from story-telling and carnival and festivals to formal presentations. 3 credits THE 323. BASIC ACTING. The study of the basic techniques, analytical skills and the principles which underlie the methodologies of acting as they relate to the actor’s performance. Three lectures weekly and rehearsal time will be required. 3 credits THE 325. READERS THEATRE. Group training in effectively bringing the written drama to life with or without the traditional adjuncts of costuming, scenery, and lighting. The students will learn to script nondramatic literature for group presentations. Prerequisite: COM 227 or COM 221. 3 credits THE 411. CREATING THEATRE. Using creativity, problem-solving and group-dynamics information and techniques, enrolled sdudents will participate with available extracurricular volunteers in the actual invention and preparation of a theatre-piece. Though not a course in play-writing per se, students will adapt what are, conventionally speaking, nondramatic materials, fiction and nonfiction, articles, essays, etc., for a theatrical presentation and audience. Available for credit or as an extracurricular activity. Six hours per week. 3 credits THE 412. SCENE DESIGN AND STAGE LIGHTING. Designed to expand the students already existing awareness of the principles of design as applied to stage scenery and theatrical lighting. The student will create and execute a design of both a theatrical set and the accompanying stage lighting for a hypothetical production of either a community educational theatre piece. Prerequisite: THE 210 and at least one from THE 211, 212, 213, 214. 3 credits 212 Course Descriptions THE 413. THEATRE CRITICISM. The students examine the theatre experience through a critical analysis of the role of audience, dramatic structure, environment and visual elements, and performers and directors. The theatre process is studied by examining synopses and representative plays of appropriate genre. Prerequisites: THE 110 and at least one from THE 220, THE 312, THE 323. 3 credits THE 415. THEATRE MANAGEMENT. The students examine the business of theatre: organizing, funding, managing and sustaining an artistic enterprise. Emphasis is placed upon the roles of the producer, stage manager and house manager in professional, community and educational organizations. Prerequisite: THE 110. 3 credits THE 465, 466. SELECTED TOPICS. Includes but is not limited to areas of special interest in dramatic literature, various genre of theatre, history of different periods of theatre, including era of “Isms,” i.e., expressionism, surrealism, etc. Individual topics will be announced at the beginning of each semester. May be repeated for credit under varying topics. Prerequisite: To be announced with each topic. 3,3 credits THE 499. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Individual study and research under the direction of a member or members of the College. Students will have weekly conferences with their advisors and do such readings and papers as may be required. Prerequisite: Advance standing. Students must have completed at least 20 credits of speech and/or theatre courses beyond the 200 level with a cumulative grade point average of 3.00. Students must secure consent of the Dean and advisor. Written proposals must be approved prior to the end of the preceding semester. 3 credits 213 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Interim Dean: A. Washington STX: F. Depusoir, B. Kisuule, J. Munro, A. Washington, G. Ogunmokun STT: M. Chang, T. Coverdale, M. Hermann, L. Hudspeth, K. Matsumoto, G. Metts, C. Vineyard, M. Vineyard Adjunct: U. Williams SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Interim Dean: L. Thomas STX: D. Griffith, B. Lateef, N. Morgan, B. Wray STT: S. Harney, E. Heikkila, R. Howard COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Interim Dean: S. Jones-Hendrickson STX: A. Baumann, V. Knowles-Combie, L. DiMeo, K. Francis, D. Gould, K. Hendrickson, L. Roopnarine, J. Ross-Braithwaite, G. Royes, W. Velazquez STT: E. Carter, V. Cooper, R. Delgado. V. Donovan, K. Dudemaine, K. Engerman, A. Francis, P. Harkins-Pierre, D. Larche, R. Nicholls, D. Phillips, A. Randall, M. Sekou, N. Sekou, H. Solomon, P. Rhymer Todman, R. Terrasi, A. Venzen, L. Wymer, L. Young-Wright SCHOOL OF NURSING Dean: C. Franklin STX: J. Allmacher, D. Cestaro-Seifer, K. Cooper, C. Jiménez, K. Sheats STT: A. Burlar, G. Callwood, D. Carson, M. Howard, S. Lettsome, M. Nunez COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Interim Dean: S. Romano STX: B. Castillo, E. Douglas, V. Goodwin, S. Ketcham, A. Lewit, A.I. Musah, M. Peterson, V. Tyson STT: M. Boumedine, L. Brown, G. Butcher, A. Dikou, D. Drost, J. Gaskin, R. Gupta, R. Hall, D. Iannucci, P. Jobsis, S. Latesky, D. Nemeth, A. Parr, S. Ratchford, J. Robinson, L. Rosenthal, D. Smith, A. Stanford, R. Stolz, E. Tarver, T. Turner RESEARCH & PUBLIC SERVICE STX: P. K. Boateng, M. Clavier, S.M.A. Crossman, K.O. Davis, K.Garcia, Sr., R.W. Godfrey, L. Sanders, M. Taylor, T.W. Zimmerman University Faculty 214 STT: N. Idrisi, L.E. Petersen, Jr., C. Robles, C. Settar, T. Smith LIBRARY SERVICES STX: C. Prince-Richard, E. Richard, J. Rogers, W.R. Stephenson STT: S. Harris, T. Mills, C. Richards ADMINISTRATION WITH FACULTY RANK STT: Y. Habtes, D. Hall, F. Mills, R.S. Nemeth, H. Smith University Faculty 215 Emeritus Faculty and Administration Benjamin, Ilva F. - Professor Emerita of Nursing (STT Campus) B.S., Hunter College M.S., City University of New York Caron, Aimery - Professor Emeritus of Chemistry (STT Campus) B.S., University of California M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California Foster-Strauss, Gale - Professor Emerita of Nursing (STX Campus) B.S., Syracuse University M.S.M., Ph.D., University of Colorado Gjessing, Helen - Professor Emerita of Biology (STT Campus) B.S., Beloit College M.A., University of Massachusetts Grybowski, Judith - Professor Emerita of Nursing (STT Campus) B.S., Duke University M.N., Emory University Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Harper, Rosary - Professor Emerita of Speech Communication & Theatre (STT Campus) B.S., M.A. Tennessee State University Ph.D., Florida State University Heikkila, Frank - Professor Emeritus of Mathematics (STT Campus) B.S., U.S. Military Academy M.A., Ball State University Ed.D., State University of New York at Buffalo Highfield, Arnold - Professor Emeritus of Social Sciences (STX Campus) B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University Hoover, Herbert A. - Professor Emeritus of Education (STT Campus) B.A., St. Augustine’s College Ed.M. St. Louis University Ph.D., Southern Illinois University Johnson, Edith Ramsay - Professor Emerita of Nursing (STT Campus) B.S., Michigan State University M.D., EdD., Teachers College, Columbia University Kean, Orville E. - President Emeritus (STT Campus) B.A., Lincoln University M.S., University of Michigan Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Knowles, Roberta - Professor Emerita of English (STX Campus) B.A., Brown University M.A., Columbia University Ed.D., New York University 216 Krigger, Marilyn - Professor Emerita of History (STT Campus) B.A., Spelman College M.A., Columbia University Ph.D., University of Delaware Leary, Paul - Professor Emeritus of Political Science (STT Campus) B.A., Seton Hall University M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University List, Lynne - Professor Emerita of Education (STT Campus) B.A., M.S., Hofstra University Ph.D., New York University Lutchman, Harold - Professor Emeritus of Political Science (STT Campus) B.Sc., University of the West Indies M.Sc., University of the West Indies Ph.D., Manchester (UK) J.D., Grays Inn (U.K.) Padda, Darshan S. - Vice President Emeritus of Research and Land-Grant Affairs (STX Campus) B.S., M.S., Punjab University Ph.D., Cornell University Parker, Dennis - Professor Emeritus of Speech Communication & Theatre (STT Campus) B.S., Drake University M.S., Northern Illinois University M.F.A., Florida State University Ramcharan, Christopher - Professor Emeritus of Horticulture (STX Campus) B.Sc., University of the West Indies M.Sc., Ph.D., University of Florida Richards, Arthur A. - President Emeritus (STT Campus) B.S., Howard University M.A., Hampton Institute Ed.D., New York University Stewart, Mary R. - Professor Emerita of Executive Secretarial Adm. (STX Campus) B.S., American International College M.C.S., Boston University Turnbull, Charles W. - Professor Emeritus of History (STT Campus) B.S., M.A., Hampton University Ph.D., University of Minnesota Varlack, Pearl - Professor Emerita of Education (STT Campus) M.A., Inter-American University Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Wagner, Ernest C. - Faculty Emeritus (STT Campus) B.A., Morehouse College B.S., Atlanta University M.S., University of Illinois Wanlass, Lawrence C. - President Emeritus (STT Campus) B.S., Utah State University Ph.D., University of California Waters, Erika J. - Professor Emerita of English & Editor, The Caribbean Writer (STX Campus) B.A., M.A., New York University Ed. Specialist, Ph.D., University of New Mexico Emeritus Faculty and Administration 217 218 Faculty KOSTAS ALEXANDRIDIS, Research Assistant Professor of Marine and Environmental Studies (STT Campus) 2010 Ph.D., Purdue University JANZIE ALLMACHER, Assistant Professor of Nursing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2000 B.S., University of the State of New York M.S., Lehman College, Bronx, N.Y. 1991 AMY BURLAR, Assistant Professor of Nursing (STT Campus) 2009 B.S.N., George Mason University M.S.N., Virginia Commonwealth University, 2007 ALETHA BAUMANN, Associate Professor of Psychology (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2001 B.A., University of California at Santa Barbara M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa 1971 P. KOFI BOATENG, Extension Assistant Professor & Associate Director - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.S., Hannibal LaGrange College B.S., School of the Ozarks M.S., University of Tennessee MARC BOUMEDINE, Associate Professor of Computer Science (STT Campus) 2000 B.A., M.A., University of Marseille III Ph.D., University of Montpellier II 1991 MARILYN BRANDT, Research Assistant Professor of Marine and Environmental Studies (STT Campus) 2010 B.A., New York University Ph.D., University of Miami 2007 JEWEL ROSS-BRATHWAITE, Assistant Professor of English (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2007 B.S., M.S., Morgan State College LAVERNE L. BROWN, Associate Professor of Chemistry (STT Campus) 2009 B.S., Old Dominion University Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth University, 1998 GENE BUTCHER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (STT Campus) 2011 B.S.,University of Kentucky, Lexington M.S., University of Utah Ph.D., University of Kentucky, Lexington, 2008 , GLORIA B. CALLWOOD, Associate Professor of Nursing (STT Campus) 1995 B.S.N., Hampton Institute M.N., University of Florida Ph.D., University of Florida 1988 D. MICHELLE CARSON, Assistant Professor of Nursing (STT Campus) 2010 B.S., University of Evansville M.S.N., Pace University 1982 219 EMILY CARTER, Assistant Professor of English (STT Campus) 2008 B.S., University of Maryland M.A., University of the Virgin Islands Ed.D., University of Miami 1995 BERNARD CASTILLO II, Assistant Professor of Chemistry (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2009 B.S., Mindanao State University Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 2008 DEBORAH J. CESTARO-SEIFER, Assistant Professor of Nursing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2007 B.S.N., Duke University M.S., University of Illinois, Chicago 1982 MICHAEL CHANG, Associate Professor of CIS (STT Campus) 2008 B.A., M.S., Eastern Washington University Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 1980 MARTHIOUS CLAVIER, Extension Instructor & Extension Specialist I (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., M.A., University of the Virgin Islands 2008 VALERIE KNOWLES COMBIE, Associate Professor of English (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1992 A.A., Caribbean Union College B.Ed., West Indies College, Jamaica M.A., Andrews University 1978 M.A., Andrews University 1992 KAREN COOPER, Assistant Professor of Nursing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2006 A.S., Kansas City Kansas Community College M.S., University of Kansas 1992 VINCENT O. COOPER, Professor of English and Linguistics (STT Campus) 1977 B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University 1979 TONJIA COVERDALE, Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems (STT Campus) 2010 B.S., Morgan State University M.B.A., Georgia State University Ph.D., Morgan State University 2010 STAFFORD M. A. CROSSMAN, Extension Assistant Professor & Assistant Director, Agriculture and Natural Resources Program (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., M.S., Tuskegee University KENNETH O. DAVIS, Extension Assistant Professor & Extension Specialist II, Agriculture & Natural Resources Program - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Northwest Missouri State University M.S., Stephen F. Austin State University 1989 ROCIO DELGADO, Assistant Professor of Spanish (STT Campus) 2011 B.A. Universidad Nacional M.Ed., George Fox University Ph.D., University of Arizona 2009 Faculty 220 FRANCISCO DEPUSOIR, Associate Professor of Accounting (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1989 B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.B.A., University of Missouri 1978 C.P.A., U. S. Virgin Islands ANGELA DIKOU, Assistant Professor of Natural Resource Management (STT Campus) 2010 B.Sc., Aristolle University, Greece M.Sc., University of Newcastle, UK Ph.D., National University of Singapore 2002 VIOLETA DONOVAN, Assistant Professor of Spanish (STT Campus) 1997 B.A., Antillian College M.A. , Andrews University 1983 M.A., School for International Training 2001 ERIC DOUGLAS, Assistant Professor of Process Technology (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2002 B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.S., Auburn University 1984 KATHLEEN DUDEMAINE, Assistant Professor of Psychology (STT Campus) 2001 B.A., M.A., Rhode Island College Ph.D., Boston University 1994 KIMARIE ENGERMAN, Assistant Professor of Psychology (STT Campus) 2006 B.S., Bowie State University M.Ed., Ph.D., Howard University 2002 EUSTACE S.L. ESDAILLE, Professor of Accounting (STT Campus) 1999 B.A., University of the West Indies, Mona M.B.A., University of Illinois, Chicago M.Taxation, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton Ph.D., University of Washington, Seattle 1995 C.P.A., U. S. Virgin Islands E. ARACELIS FRANCIS, Associate Professor of Social Work (STT Campus) 2009 B.A., Inter-American University M.A., University of Chicago, School of Social Service D.S.W., Columbia University, School of Social Work 1979 KULA A. FRANCIS, Assistant Professor of Political Science (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2007 B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.P.A., Ph.D., The University of Akron CHERYL P. FRANKLIN, Associate Professor of Nursing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2008 B.S.N., Dillard University M.N., Louisiana State University Medical Center D.N.S., Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center 2003 KWAME GARCIA, SR., Extension Assistant Professor & State Director - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., College of the Virgin Islands B.S., New York University M.B.A., University of Massachusetts, Amherst JOSEPH GASKIN, Assistant Professor of Mathematics (STT Campus) 2008 B.S., University of Ghana M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University 1993 Faculty 221 ROBERT W. GODFREY, Research Professor of Animal Science & Assistant Director - Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1993 B.S., Kansas State University M.S., Ph.D., Texas A&M University 1987 VANERE GOODWIN, Associate Professor of Mathematics (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2005 B.A., Lincoln University, PA M.A., University of Rochester, NY Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo, NY 1988 DAVID GOULD, Associate Professor of English (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2001 B.A., Brown University M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 1992 DENIS GRIFFITH, Associate Professor of Education (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1996 B.A., Syracuse University M.A., University of the Virgin Islands Ed.D., University of Miami 1995 RAM PRAKASH GUPTA, Associate Professor of Mathematics (STT Campus) 1979 B.A., Agra University, India M.S., Institute of Social Sciences, India Ph.D., Indian Statistical Institute 1965 YEGIN HABTES, Professor of Education and Executive Director - Virgin Islands University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (STT Campus) 1984 B.A., Haile Selassie First University, Ethiopia M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign 1979 DAVID HALL, President and Professor B.S., Kansas State University M.A., J.D. University of Oklahoma L.L.M., S.J.D., Harvard University 1988 RICHARD HALL, Professor of Biology (STT Campus) 1993 B.S., M.S., University of Nebraska Ph.D., Arizona State University 1981 PATRICIA HARKINS-PIERRE, Professor of English (STT Campus) 1989 B.A., University of South Alabama M.A., University of New Orleans Ph.D., University of Southern Mississippi 1989 SUZY HARNEY, Associate Professor of Education (STT Campus) 1999 B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Ohio University 1992 ERIK HEIKKILA, Assistant Professor of Physical Education (STT Campus) 2003 B.S., University of Iowa M.S., Michigan State University 1995 KENNY A. HENDRICKSON, Visiting Assistant Professor of Social Sciences & Public Administration (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.P.A., The University of the Virgin Islands Ph.D., The University of Akron 2007 MARIE HERMANN, Assistant Professor in Marketing (STT Campus) 1992 D.E.S.S. I.A.E., Remmes, D.E.S.S. I.E.P., Paris; I.C.G., Paris 1983 Faculty 222 MARION HOWARD, Assistant Professor of Nursing (STT Campus) 2010 B.A., University of the West Indies, Barbados M.S.N., California State University Ph.D., California Southern University 2005 RITA J. HOWARD, Professor of Education (STT Campus) 1984 B.A., M.A., College of the Virgin Islands Ph.D., University of Miami 1991 LONNIE J. HUDSPETH, Assistant Professor of Business Administration (STT Campus) 2003 B.A., Oberlin College M.B.A., Florida A&M University Ph.D., University of Toledo 2004 DOUGLAS IANNUCCI, Associate Professor of Mathematics (STT Campus) 1994 B.S., M.S., University of Rhode Island Ph.D., Temple University 1994 NASSEER IDRISI, Research Assistant Professor of Biological Oceanography (STT Campus) 2004 B.S., M.S., University of Basrah, Iraq Ph.D., State University of New York 1997 COLEEN JIMÉNEZ, Assistant Professor of Nursing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2009 B.Sc., MSc, Pace University M.P.H., New York Medical College 2009 PAUL JOBSIS, Associate Professor of Biology (STT Campus) 2006 B.S., University of North Carolina Wilmington Ph.D., Scripps Institution of Oceanography; University of California San Diego 1998 SIMON B. JONES-HENDRICKSON, Professor of Economics (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1976 A.A., College of the Virgin Islands B.S., M.S., Illinois State University Ph.D., University of Exeter, England 1976 STUART KETCHAM, Associate Professor of Science (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1992 B.S., University of Washington Ph.D., Cornell University 1985 BENON KISUULE, Associate Professor of Business Administration (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1996 B.S., Makerere University M.S., University of Wisconsin M.Phil., Ph.D., New York University 1987 DOUGLAS LARCHE, Professor of Communication (STT Campus) 2008 B.A., Graceland College M.F.A., University of Iowa Ph.D., Indiana University 1977 BEULAH GOINES LATEEF, Associate Professor of Early Childhood/Special Education (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2010 B.Sc., Southern Illinois University M.E., Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 1994 STANLEY LATESKY, Professor of Chemistry, (STT Campus) 2002 B.S., Saginaw Valley State College Ph.D., Purdue University 1986 Faculty 223 SUZETTE LETTSOME, Assistant Professor of Nursing (STT Campus) 2007 B.S.N. University of the Virgin Islands M.S.P.H.N. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 2005 ALAN F. LEWIT, Professor of Computer Science and Mathematics (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1980 B.S., St. Louis University M.S., State University of New York, New Paltz Ph.D., Cornell University 1984 KEISHIRO MATSUMOTO, Professor of Business Administration (STT Campus) 1993 B.A., Waseda University M.B.A., University of Michigan M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 1982 CAMILLE McKAYLE, Professor of Mathematics (STT Campus) 1996 B.S., Bates College M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University 1993 GLENN METTS, Associate Professor of Management (STT Campus) 2008 B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Toledo 2004 FRANK L. MILLS, Professor of Social Sciences & Director - Eastern Caribbean Center (STT Campus) 1974 A.A., College of the Virgin Islands (Hons.) B.A., M.A., University of Western Ontario, Canada Ph.D., Clark University 1974 NANCY MORGAN, Associate Professor of Reading (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2008 B.S., Cheyney University M.Ed., Arcadia University Ed.D., Hofstra University 1991 DAVID S MORRIS, Assistant Professor of Physics (STT Campus) 2011 B.S., Univeristy of Massachusettes, Amherst Ph.D., Pensylvania State University JOHN D. MUNRO, Associate Professor of Computer Information Systems (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1983 B.S., M.S., Washington State University 1970 AL HASSAN I. MUSAH, Professor of Biology (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2005 B.S., University of Ghana M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University 1986 DONNA NEMETH, Associate Professor of Biology (STT campus) 2003 B.S., University of Washington M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 1996 RICHARD STEPHEN NEMETH, Research Associate Professor & Director - Center for Marine & Environmental Studies (STT Campus) 1997 B.S., Humboldt State University M.S., University of Washington Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 1996 ROBERT NICHOLLS, Associate Professor of Education (STT Campus) 1993 B.A., University of London M.Ed., Ph.D., Howard University 1992 Faculty 224 MAXINE A. NUNEZ, Professor of Nursing (STT Campus) 1974 B.S.N., Loyola University M.S., Boston University M.P.H., D.P.H., Johns Hopkins University 1974 GABRIEL OGUNMOKUN, Associate Professor of Marketing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2009 B.B.A., Curchlands College of Advanced Education M.B.M., Western Australia Institute of Technology Ph.D., Monash University, Clayton Campus 1992 ADAM PARR, Associate Professor, Division of Science and Mathematics, (STT Campus) 1997 B.A., Lewis & Clark University M.A., University of Kentucky Ph.D., University of Oregon 1997 LOUIS E. PETERSEN, JR., Extension Associate Professor & District Supervisor - Cooperative Extension Service (STT Campus) B.S., Tuskegee University M.S., Oklahoma State University Ph.D., University of Minnesota MICHELLE D. PETERSON, Assistant Professor of Biology (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1999 B.A., Wellesley College Ph.D., Yale University 1993 DION E. PHILLIPS, Professor of Sociology (STT Campus) 1983 A.A., University of the Southern Caribbean B.A., Andrews University M.A., Ph.D., Howard University 1982 ALEXANDER RANDALL 5th, Assistant Professor of Communication (STT Campus) 2006 A.B., Princeton University M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia University 1978 STEPHEN RATCHFORD, Associate Professor of Marine Biology (STT Campus) 1999 B.S., University of Virginia B.S., Texas A&M University at Galveston M.S., University of Washington Ph.D., North Carolina State University 1999 JENNILEE B. ROBINSON, Assistant Professor of Biology (STT Campus) 2010 B.A., Agnes Scott College Ph.D., University of Texas - Medical Branch 2009 CARLOS ROBLES, Extension Assistant Professor and Acting District Supervisor, Agriculture & Natural Resources Program - Cooperative Extension Service (STT Campus) B.S., Florida A&M University M.S., University of Florida SANDRA L. ROMANO, Associate Professor of Marine Biology (STT Campus) 2000 B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara M.S., Ph.D., University of Hawaii 1995 LOMARSH ROOPNARINE, Associate Professor of History (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2002 B.A., M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany 2002 Faculty 225 LYNN E. ROSENTHAL, Professor of Computer Science (STT Campus) 1981 B.S.E.E., University of California, Berkeley M.S.C., Ph.D., Manchester University 1968 GILLIAN ROYES, Associate Professor of Communication (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 2008 B.A., Colorado College M.A., University of Wisconsin Ph.D., Emory University 1979 VINCENT SAMUEL, Associate Professor of Management (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.S., Alelphi University M.B.A., University of Michigan LOIS V. SANDERS, Extension Assistant Professor & Assistant Director - Cooperative Extension Service, 4-H Family and Consumer Science Program (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Tennessee State University M.A., Fisk University MALIK SEKOU, Professor of History & Political Science (STT Campus) 1998 B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware 1998 NANDI SEKOU, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice B.A., University of the Virgin Islands J.D., Howard University KATHY SHEATS, Associate Professor of Nursing (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1984 B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Texas 1979 JUSTIN M. SHORB, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, (STT Campus) 2011 B.A., B.S., Hope College Ph.D. University of Wisconsin – Madison 2010 DAVID J. SMITH, Professor of Physics (STT Campus) 1986 A.A., B.S., Missouri Southern State College M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University 1983 HENRY H. SMITH, Vice Provost, Research and Public Service, Director of the Water Resources Research Institute and Research Professor (STT Campus) 1993 B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.S., University of Maryland Ph.D., Colorado State University 1985 J.D., University of Dayton 1993 TYLER BURTON SMITH, Research Assistant Professor of Marine Biology (STT Campus) 2005 B.S. Western Washington University 1996 Ph.D. University of Miami 2005 HOSANNA SOLOMON, Associate Professor of Economics (STT Campus) 2003 B.S., Halie Selassie I University M.S., (two); Alabama A&M University Ph.D., Auburn University 1990 Faculty 226 ALICE STANFORD, Associate Professor of Biology (STT Campus) 1999 B.S., University of California, San Diego Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 1998 ROBERT STOLZ, Professor of Mathematics (STT Campus) 1996 B.S., Muhlenberg College M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University 1995 EDWARD TARVER III, Associate Professor of Chemistry (STT Campus) 2008 B.A., University of California, Berkeley B.A., California State University, Chico M.S., San Jose State University Ph.D., Washington State University 1995 ROBERT TERRASI, Instructor of French (STT Campus) B.T.S., Université de Nice M.A., Northern Illinois University LINDA THOMAS, Professor of Education (STT Campus) 1992 B.S., M.A., University of the Virgin Islands Ph.D., University of Miami 1991 PATRICIA RHYMER TODMAN, Professor of Psychology (STT Campus) 1986 B.A., Harvard/Radcliffe University Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley 1988 TERESA TURNER, Professor of Marine Biology (STT Campus) 1986 B.S., Michigan State University M.A., California State University Ph.D., Oregon State University 1983 VELMA V. TYSON, Professor of Mathematics (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1990 B.A., M.A., University of the Virgin Islands Ph.D., University of Iowa 1995 AUSTIN A. VENZEN, Associate Professor of Music and Director of the Music Program (STT Campus) 1984 B.S., M.M., Tennessee State University, Nashville 1978 CHRISTY-LYNN VINEYARD, Visiting Assistant Professor of Management (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A., University of Memphis Ph.D., Northcentral University 2009 MICHAEL VINEYARD, Professor of Management (STT Campus) 2005 B.B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati 1990 AUBREY D. WASHINGTON, Associate Professor of Accounting (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1989 B.A., Michigan State University M.B.A., University of Michigan 1975 C.P.A., U.S. Virgin Islands UTHA O. WILLIAMS, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., M.B.A., College of the Virgin Islands Ph.D., Walden University 2004 BRUCE WRAY, Assistant Professor of Physical Education (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1996 B.S., University of Bridgeport M.S. Ed., University of Miami 1983 Faculty 227 LINDA WYMER, Assistant Professor of Reading (STT Campus) 1998 B.A., University of Massachusetts M.Ed., Ed.S. University of Hartford 1983 LORNA C. YOUNG-WRIGHT, Professor of Music (STT Campus) 1984 B.A., Glassboro State College M.M., Peabody Institute of Johns Hopkins University D.M.A., Michigan State University 1998 THOMAS W. ZIMMERMAN, Research Associate Professor of Biotechnology & Agroforestry - Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) 1993 B.S., University of Minnesota M.S., Texas Tech University Ph.D., Texas A&M University 1990 Faculty 228 Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff VALDERIE ABRAMSEN - Purchasing Specialist II (STT Campus) SUZANNE ADRIEN, Financial Aid Supervisor (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands MICHELLE M. ALBANY-CRISPIN, Counseling Supervisor/Assistant Director of Upward Bound (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., Loyola College M.A., University of the Virgin Islands XURI MAURICE ALLEN, Director of Admissions/Recruitment (STT Campus) B.A., M.Ed., University of Virginia Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Greensboro ARLENE AUGUSTE, Accountant I (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands DONALD S. BAILEY, Research Specialist III, Aquaculture - Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Grove City College M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands ERMA BANKHEAD, Financial Aid Specialist (STT Campus) DAYLE BARRY, Title III Coordinator - Assistant Director, Sponsored Programs (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.U.R.P., University of Pittsburgh FRANCISCA BARRY, Associate Director of Admissions/Registrar (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands CYNTHIA BATTISTE, Administrative Specialist I - Office of the CES State Director (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands DORIS BATTISTE, Dean of Students (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.Ed., Howard University Ed.D., George Washington University AYISHIH BELLEW, Research Analyst I – ECC (STT Campus) B.S., University of the Virgin Islands JARELLE BERKELEY, Administrative Specialist III – Title III (STT Campus) A.A., B.A.., University of the Virgin Islands M.A., Nova Southeastern University LAURENCE BLAKE, Institutional Planner II (STT Campus) M.A., Université de Bourgogne 229 DESHA BRATHWAITE, Programmer Analyst I - Information Technology (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands KEVIN A. BROWN, Research Specialist II - Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (STT Campus) B.S., Tri-State University DAVID M. CAPRIOLA, Freshman Development Coordinator (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., William Paterson College of New Jersey M.A., St. Mary’s Seminary and University Ecumenical Institute DERBY CAMERON, Accountant I (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.A., Kaplan University ROBERT E. CHEN, Business Services Supervisor II (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands LORNA CHESTERFIELD, Administrator - Office of the Vice Provost (STT Campus) A.A., College of the Virgin Islands A.A., B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands ERIC CHRISTIAN, Purchasing Supervisor (STT Campus) B.A., Hampton Institute M.P.A., University of Pittsburgh M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands CLARICE CLARKE, Public Information Specialist II - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) DIANA CLAXTON, Administrative Specialist I - Operations (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands DARA COOPER, Extension Agent I - Cooperative Extension Service (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands SARAH L. DAHL-SMITH, Extension Agent II, 4-H & Youth Development Program - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Michigan State University HALDANE DAVIES, Special Assistant to the President/Executive Director of Institutional Effectiveness and Assessment (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Southern Caribbean M.A., Andrews University Ph.D., Andrews University KIMBALEE K. DAWSON, Programmer/Analyst I (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands HELEN DOOKHAN, Administrative Specialist III - Cooperative Extension Service (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 230 LEONOR D. DOTTIN, State Director – VI Small Business Development Center (STT Campus) B.S., Pontificia Universidad Católica Madre y Maestra M.S., Florida International University CAMPBELL DOUGLAS, Admissions Recruiter (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands LILYMAE DURANTE, Director of Operations (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., M.B.A., College of the Virgin Islands JUDITH W. EDWIN, Vice Provost- Access and Enrollment Services (STT Campus) B.A., Michigan State University M.A.E., University of Miami Ed.D., University of San Diego PEGGY FAHIE, Administrative Specialist I - Institutional Advancement (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands SHARLEEN A. FAHIE, Accounting Supervisor I (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands NANYAMKA A. FARRELLY, Public Relations Specialist III (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A.,University of the Virgin Islands HEDDA FINCH-SIMPSON, Administrative Specialist I (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands E. MARIA FLEMING, Special Assistant to the Provost/Director of Academic Administration (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., B.A., M.P.A., University of the Virgin Islands AMAZIA FRANCIS, Administrative Specialist I - Physical Plant (STT Campus) DIANA FREAS-LUTZ, Laboratory Supervisor I (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., University of Richmond M.F.S., George Washington University KENDRA C. FRETT, Administrative Specialist II - Access and Enrollment Services (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands MARIA FRIDAY, Administrative Specialist (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., Jones Business College KIMA GATON, Administrative Specialist II – Community Engagement & Lifelong Learning (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands SEAN GEORGES, Student Housing Supervisor (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands CURTIS R. GILPIN, Assistant Athletic Director (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.S., St. Thomas University Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 231 DELICIA GREENAWAY- HENLEY, Budget Analyst III (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands SHERNA GUMBS, Library Specialist II - Library (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.L.I.S., University of Pittsburgh EMMETT HANSEN II, Business Counselor – VI Small Business Development Center (Albert A Sheen Campus) B.A., Dillard University, New Orleans B.A., Defense Information School, Fort Benjamin Harrison, IN SHARLENE HARRIS, Campus Librarian (STT Campus) B.A., Ohio Dominican College M.S. University of North Carolina MARILYN HENDERSON, Administrative Specialist (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands STEVIE HENRY, Data Manager - Eastern Caribbean Center (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.A., University of New Mexico ILENE P. HEYWARD-GARNER, Director - Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning (STT Campus) B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University M.S., New York University Master Certificate, George Washington University AMY M. HOGG, Research Analyst II – Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Texas A&M University HEATHER HOGARTH SMITH, Director of Access & Enrollment Services/Registrar (STT Campus) B.A., University of the West Indies M.S., Cornell University and Bernard Baruch College (CUNY) YVONNE HORTON, Administrative Specialist I - Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., College of the Virgin Islands DENISE R. HUMPHREY, Technical Operations Manager - Reichhold Center for the Arts (STT Campus) B.S., University of Wisconsin DIONNE JACKSON, VP Institutional Advancement (STT Campus) B.A., Vassar College M.F.A., Brooklyn College M.B.A., Cornell University MORIAH JACOBS-REDDEN, Accounting Supervisor I (STT Campus) B.A., MacMurray College M.B.A., Simmons College Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 232 CORENE JN-CHARLES, Research Analyst I - ECC (STT Campus) B.S., DeVry University MARISSA S. JOHNSON, Administrative Specialist III - ECC (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands PATRICE K. JOHNSON, Public Relations Director (STT Campus) B.A., Hampton Institute M.S., Columbia University A. HAZEL JONES, Administrative Specialist – VI Small Business Development Center (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands KAREN JONES, Regional Director - VI Small Business Development Center (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., Union College, Kentucky M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands ALICEA V. JOSEPH, Financial Aid Specialist II (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., B.A. University of the Virgin Islands M.A.E., University of the Virgin Islands ELIZABETH KADISON, Research Specialist I - Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (STT Campus) B.S., M.S., University of Central Florida TINA M. KOOPMANS, Chief Information Officer - Office of Information Technology and Learning Resources (STT Campus) B.A., M.A., University of Iowa DENISE KURG, Administrator I - Business and Financial Affairs (STT Campus) LEON LAFOND, Administrative Specialist II (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., University of the Virgin Islands SHIRLEY LAKE-KING, Vice President for Administration and Finance (STT Campus) B.S., Andrews University M.P.P., University of Maryland, College Park M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands SUE A. LAKOS, Extension Agent II, Agriculture & Natural Resources Program - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Michigan State University YVONNE LAWRENCE, Associate Director of Human Resources & Organizational Development (STT Campus) B.S., M.S., Long Island University RANDALL MACEDON, Extension Agent I, Agriculture & Natural Resources Program - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of California at Irvine CHARLES MARTIN, Physical Plant Maintenance Manager (STT Campus) Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 233 QUILIN MARS, Administrative Specialist - The Caribbean Writer (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands ALINA MATTHEW, Administrative Specialist I (STT Campus) A.A., B.S., University of the Virgin Islands MELVIN MCBEAN, Student Activities Supervisor (STT Campus) B.A., Ma.Ed., University of Illinois ANGELA TORRES MCGHEE, Director - Campus Advising and Tutorial Services (STT Campus) B.A. Temple University, M.A., Atlanta University Ed.D., Temple University GARY METZ, Public Relations Specialist III (STT Campus) B.A., Indiana University NOREEN MICHAEL, Chief of Staff (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign TANISHA MILLS, Librarian II (STT Campus) B.Sc., Emory University M.L.I.S., University of Pittsburgh CARLOS MONTILLA, Research Analyst II – Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., M.S., ISA University, Dominican Republic MICHAEL MORGAN, Research Specialist II – Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A Sheen Campus) B.S., Pennsylvania State University M.S., University of Florida CELINA MORRIS, Administrative Specialist I - Access and Enrollment Services (STT Campus) B.A., M.A.E., University of the Virgin Islands DALE MORTON, Extension Agent III, Agriculture & Natural Resources Program - Cooperative Extension Service (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands MITCHELL NEAVES, Director of Annual Giving (STT Campus) B.S., Michigan State University M.A., Ohio University MIRIAM V. OSBORNE-ELLIOTT, Dean of Students (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., M.Ed., Howard University JUSTIN PARKER, Business Counselor – VI Small Business Development Center (STT Campus) B.A., Gettysburg College M.A., M.P.A., Syracuse University Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 234 ERIK PATTISON, Micro-Computer Specialist I - Information Technology (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands TANNESIA PETERSEN, Administrative Specialist II (STT Campus) B.S., Tuskegee University CAROLINE POLYDORE-SIMON, Marketing Manager - Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning (STT Campus) A.A., B.A., M.S., University of the Virgin Islands KAISA PRENTICE, Program Specialist I B.A., University of the Virgin Islands DERVAL A. PRINCE II, Information Technology Specialist II (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A. (two), B.A., University of the Virgin Islands CELIA PRINCE-RICHARD, Librarian II (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.L.I.S., University of Pittsburgh STEPHEN A. PROSTERMAN, Diving and Marine Field Officer - Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (STT Campus) B.A., University of Tennessee EMT and Paramedic Studies, Miami-Dade Community College RODERICK PULLEN, Chief Campus Security Officer (STT Campus) B.A., University of Baltimore ROSALIA RHYMER ROHAN, Director - Upward Bound (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.A., University of Connecticut ELROY RICHARD, Library Specialist I (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.A., University of Pittsburgh CYNTHIA RICHARDS, Librarian III, Head of Public Services (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh VALENA V. RICHARDS, Director of Employee Benefits & Immigration Services (STT Campus) B.A., William Paterson University LOUISE RICHARDSON, Accountant I (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands VERNA RIVERS, Counseling Supervisor (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands M.A., Texas Southern University CHERYL A. ROBERTS, Director, Financial Aid (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 235 JUDITH V. ROGERS, Manager, Learning Resources & Faculty Technology Services (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., Augusta College M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina RAQUEL SANTIAGO SILVER, Administrator II - Cooperative Extension Service (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., University of Santo Thomas, Manila PETER SAUER, Athletic Director and Manager - Sports & Fitness Center (STT Campus) B.A., University of Maryland at College Park J.D., University of Nebraska ARDRINA SCOTT-ELLIOTT, Development Supervisor (STT Campus) B.S., Wofford College M.B.A., National University DIANA SHEPP, Administrative Specialist, Provost’s Office (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., Rutgers University RICHARD SHULTZ, Research Analyst II (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Virginia Tech, Blacksburg CHARMAINE SMITH, Program Specialist II (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., M.A.E., University of the Virgin Islands PEGGY SMITH, Controller (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands GAIL STEELE, Administrative Specialist III - Board of Trustees (STT Campus) B.A., Rutgers University WENDA R. STEPHENSON, Librarian III (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A.. (Librarianship), University of North London M.L.I.S., Pratt Institute DEBRA STEVENS, Program Manager – Community Engagement & Lifelong Learning (STT Campus) B.A., Lincoln University MARCIA TAYLOR, Extension Specialist II, Marine Advisory Services - Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.A., University of Connecticut M.S., Southeastern Massachusetts University M.A., University of the Virgin Islands MERVIN TAYLOR, Bookstore Supervisor (STT Campus) B.A., College of the Virgin Islands M.P.A., University of the Virgin Islands DANNICA THOMAS, Administrative Specialist III – Information Technology (STT Campus) M.B.A. University of the Virgin Islands MARLENE O. THOMAS, Administrative Specialist II (STT Campus) B.A., M.A.E., University of the Virgin Islands Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 236 TONI A. THOMAS, Extension Agent II, Agriculture & Natural Resources Program - Cooperative Extension Service (STT Campus) B.A., B.F.A., Cornell University DEBRA THOMPSON, Administrative Specialist II - VI Small Business Development Center (STT Campus) B.A., M.B.A.,University of the Virgin Islands M. AUDREY VALMONT-SCHUSTER, Administrative Specialist I - Agriculture Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., Hesser College NEREIDA WASHINGTON, Director of Operations (Albert A. Sheen Campus) A.A., B.A., M.B.A., University of the Virgin Islands ADAM J. WEIS, Research Analyst II – Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison STUART WEISS, Research Specialist II - Agricultural Experiment Station (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Texas A&M University M.S., Tarleton State University CARMEN WESSELHOFT, Extension Program Coordinator - STT/STJ District (STT Campus) B.A., University of the Virgin Islands CHERIE A. WHEATLEY, Communications Supervisor (STT Campus) B.S., Tuskegee University DONNA WILLIAMS, Administrative Specialist I - Sports and Fitness Center (STT Campus) MARY JOE WILLIAMS, Business Counselor/Training Coordinator - Small Business Development Center (STT Campus) B.A., George Washington University PRISCILLA WILLIAMS, Student Housing Supervisor (Albert A. Sheen Campus) B.S., Northeastern University M.P.A., Savannah State University BARBARA WILLIAMS-BROWN, Program Specialist II, Access and Enrollment Services (STT Campus) A.S., Miami Dade College B.A., M.A.E.,University of the Virgin Islands Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 237 Executive, Administrative and Professional Staff 238 E-mail: Faculty and Professional Staff are accessible via email. UVI faculty and staff email can be accessed using the following convention – firstname.lastname@uvi.edu. The complete UVI phone and email directory is available from the UVI website by typing phone.uvi.edu into a browser window. For the latest information about UVI, visit the UVI Home Page at www.uvi. edu. You may also direct questions to the Public Relations Office at (340) 693-1057. 239 Index ACT, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 47, 48, 62, 172 Academic advisement, 40, 42, 47, 48, 50 credit, 47, 48 dishonesty, 59, 60 dismissal, 55, 56, 60 grades, 48-50 grievance, 43, 55 integrity, 58-60 placement, 25, 27, 47, 48 preparation, 27 probation, 55 programs, 4, 6, 9 progress, 36, 37 quality points, 48 regulations, 47-64 Renewal Policy, 57 standards, 54-57 suspension, 55, 56 testing, 27-29 transcripts, 52 withdrawals, 49-51 Accounting, A.A. major in, 68 B.A. major in, 88 concentration in, 90 courses, 145 Accreditation, 2 Add/Drop, 51 Administrative offices, xiv-xv Admissions, 19-32 early, 24 categories of students, 47 fees, 18-21 forms, 20 how to apply, 20 international student, 20-21 policies, 19 preparation and testing, 27 readmission, 26 residency regulations, 30-32 transfer, 25 transfer of credits, 22 when to apply, 20 Advanced Placement, 28 CLEP, 28 -29 Nursing Programs, 29 -30 Advisement, 40 Agricultural Experiment Station, 15 Albert A. Sheen Campus, St. Croix, facilities, 6-8 map, 243 programs, 6 student housing, 7, 33, 44 American College Test, see ACT Anthropology, courses, 146 Appealing grade assignments, 54-55 Applications, 20 Applied Mathematics, B.S. major in, 122 Art, courses, 136 A.A. programs, course requirements, 66-67 A.A.S. program, course requirements, 80-82 A.S. programs, course requirements, 73-74 Athletics, 44 Auditors, 49 Awards and honors, 62-63 B.A. program, course requirements, 85-86 B.B.A. program, course requirements, 122-123 B.S. program, course requirements, 126-127 Banking credits, 50 Basic Skills Courses, 47-48 Biology, B.A. major in, 117 B.S. major in, 136-137 concentration in computational biology, 137 courses, 147 Board of Trustees, xiii Boston University, program with, 4, 134 Buildings, 7, 10 Business Administration (BUS) courses, 150 see also: Decision Science (DSC), 163 Finance (FIN), 177 Management (MGT), 184 Marketing (MKT), 186 Business administration, B.A. major in, 89 courses, 150 Business management, A.A. major in, 69 Calendar, academic, x-xi Campus, description of, Albert A. Sheen, St. Croix, 7 description of St. Thomas, 10 Campus Learning Resource Centers, 2 Caribbean studies, courses, 151 Caribbean Writer, 16 Categories of students, 47 Center for Marine and Environmental Studies (CMES), 15 Center for Student Success (CSS), 40-41, 44 Certification for teachers, 92 Change, of grade, 50 of major, 51 of registration, 51 Chemistry, B.A. major in, 118 B.S. major in, 138 courses, 151 College Board Advanced Placement Program (AP), 28 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT), 19-20 CLE (Computer Literacy Exam), 65 CLEP examination, 28-29 Communication, B.A. major in, 97 Minor in, 112 courses, 153 Community Engagement and Lifelong Learning (CELL), 12 240 Computer applications, concentration in, 90 Computer Information Systems, A.A. major in, 69 courses, 156 Computer literacy requirement, 61 Computer science, A.S. major in, 78 B.S. major in, 139 concentration in computational biology, 140 courses, 157 Construction technology, courses, 151 Cooperative Extension Service (CES), 15 Corequisite, definition of, 145 Costs, 33-35 Counseling of students, 42 Courses, add or drop, 51 descriptions of, 145 numbering sequence, meaning of, 145 non-degree, skill development, 47 prerequisites, 48 repetition of, 50 taken at other institutions, 53 withdrawals from, 51-52 Creative writing, concentration in, 100 Credits, advanced placement, 28-30 banking of, 50 load, 54 required for graduation, A.A. program, 66-67 required for graduation, A.A.S. program, 80-81 required for graduation, A.S. program, 73-74 required for graduation, B.A. program, 85-86 required for graduation, B.B.A. program, 114-115 required for graduation, B.S. program, 117-118 transfer from other institutions, 23 Criminal justice, A.A.S. major in, 81 B.A. major in, 105 B.S. major in, 127 courses, 161 Decision Science courses, 151 Degrees (see bachelor of arts and bachelor of science programs and associate of arts and associate of science programs) second, 53 Degree Programs list of, on St. Croix. 6 list of, on St. Thomas, 9 Disabilities, students with, 42 Disciplinary, dismissal, 54-55, 58 probation, 54 suspension, 55 warning, 55 Dishonesty, academic, 57-59 Dismissal, academic, 55 disciplinary, 55-56 Double major, 53 Drug and alcohol prevention/education program, 41 Drug-free workplace policy, 57 Early admissions program, 23 Eastern Caribbean Center, 16 Economics, courses, 151 Education, certification, 91-92 courses, 152 elementary education major in, 92 inclusive early childhood education major A.A. degree in, 71 B.A. degree in, 93 PRAXIS I exam, 91 secondary teacher preparation in, 93 Education requirements, for admission, 19-20 for graduation in A.A. program, 65-66 for graduation in A.S. program, 72-73 for graduation in A.A.S. program, 79-80 for graduation in B.A. program, 84-85 for graduation in B.B.A program, 122-123 for graduation in B.S. program, 126-127 Elementary education, B.A. major, 92 courses, 168 Emeritus faculty and administration, 215-216 E-mail, 238 Employment, student, 42 Engineering, courses, 170 3-2 Engineering Program, 134 English, B.A. major in, 99 concentration, literature of the African diaspora, 99 concentration in creative writing, 100 concentration in journalism, 100 minor in, 112 courses, 171 English Proficiency Exam (EPE), 60 English as Second Language, courses, 175 Enrollment (see admissions), 20 Enrollment confirmation and deposit, 21 Entrepreneurship, minor in, 124 courses, 175 Executive Officers, xiv Faculty, 213-227 University, 213-214 emeritus, 215-216 Fees and expenses, 33-35 FERPA, 53 Fields of specialization, A.A. degree program, 67 Fields of specialization, A.A.S. degree program, 81 Fields of specialization, A.S. degree program, 74 Fields of specialization, B.A. degree program, 86 Fields of specialization, B.B.A. degree program, 90 Fields of specialization, B.S. program, 127 Finance, concentration in, 90 courses, 177 Financial aid, 36-39 eligibility, 36 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy, 36 Federal Financial Aid Withdrawal Policy, 39 Fine Arts, minor in, 113 Food services, 46 French courses, 177 Freshmen Center, see Campus Advisement and Tutorial Services Center, 40 Freshman studies courses, 178 Freshman-Year Program, 47 General educational requirements (see also specific degree programs), 48 Geography, courses, 178 Grades, 48 Index 241 appealing grade assignment, 54 Graduation requirements, 66-67, 73-74, 80-81, 85-86, 112-115, 122, 126, 131 fee, 35 Health services, 42 History, courses, 179 of the University, 1 Honors, 54, 62-63 Honors Program, 14, 62 courses, 180 Hospitality courses, 181 Hotel and restaurant management, A.A. major in, 70 courses, 167 Hotel and Tourism Management, B.B.A. degree in, 123 Housing, 44 description, 44 fees, 33, 44-46 food services, 46 off-campus, 46 procedures, 45 summer, 46 Human Services, concentration in, 107 courses, 183 Humanities, B.A. major in, 97 courses, 183 Inclusive early childhood education major, A.A. degree in, 72 B.A. degree in, 94 courses, 165 Incomplete, 38, 50 Information and Technology Services, 2 Institutional Refund Policy, 35 Institutional Research and Planning, office of, 17 Insurance, fees, 33, 42-43 requirements, 42 Integrity, academic, 54, 58-60 International student admission, 21-24 Japanese, courses, 184 Laboratory fees, 34 Land-Grant Programs, 15-16 Late registration fee, 34 Learning Resource Centers, 2-4 Library, 3-4 Literature of the African diaspora, concentration in, 99 Load, credit, 54 Loans, see Financial Aid, 36-39 Majors (see fields of specialization) change of, 51 multiple, 63 Management, concentration in, 91 courses, 184 Maps, 243, 244 Marine biology, B.A. major in, 119 B.S. major in, 140 courses, 184 Marine Science, courses, 186 Marketing, concentration in, 91 courses, 186 Master’s degree programs, 6, 9 Mathematics, applied mathematics major, 120, 127 B.A. major in, 120 B.S. major in, 134-135 concentration in computer science, 139 concentration in computational biology, 140 courses, 187 Matriculation, 47 Medical services, 42 Military science and leadership, courses, 190 Minors, in Communication, 112 in English, 112 in Entrepreneurship, 124 in Fine Arts, 113 in Psychology, 115 Multiple majors, 63 Music, courses, 190 education, B.A. major in, 101 courses, 191 history and literature, courses, 191 performance, courses, 192 theory, courses, 190 National Student Exchange, 4 Natural science courses, 193 Non-resident, fees, 33-34 status, 30-32 Nursing, courses, 193 advanced placement, 29 A.S. program in, 74 B.S. program in, 130 B.S. Transfer Student Policies, 131 services, 42 Office systems certificate program, 71 Orientation, 40 Overload, credits, 54 Part-time student, definition of, 47 Penalties, academic dishonesty, 59 Personal Life, courses, 196 Philosophy, courses, 197 Physical education and health, courses, 197 Physics, A.S. major in, 79 courses, 198 Placement and advanced placement, admissions, 27-28 examinations, admissions, 27-28 services, career, 41 Plagiarism, 59 Political science courses, 199 PRAXIS I, II exams, 94, 95 Pre-medical Technology program, 87, 135 President, office of, 12 Prerequisites, course, 48 definition of, 145 Privacy Act, 53 Probation, academic, 55 disciplinary, 56 Process Technology, A.A.S. degree in, 83 courses, 200 Index 242 Programs, associate of applied science, 81 associate of arts, 67 associate of science, 75 bachelor of arts, 86-87 bachelor of business administration, 122-123 bachelor of science, 127 list of, 6, 9 special, 4 Provost, office of, 12 Psychology, B.A. major in, 107 minor in, 115 concentration in, 108 courses, 201 Quality points, 48 Readmission, 26 Refunds, 35 Registration, procedures, 51 changes of, 51 late registration, 34 Regulations (see academic) Re-matriculation, 52 Repetition of courses, 50 Requirements, academic, 47 admission, 19 associate of applied science, 80-81 associate of arts, 66-67 associate of science, 73-74 bachelor of arts, 85-86 bachelor of business administration, 122-123 bachelor of science, 126-127 Research and Extension Center, 8 Research and Public Service, 14 Research Publications Unit, 16 Residence halls, description, 44 fees, 33-35, 45 Residency Regulations, 30-31 housing for summer session, 47 off-campus housing, 47 Resident, fees, 33-34 late registration fee, 34 Room and board, 33, 44-45 St. Thomas campus, facilities, 10-11 map, 244 programs, 9 student housing, 44 Scholarships, 24, 36 Scholastic Achievement Test (SAT), 19, 47-48, 62 Science, courses, 204 Science and mathematics, B.A. programs, 116 B.S. programs, 134 associate programs, 78 Second degree, 52 Secondary education, courses, 169 teacher preparation in, 95 Senior citizen education program, 26 Senior Reserve Officers Training Corps, 4 Sexual harassment, 58 Small Business Development Center (SBDC), 16 Social relations, concentration in, 109 Social sciences, B.A. major in, 109 courses, 205 Social work, B.A. major in, 110 courses, 206 Sociology, courses, 207 Spanish, courses, 209 Special Programs, 4 Speech communication and theatre, B.A. major in, 103 Sponsored Programs, office of, 16 Sports, 44 Staff, exec., admin., and professional, 228-236 Standards, academic, 54 Student, activities, 43 advisement, 40 classifications, 47 conduct, 56 counseling, 41 disabilities, 43 employment services, 42 health services and insurance, 42 housing, 44 orientation, 40 placement, career, 41 sports, 44 Summer session, housing, 47 Suspension, 55 Theatre, courses, 211 Transcripts, 52 Transfer, admission, 25 of academic credits, 25 courses taken at other institutions, 25, 53 Transfer students, 25 Trustees, Board of, xiii Tuition, 33-35 residency regulations for, 30 Tutoring, 41 University, accreditation, 2 calendar, x-xi campus, 7, 10 history, 1 holidays, ix library, 2-3 Mission Statement, i programs, 6, 9 Vision Statement, i Video Teleconferencing, 2 Virgin Islands Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities (VIUCEDD), 14 Virgin Islands Experimental Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (VI-EPSCoR), 17 Virgin Islands Environmental Resource Station (VIERS), 11 Warning, disciplinary, 56 Water Resources Research Institute (WRRI), 17 Withdrawals, from courses, 49, 51 from University, 52 Index Click to view UVI Campus Maps  St. Thomas Campus  Albert A. Sheen Campus – St. Croix Click to view UVI Services Directory